Gt allt: eres en a a ttn inti is ge = toe apo Rent > Scr tn kane ee tote ir nn ee earn eee en carta Li iat ita shee ale ly lias Nem Chl i = le ig Aa as el ar so ee oe aon ce ct at rl ti dpe gh eit Ont Actin Mane nde >be <1 he eb ah rt epg ae septa he te ie Dl A” inhi in i te em Brno ie - Sees —< ain: 1s Og lin tinh ao Mn ln un ews all ttc Dus tit nr Gob tt ae eve. Gi hag eg Nee all Ni nt Pt tng th Ao At ete frie tecnente tt Sit. a ecenuatia ctasa tare venanarteraraae ae eb 0-6 hats . Me i lr rit th oman a ae nee ° 2 ” AAO ih t~ thahlp n Rh hth tl Bhat A eee arn ee Ree Beets Deepen nfm + > eiaglabkenadind pleonmnenenstianma-tadndmitnatatdited Rp i Mt ie ri Matte do = Ne aaa addatanare fn le in ce inca ne Gia — - " z Hatt teal 6 RO at Be Ot Pate he ee ee ee ee 9 It hb Caster halen ee ee ae le pe St AO ty a i Pi Coins ee ee oe apt RB ol Ape ethan alterna Ce At Dorit sti Am eM? 1 Ali ah Ath t= A A Deir sin ti deha a aie tr Astana ene as-shaatie Aleit din ntad-S AS e> rie Ae dhe insite - ms Dow gcse trinsic eat irdy ia, A . heen ati I GH melee miter alt ABO 0 AAO Anite a Aad Me dL ik A SI AAD» Nene a py * de Pte eratne Merlin PSR ncaa PD NR RD net atin Ae ih AN Le OM nh edt pcan anna Ae the lthn Pail ssh tr ath Raina ain 0 Celli. Boies than os beefs” teks Bea Pe aed ar eta Cath A ty Pt PA ll a a ee cg etn Mend ts Minho the ne Be A eT oe ala he Ahn thet Nac th iit le Hh Bee tere maaan pt Re taste = i ine tN ie Ly enthalpies ort A ce Se ee ee ee ee . Atl Bo Bhan a a tan Dy thn i iets one wh ‘ NA iy eth Rp Saget tn th ni tr tl tnt ein Pn Ro Sa a tne PR Bethe ap trv, Cit Si tte be 0 tt le Ao a . ee ne ee ee . eh A ts Pe AP eB Rm cma Oct e+ Bo ee en ee ee ee ene anal eee ae ee ey eee Wee aad Mew tle herd tlh De nt nt to em tie AE Pons dts AP a eee eee eet ee ed i te eo \ teat lr Ra Bi a. A” sy RP bah ag AP a Ne Pie = beim oe ohn eth thedln mm tie in sle feeomett Cir Tha NDR i te ate Pi Opn nee Maren thad”...irtrmtnedy chai sae Ye a ; - adwerte Bamre¥ str Naar i Ricoh te Tia Pe eMail ain Panne ee eT el Pee eee diameranaarenasaar eee parr are Sane Se on Sadiwertiet @ tracer ele ome tne Ano en eh en laa ale Nate ar ee ao Deh lve, he re a eT en dail tI Hine peat. arate ey dln Bt an Botte lle Nh -ceeae_ san hnitin Ps Bd AN vor tenon 1g ee ey fa rn MA Det gt tien Pie pth mein” ae t ee eer ee er ee ae 4 ~ ee oe ear Do Aealll an fe ee eto mneMa tal nF Ta . ee AE et ae mn pe Ran hee ee ae eel Oe eh Het eaten he Ne Fo Anatole eal etl = tin Bs ae!» = am AR wn gh “or he ¥ Pie ard a oe me mone il ht athe NaN he ar toch tO a eed Cele —) hog Huet a Gia a ee ivlnatatt ji bit de . i mt i hel A as te ts fe dvr eth) am “ Sl hig titans - oP* tew alerted air tans ath tina tM " =a . ‘ ee ee ee he ett o-* ae eg AA Meth ean ae tired dentin Binetiniibai > He Nn tee pl gee Dy irate Day cD Me Merete Hye eel 5 are rain hie Spiele 1 nthe tththe Galt tity ena — dint ae en aa ‘ _ ors eek athe thei tet? Ce ee ee ee 4 ee eae ~a.. * wie L=¥ er Owe AF oe ie ie Beith ne Fee hast a ee ee - ce Ph ’ Pan eat a ¢ etal’ 5 ag ce tin Ot Nelo ~ae \= wolle ee ee ee ee a a ee Rte tedt ee ede aad eee atime ee ee —Kea ba ten dit: On ih ta “te teem —— Bg Cea OE) Oe Re Ns [Wits Forty-six Puatrs anp Four Figures IN THE TEXT. ] EDITED BY WALTER HOWCHIN, F.GS DIG 7Os PRICE, FOURTEEN SHILLINGS. Adelarwe : RIGBY, LIMITED, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET. DECEMBER, 1910. Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus= tralia from Europe and America should be addressed “per- Rigby, Ltd.,; care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co., 34, Milk Street, Cheapside, London.” Royal Society of South Australia (INCORPORATED). Patron: HIS EXCELLENCY SIR DAY HORT BOS Be 22 GC: N2Or K:C.B. —_Gp— == OFFICERS FOR 1410-11. President : JOSEPH C. VERCO, M_D.,° F. RG Wice=Presidents: PROF. E. H. RENNIE, M.A., D.Se., F.C.S. WALTHER -RULTL, Ci. tbon. Treasurer: W. B. POOLE. fbon. Secretary: R. H. PULLEINE,.M.B. Members of Council: W. HOWCHIN, F.G.S. (Editor and Representative Governor). EK. ASHBY. GG. MAYO, C.h. REV. CANON BLACKBURN, B.A. R. S. ROGERS, M.A., M.D. SAMUEL DIXON. Auditors: J... 'S. LLOYD, BT gAcS cA: W..L. WARES ee 5OCI4L CON TENES. —@-- Page. Howcuin, W.: The Glacial (Permo- Carboniferous) Moraines of Rosetta Head and King’s Point. Plates i. to xvii. 1 Lea, A. M.: Descriptions of Australian Curculionids, with "Notes on Previously Described Species. Part viii. 13. Hoce, H. R.: Two New pep from South Australia. Plate xviii. j 5D: - STANLEY, E. R.: Thee sOlite aha Oligenn eee Blount Goi bier. Plate xix. 63. Enstatite Basalt from Kangaroo ‘Island. Plate xx. 69: Baker, W. H.: Notes on Some Species of the Tepid Family Spheromide, from the South Australian Coast. Part pee lates: xxi. tO XXIV. : 75. Varco, Dr. J. C.: The Beacliopod: of eeeen eaapcalial Plates xxvii. and xxviii. me 89: Cuevanp, Dr. J. B., and Jouwnston, T. H.- The Siinraty a of Australian Birds. No.1. Plates xxv. and xxvi. 100: Verco, Dr. J. C.: Notes on South Australian Marine Mol- lusca, with Descriptions of New BS Part xiii. Plates xxix. and xxx. Bie a. ae yer, Lo Buacxsurn, Rev. Canon: Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera, with mee sone of New Genera and. Species. INow xd Be oa : fee AG, Howcuin, W.: Description of a ee atta Higtousive has of Permo-Carboniferous Glacial De in South Austra- ha. Plates xxxi. to xlv. ve ne 23k JoHnson, Dr. EK. A.: Note on a New Lineuaiaee Plate xlvi. 248 ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS 251 AnnvuaL REPORT oe, se ee ike : 256. BALANCE-SHEETS ie oc mia aed a: ee 257 , 258. Donations To THE LIBRARY ... 259 List or FELLOWS, ETC. 271 APPENDICES. : Annual Report, etc., of Field Naturalists’ Section : 274 _Twenty-second Annual Report of the Native Fauna Pe Klora Protection Committee of the Field Naturalists’ Section ae oe. aN Js oh ste aes ea’ 200: Addresses by W. H. Selway, as Chairman of the Field Naturalists’ Section, on the N ational Parks and Forest Reserves of Australia = se neem GS) Annual Report, etc., of the Malnelateal oeeion 396 Annual Report, etc., of the Microscopical Section . 3807 Lecture by Prof. T. Brailsford Robertson before the Mise: scopical Section, on Recent Exycriments in the Chemical Fertilization of Animal Eggs 310 Index 323 { ve eas if iG ? yey te - 8 oui Rai atta. t = oS ve REC a " . ne fl THE GLACIAL (PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS) MORAINES - OF ROSETTA HEAD AND KING’S POINT, SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By Water Howcuin, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and Paleontology in the University of Adelaide. [Read April 5, 1910.] Piates I. to X VIL. The coastline from the mouth of the River Murray to King’s Point, a distance of little more than twenty miles, is one of the most varied and interesting portions of the southern sea-board of South Australia. The low foreshore of Middle- ton; the prominent headlands of Port Elhot, Rosetta Head, and King’s Point; the picturesque islands that festoon the coast ; and the serrated schists that occupy the beach between Rosetta Head and King’s Point make this section of the coast rich in contrasts and of great scenic beauty. This locality is, moreover, a centre of interest, more pro-: found and far-reaching than the merely picturesque. Here are the remnants of an extensive but vanished highland which in the far past had its snow-covered peaks and out- spreading rivers of ice—ice that spread in one continuous sheet from the valley of the Murray to Spencer Gulf, chok- ing the valleys and overstepping the secondary water-. sheds in its flow towards the northern plains. The morainic material carried by this ice-sheet was enormous, and notwith-. standing that much of it has been removed by subsequent denudation, enough has been left in sheltered situations to give us some idea of the magnitude of the ice-flood. My present purpose is to deal with only a very small por- tion of this great extinct glacial field, w2z., a description of the moraines which found a shelter on the leeward side of what are now two headlands facing the Southern Ocean. I do not wish by the title of this paper to convey the impression that Rosetta Head and King’s Point were respon- sible for the origin of separate and exclusive glacial deposits. ; The moraines which stretch northward from the Bluff and King’s Point were certainly influenced by local contours, but at the same time they formed part of the one great glacial. mud-deluge which in Permo-Carboniferous times flowed over: the whole of what is now the southern districts of South Australia. The excuse for dealing with this subject in a sec- A - a oo “2 tional way, so far as the present paper is concerned, is that the deposits now under description exhibit two of the most perfectly-preserved examples of Permo-Carboniferous moraines that have come under my notice. : Rosetra HEAsap MoRAINE. Rosetta Head, or the Bluff as it is more commonly called, possesses a striking profile. It is a rounded hill, 317 ft. in height, washed by the sea on three of its sides, and on the landward exhibits a steep and broken crest, which passes into a low, smooth curve at about half the elevation of the hill, thereby giving an easy access to the summit (see plates iii. and iv.). The south-eastern side of the hill gives a very fine illustration of intrusive granite weathered into huge masses and spheroidal blocks. On the landward side the granite forms a junction with fine-grained mica- schists, the latter being intimately penetrated with strings and shots of granite, while at greater distances from the igneous rocks there are conspicuous quartz-veins and “blows.” The schists, in their landward extension, are largely obscured by a covering of clay and large boulders which can be traced from the slopes of the Bluff to an indefinite distance in a northerly direction. The dissimilar features of the two sides of the Bluff arise from a geological unconformity of high-time value. The sea- ward side, as well as the summit, consists of metamorphic schists intimately penetrated and contorted by granitic veins. The landward slopes are formed of a wide ridge of morainic material which, although dating from the Paleozoic age, has scarcely been altered from its original incoherent condition during the many geological periods that have transpired since its deposition. The Bluff originally formed part of an east and west ridge that possessed steep faces towards the north. These scarps, facing the north, form parts of the old-world topo- graphy which the ancient ice-sheet impressed on the district. It is a characteristic feature of glacier movement that the ice exerts the greatest denuding force at the further extremi- ties of a hill in the direction of its own flow. Im such situations the rocks have less powers of resistance, and are cut into and carried away by the ice-plough under a process of “plucking.” An escarpment of the kind just mentioned would, under the influence of an ice-flow, tend to produce two classes of effects: firstly, a large amount of material for transporta- tion, gathered from the wearing back of the scarp; and secondly, a lee-face, under the protection of which morainic 3 material would have a tendency to accumulate. These two features are well illustrated in the case of the Bluff, wz., a broken or “‘plucked” face in the direction of the flow, and a great accumulation of erratics and glacial-till on the landward side—that is, on the lee-side of the hill. By reference to the map (plate i.) it will be seen that a ridge of older rocks (Cambrian) divides the morainic deposits _ of Encounter Bay from similar deposits on the Waitpinga or western side of the ridge. This dividing ridge forms an inher of the glacial beds, and was, until exposed by denuda- tion, entirely covered by glacial deposits. Outliers of the latter can still be found in patches along the sides and on the crest of the ridge. One such occurs in Section 180, Hundred of Encounter Bay, where a group of erratics can be seen in a paddock on the east side of Hall’s Creek Road. Confining our attention at present to the eastern side of this dividing ridge, the morainic material forms a nearly continuous sheet, sculptured into foothills and terraces, ex- tending from the Bluff to Glastonbury Hill, at the entrance to the Inman Valley. The moraine is seen on the beach, in places, at Encounter Bay, where it helps to form a remarkable reef which extends nearly a mile seawards and is largely bared at low tide (plate i1.). At the higher elevations the glacial deposits consist mainly of sand or sand-rock, but in the main trail from the Bluff the beds are a stiffish clay, form- ing good wheat-land, which is sometimes stony and contains large erratics. Good sections of this boulder clay can be seen in the creeks, and especially in washouts, which are easily developed in the cultivated ground. A washout in Section 177, Hundred of Encounter Bay, is several hundreds of feet long and, in places, 30 ft. deep. In plate ii., fig. 2, a longitudinal sketch-section of the Rosetta Head moraine is given. The main portion of the Bluff consists of granite, but on the landward-side there is an outcrop of schists which occupy the mid-distance of the ascent, and at lower levels these are obscured by the prevalence of glacial drift. The glacial beds make a curve on the lower slopes of the Bluff and pass into an irregular ridge, resting on an uneven floor of the older rocks. The ice-plough in passing over the Bluff cut deeply into the schists, producing a hollow in the rocks by “over- deepening” its floor. The excavation was brought about partly from the high gradient. of the glacier’s path and partly from the more yielding nature of the schistose rocks as com- pared with the granite. This ice-cut hollow is now occupied by glacial drift (plate ii.), extending from the Bluff for about a quarter of a mile. Some very large erratics are exposed A2 =< <= TC Oe eee ee = in the boulder clay. One, for example, situated at about -half-distance between the Bluff and the inlier of schists, mea- sures 14 ft. by 9 ft. The thickness of the boulder clay, as well as the foreign character of some of the erratics, is suffi- cient evidence that the deposit is not wholly of local origin. — Beyond the ice-cut rock-basin, just described, the schists come again to the surface in the form of a rounded boss, level with the general contour of the ridge, and dip under the glacial drift on all sides except the east, where they have been truncated by the sea and form low cliffs. Beyond this point, the section, except where the line passes over a spur of the ‘old rocks, shows an unbroken extension of the moraine to Glastonbury Hill, on the road to the Inman Valley, a dis- tance of three miles from the Bluff. There is little to distinguish the general features of the moraine, as seen in its various sections, except the greater or less prevalence of its erratics. In Sections 7 and 8, Hun- dred of Encounter Bay, close to the beach road, there is a very fine example of a stony moraine, where a score or more of large erratics, partially uncovered, can be seen in a bank of till (plate v.). 7 In Section 177, on the west side of Waitpinga Road, there is a great field of large erratics. At the south angle of this section a 30-ft. washout, already referred to, has exposed more than a dozen of these large boulders sticking in the clay faces of the washout or resting on the bottom. Groups of granite boulders occur in different parts of this paddock, and near the northern fence, at the bend of the Inman Valley Road, where it rises to Glastonbury Hill, a long line of over twenty large boulders can be seen (plate vi.). The moraine can be traced up the sides of this hill, chiefly on the eastern side of the road, where it merges into the Inman Valley deposits. The sea has operated on the soft morainic material to such an extent that a considerable bay has been created by ‘its encroachments, extending from the Bluff to the Port Elliot headland. Within recent geological times glacial clay formed the sea-cliffs throughout the greater part of this dis- tance. The recent elevation of the seaboard has placed these old sea-cliffs beyond the reach of the waves; but they can be readily recognized between the Hindmarsh River and Port Elliot, and also between Encounter Bay and the Bluff, where the road runs between the old sea-cliffs and the sea on a low ‘shelf sixty yards wide. ww frete: | This waste of the glacial till by the encroachments of the ‘sea has had the effect of strewing the beach and shallow water 5 with a great assemblage of boulders, the latter having been left; whilst the finer material has been washed away. These boulders are especially numerous in the protected cove at the back of the Bluff at a distance of about half a mile from the latter. Here there are hundreds of large erratics between tide-marks and also on land at or near the base of the moraine cliffs (plates vii., vili., and ix.). By far the greater number of these are granitic and chiefly of the local type. There are, however, other granites and some sedimentary rocks represented which are not local. Very siliceous quartzites occur among the erratics. On the beach near highwater-mark three masses of quartzites lie in close proximity to one another, measuring respectively 8 ft., 6 ft., and 4 ft. in their longer diameters. One large quartzite between tides has attached to it a bed of brecciated marble 1 ft. in thickness. One boulder of fine-grained, pink-coloured granite 3 ft. in length is highly glaciated and polished. Some of the granites are of exceptional size. One of these, on the beach, which is fall- ing apart along joint-planes, measures 23 ft. in length (plate ix.). These beach erratics are most plentiful opposite to the old cliffs where the sea has encroached on the moraine, and for a distance of half a mile of coast they are in countless numbers. A suggestion might be made by some that these boul- ders, which are mostly granite, were worn from the Bluff in the ordinary course of subaerial waste, and subsequently transported along the beach by wave action. The evidence, however, does not favour this view. It would follow as a natural order of things that the ice-sheet in passing over the granitic ridge (of which cnly isolated fragments remain in the headlands and islands) would quarry the stone and carry it forward. The immense quantity of this granite, which is spread over hundreds of square miles of the inland districts, is sufficient evidence of this: but the presence on the beach of numerous stcnes foreign to the locality indicates the work of an agent more far-reaching than wave action. Neither can we assume that the granite boulders have been derived from granite dykes penetrating the schists on which many of them rest. The schists, except in a narrow zone where they form a junction with the granite, are quite free from granitic intrusions. Moreover, if we refer the beach boulders to ordinary local waste and transport, there ought to be a long train of these stones, most numerous at the base of the Bluff and gradually thinning off with distance from this source. It is, however, not so. Between the Bluff and the great field of beach erratics there is half a mile of coast along which granite boulders scarcely occur, whilst the greatest 6 numbers are found in close proximity to the old sea-cliffs of glacial till, in which similar granites to those on the beach can be found in. sitw. Between Encounter Bay and the River Tat there are low-lying flats of recent origin. They extend from the base — of the moraine to the sea, and are often more or less sub- merged in winter by the drainage from the hills, when the water accumulates behind the coastal sandhills. In these flats there are deposits of white to dark-coloured marlstones, consisting largely of the brackish-water shell, Cozxella badgerensis. The deposit in its present indurated condition is a marly limestone, and is used for building purposes as well as for road-metal. These estuarine shells give evidence of per- manent lagoons behind the sandhills within recent times, the water being retained, no doubt, by the underlying impervious glacial clay. The limestone is capped by a thin deposit of travertine which has been laid down under drier conditions in later times. That the glacial moraine once occupied the posi- tion and now underlies these flats is rendered probable by the occurrence of erratics within the area. One of these can be seen a little north of the old cemetery, in the angle of Section 81, close to the road; and a smaller one, a little north of the one just referred to, on the Encounter Bay road. ~ Further evidences of the extension of the glacial beds east- wards are supplied by the fact that clay is sometimes exposed on the beach, and also by the presence of a large granite erratic stranded almost opposite the mouth of the Inman River. Kina’s Potnt Moraine. The sea-beach between Rosetta Head and King’s Point is extremely rocky. Dark-coloured schists occupy the beach in sharp ridges and make cliffs from 30 ft. to 50 ft. in height. On the top of the sea-cliffs there are morainic deposits which are continuous from Rosetta Head to King’s Point (plate iv.). Here the moraine is about half a mile in width, being limited by a ridge of old rocks parallel with the coast and forming its background. This coastal strip is under cultivation, and is dotted with erratics. For the first three-quarters of a mile from the Bluff the erratics are not numerous, but at the distance named a small bay is reached in which a large num- ber of granite boulders is grouped on the beach and also on the top of the adjacent cliffs. From this point the erratics again become scarcer until near King’s Point, when they once more increase in numbers under the influence of the new trail connected with the latter. King’s Point is a headland situated one and a half miles to the south-west of Rosetta Head (plate x.). West Island, 7 a fragment of the granitic ridge, was at no very distant date joined to the mainland at King’s Point, from which it is now separated by a sea channel of about half a mile in width. According to the Admiralty Directory the island is 132 ft. in height, which is a little higher than the highest point of the moraine at King’s Point. The island has a remarkably even and rounded contour, suggestive of having been sub- jected to glacial erosion (plate xi.). West Island appears to stand in a similar relation to the moraine of King’s Point as Rosetta Head does to the moraine of Encounter Bay, as already explained. In the case of King’s Point, the sea-channel and adjacent land represent the rock-trough (or “‘over-deepening’’) cut out by the glacier on the down-flow side, and there is also present an undulating floor of schists with morainic debris in protected situations. The schists (which are mostly fine-grained mica-schists similar to those at the back of Rosetta Head) are relatively soft, and owe their preservation, as a headland, to the protection which West Island affords. A similar process of cutting into the schists is in evidence at the back of Rosetta Head: an isthmus is being formed by encroachments of the sea behind the granite ridge, and, in time, Rosetta Head will be disconnected from the mainland in the same way as West Island has become. It is fortunate that King’s Point has been pre- served from the levelling action of the waves, as it exhibits, notwithstanding its great geological age, an example of a moraine which might be regarded as typical of those laid down by existing glaciers. In plate ii. a sketch-section of the moraine is given, so far as it is seen within the lhmits of King’s Point. The schists occur -as strong reefs on the beach, and show an elevation at the head of the Point of about 20 or 30 ft. above sea-level. The original outline of these old rocks was probably in the form of a dome, as they have a slope on the landward side and disappear under the moraine, about one-third distance between the Point and the normal line of cliffs. The pro- montory rises gradually from the point until, when in a line with the usual contour of the sea-cliffs, it reaches a height of 100 ft. With the exception of a part of the headland, as just described, the whole of the promontory consists of morainic material. The moraine, whilst in remarkable preservation as a whole, has been cut into by the weather. The upper surface has been lowered and its sides have been seamed by run- ning waters. The small gullies thus formed give interesting sections of the beds, and the removal of the finer material 8 has led to a concentration of its stony contents. It consists | of two main beds: — (a) An upper bed of loosely-cemented sand 22 ft. (b) A lower bed of stony clay (till) Meee ca oe The upper bed (a) might be classed as a sand-rock— argillaceous in part and of various colours—white, yellow, | and red. Usually, it is either a dark-red colour or mottled arising from the presence of iron oxides, which by segrega- tion has led to the formation of ferruginously-cemented sands, either in layers or local segregations—a very common feature of the glacial sandstones and conglomerates of this period as they occur to-day in South Australia. The bed contains a few stones of small size, and these are usually more or less water-worn. Infiltration has led to the forma- tion of a great number of stalactitic pipes in the upper part of the bed, probably following the occurrence of roots and other organic matter in the subsoil. The wind and rain have deeply eroded this bed, which forms the cap of the moraine. Some parts have been ex- cavated to the level of the underlying clay, and there are outliers of the same material scattered over the summit, with glacial clay exposed between them (plate x1i.). At the land- ward end, where the moraine gently rises to higher ground, there is a continuous cliff of the sand-rock, 20 ft. in height. Here the bed gives some slight indications of being stratified. It is possible that this upper member of the section had its origin in the redistribution of morainic material, under the action of water, at a period subsequent to the ice-flood. On the other hand, this bed closely resembles the glacial sand- stones which occur interstratified with glacial clays in other | parts of South Australia. If it were of contemporary date with this particular glacial period, it certainly suggests altered conditions from those which prevailed during the deposition of the underlying boulder clays. The power of vigorous transport had ceased, and only fine material could, as a rule, undergo carriage. It may represent a late stage of the glacial period when, along the face of the retreating ice- sheet, water became the chief agent of deposition. The lower bed (6) exhibits the features of a typical glacial till or boulder clay. ‘The clay generally carries a certain proportion of sand and is very stony, the stones ranging from the size of pebbles to many feet in diameter. The summit of the moraine is nearly flat, except for the unevenness which is the result of erosion. Where the surface has been worn down to the underlying clay bed an extra- ordinary assemblage of large and small boulders strew the 9 ground (plate xil.), several of which have diameters of 7 and 8 ft. One granite boulder occupies a perched position on the edge of the main gully facing east, which gives it a striking appearance when viewed from the beach (plates xiil. and xiv.). This erratic has been much larger than it is at present, having exfoliated and thrown off an outer shell which is about 4 in. in thickness. Jn its reduced form it has the shape of a nearly round boulder 8 ft. in diameter. The — boulder rests on undisturbed till. In a small tributary of the main gully just mentioned a very stony face of glacial till 1s exposed, including some fairly large erratics. A group of still larger erratics stands — out conspicuously near the upper part of the moraines facing the sea (plate xiv.). A small washout on the south side near the summit of the moraine contains a very interesting group of boulders, some of which show evidences of glacia- tion (plate xvi.). The majority of the large erratics belong to the local type of granite—a very coarse, pinkish-coloured granite, with numerous large porphyritic crystals of felspar, many of which have undergone corrosion, and take the appearance of pseudo- pebbles. These granites also sometimes show inclusions of the local schistose rocks, fragments of the latter having been caught up into the magma before its consolidation. The other classes of erratics, mentioned in the order of the frequency of their occurrence, are fine-grained, highly-coloured pink granites, and fine-grained grey granites. Quartzites of several types also occur. Some of these are white, laminated, and of saccharoidal texture. One specimen of this class measures 4 ft. in‘length. Other examples of quartzite are bluish in colour and very siliceous. Among the smaller erratics were noticed aplites, quartz-porphyry, and a few examples of the local schists. Small drifts of blown sea-sand occur in places on the sides and also on the summit of the ridge. _ A conspicuous feature of the morainic material here, as well as in other parts of South Australia where Permo- Carboniferous glacial deposits occur, is the presence of highly water-worn gravel, apparently beach-worn. The commonest varieties represented among these rounded stones are quart- zite, quartz, granite, and a few schistose pebbles. Many of these show some form of glaciation, as, for example, a high polish, or have been strongly ground on one side (“soled”), and in a few instances exhibit well-marked glacial strie (plate xvil.). I do not intend to discuss the origin of these sea- worn pebbles of the glacial drifts in the present paper—that _-will come more appropriately at a later stage, when I hope 10 to be able to place additional evidence on this interesting sub- ject before the Society. Ming! The beach on the east side of the Point is thickly strewn with erratics, which are of large size and in considerable - variety. It is remarkable that at the extreme point of the headland, where the schists form reefs running in the direction of West Island, there are no erratics on the coast ; but within the bays on either side of King’s Point ice- transported stones are extremely common. The barren ground next the island has been sea-swept, and a thickness of 30 ft. _of schist removed by wave action, which has also disposed of the morainic material which capped these schists. The source of the erratics in the bays on either side of the Point can be readily traced to the glacial clay which comes down to the beach in immediate proximity to these boulders. The rounded hummock of schist, which has been cut into by the sea at the extreme point, and passes out of sight under the moraine on the landward side, probably received its rounded form under ice movement; but no evidence of a polished pavement could be detected on its surface. When we consider the soft and friable nature of the mica-schist which formed the floor of the glacier this absence of the evidences of glaciation cannot be wondered at. A stone of this kind could neither take a fine polish in the first instance nor retain it against the weathering action of subsequent ages. Clear evidence of glaciation was, however, obtained from the erratics, as already stated. CoNCLUSION. Both the moraines described in this paper illustrate the important effects produced by hard prominences in conjunc- tion with soft rocks: in promoting morainic aggradation. The increasing ice-sheet became in time an “ice-flood”” with high erosive energy directed towards deepening its bed and transporting its debris. On meeting the hard granitic barrier that ran east and west its quarrying power was checked ; but passing over this strongly - resisting rock, it immediately plunged into the yielding schists and excavated its path im them below the normal level. When the ice age was passing away and the ice-sheet shrinking back to the greater eleva- tions the power to erode was lost, the rock basins gradually becoming choked by the material which the glacier had no longer power to scoop out from the deeper levels. This was the age of aggradation, a levelling-up of the uneven floor of the glacier by the load it was no longer able to carry to the regions beyond. 11 Then, finally, long after the last of the glaciers had dis- appeared and the denuding forces of subsequent ages cut deeply into the boulder clays which choked the valleys, these moraine-filled hollows were doubly protected: firstly, on account of their low-lying position, which made them the last to come under the influence of subaerial waste, and, secondly, from the _ existence of the hard granitic ridge, on the up-stream side, which — ridge in the first instance led to the excavation of the hollows in the softer rocks, and now stands guard over them in delay- ing the processes of waste. Rosetta Head has played this réle, as pointed out, in the one case; and West Island, although uow severed from the mainland, has done a similar thing in the history of King’s Point moraine, as shown in our second illustration. DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Prate I. Map of the district described in the paper, showing the morainic areas associated with Rosetta Head and King’s Point. Biarn It. Sketch-sections of the moraines at Rosetta Head and King’s Point. Puate IIT. Rosetta Head (the Bluff) and ridge of morainic material as seen from Encounter Bay. Littoral reef of limestone is seen in the foreground. Puate IV. Rosetta Head as seen from King’s Point; also moraine and erraties overlying the cliffs of Cambrian schists which connect the two headlands. Prares Vv. Rosetta Head moraine, with erratics, seen in transverse view, near Encounter Bay. Pyare VI. Group of granite erratics, in lineal order, near the base of Glastonbury Hill, Inman Valley Road. Piare VIP. Group of erratics in shallow water, Encounter Bay. The boulders have been left by the retreat of cliffs of boulder-clay worn away by the sea. Prate VIET. Great field of erratics, situated between high and low water marks, washed from boulder-clay, Encounter Bay. 12 Puate IX. The largest erratic on the coast at Encounter Bay, measuring 23 ft. in length. It is of porphyritic granite and is breaking up. along joint planes. Puate X. King’s Point as seen from the east. With the exception. of the basal part of the extreme point it is entirely composed of morainic material. Pruate XI. West Island, off King’s Point, at a distance of half a mile from the latter. Shows an ice-smoothed outline. Prats XII. . Summit of the moraine at King’s Point. A ridge of the upper (sandy) beds is seen at the back, and a number of large erratics resting on boulder-clay in the foreground. Pirate XIII. | View of the eastern side of the moraine at King’s Point, with a large perched boulder near the summit. Prats XIV. The large boulder seen in Plate XIII. at a nearer view. The erratic, which is-8 ft. long, is of granite and rests on undisturbed’ glacial till. Puate XV. King’s Point moraine, facing the sea, showing a group of large erratics near the summit and a washout in glacial till on the left-hand side. Prate XVI. The washout on left-hand side in Plate XV. at a nearer view, showing the stony character of the till. Puate XVII. Two examples of glaciated stones from the King’s Point moraine. About half natural size. 13° DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDA, WITH NOTES ON PREVIOUSLY DESCRIBED SPECIES. Part VIII. By ArtHur M. Lega. [Read June 7, 1910.] SUBFAMILY OTIORHYNCHIDES. MERIMNETES FAGI, 0. sp. Reddish-brown, appendages paler. Densely clothed with fawn-coloured scales, frequently with a golden or golden- green gloss, and usually mottled or ‘spotted with brown. In addition with numerous suberect sete, varying from white to black, and usually forming a single row on each elytral interstice. Rostrum with three carine, of which the median one is sometimes entirely concealed. First joint of funicle almost as long as second and third combined. Prothorax granulate-punctate, or somewhat vermiculate. Llytra ovate; with series of large, partially-concealed punctures; suture, third and fifth interstices feebly raised. Length (excluding rostrum), 44-64 mm. Hab. Ae Hobart, Launceston, Burnie, Sheffield, Stonor, Mole Creek (A. M. Lea). In general appearance rather close to australis, Bak smaller and somewhat wider, antennz somewhat shorter, etc. The bulk of the specimens appear to have the derm of a reddish-brown, but occasionally it is almost black. On the prothorax there is usually a rather feeble dark median stripe, and a shorter one on each side of the base. On the elytra the spots or mottlings are generally rather numerous, but not sharply defined or constant in position; there are generally also some dark spots on the abdomen. Most of the specimens were taken from the so-called native myrtle Fagus Cunning- ham. Numerous specimens from Waratah and two from Ulver- stone differ in having the elytral sete less erect, but I can find no features sufficient to be regarded as of specific im- portance. In this and all the following species the rostrum is separated from the head by a transverse suture (sometimes almost concealed). Between the eyes there is a narrow longi- tudinal impression (also more or less concealed). The males differ from the females in being smaller, with the prothorax ‘14 less transverse, the elytra more convex, narrower and less ovate, with large punctures and narrower interstices, and the legs and antenne longer. The basal segment of the.abdomen also differs sexually, in some species: being concave in the male and fiat in the female, or flat in the male and convex. in the female. MERIMNETES SIMPLICIPENNIS, Nl. Sp. Reddish-brown, appendages paler. Rostrum with very feeble and normally quite concealed carine. First joint of funicle as long as second and third combined. Prothoraz with sides rather strongly rounded ; with numerous, somewhat irregular, and more or less con- cealed granules, with a feeble median line. Flytra oblong- ovate; with regular rows of large, partially-concealed punc- tures ; interstices not alternately raised. Length, 74-75 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington, Hobart (A. M. Lea). . Very close to australis, but both sexes slightly wider, the suture not subcarinated posteriorly, and the third and fifth interstices not at all raised above their fellows, but quite uniform with them. The elytral sete also are almost uniformly disposed, instead of being more noticeable on the odd than the even interstices. | One of the three specimens before me has the derm almost black. The clothing is of the same nature as in the pre- ceding species, but the dark patches are larger and very ill- defined, and there is a large blotch on the base of the pro- thorax. The elytral sete are also somewhat longer and more uniformly whitish. MERIMNETES MONTANUS, 0. sp. Black, antenne and tarsi more or less diluted with red. Moderately densely clothed with white scales, with numerous very feeble spots of brown. In addition with rather short, semi-decumbent setz. Rostrum with three narrow carine, almost or quite con- cealed before abrasion. First joint of funicle subequal in length with second and third combined. Prothoraz with rather strongly rounded sides; surface vermiculate; with a rather feeble median line. Elytra ovate, with regular rows of large, partially-concealed punctures ; alternate interstices very feebly raised. Length, 64-6} mm. Hab.-—Tasmania: Summit. of Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea ee length is about equal to that of uniformis, and slightly less than that of australis, but from both species it 15 differs in being broader, antennze somewhat shorter and stouter, eyes more projecting, rostrum stouter, prothorax shorter with more rounded sides, and the clothing somewhat different. The white scales are not so dense as to conceal the derm, in consequence of which the whole insect has a somewhat greyish appearance. Many of them (especially along the suture) have a golden gloss. The darker elytral spots are - nowhere sharply defined or large. The elytral sete are much less erect than usual; on some specimens most of them are whitish, on others they are mostly dark. The basal segment of the abdomen is more concave in the male than usual. MERIMNETES VIRIDIS, ND. Sp. Black, appendages red. Densely clothed with green or greenish-grey scales, frequently with a golden gloss. In addi- - tion with short, semi-decumbent sete. Rostrum with a narrowly impressed and usually concealed median line. Antenne thinner than usual; first joint of funicle slightly but distinctly longer than second and third combined. Prothorax granulate-punctate or feebly vermicu- late. Hlytra ovate; with regular rows of large, partially- concealed punctures; interstices regularly convex. Length, 43-54 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (R. Helms and W. EK. Raymond). In size and structure almost identical with oblongus, but the clothing more or less metallic, instead of a dingy, feebly-mottled grey. A specimen from the Victorian Alps was given to me by Mr. Blackburn as I. wniformis, Boh. (?). It, however, has both legs and antennz reddish, and is less than half the size of Otrorhynchus raucus (a species with which Boheman compared wniformis ). Apparently a common species. The bulk of the scales are green, and frequently with a metallic gloss; many singly- scattered scales are ‘decidedly golden. One specimen has the whole of the scales golden. With most species of the genus the rostrum is carinated, although to see the carine it is some- times necessary to remove the scales ; but in the present species the carine are entirely absent. MERIMNETES CELMISIA, Nn. sp. Black, antennz (except club and tip of scape) red. Mod- erately densely clothed with brilliant metallic scales, varying from golden-green to purplish-blue. In addition with very short setz. 16 Rostrum non-carinate. First joint of funicle slightly longer than second and third combined. VProthoraxz scarcely granulated, with fairly large, more or less concealed punc- tures. Hlytra ovate, with regular rows of large, partially- concealed punctures ; interstices regularly rounded. Length, 32-44 mm. ¥. Hab.—Victoria: Mounts Buffalo and Baldi; New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (H. J. Carter). nate | Readily distinguished from all species known to me by its black and red antennz, black legs, and beautiful scales. Mr. Carter informs me that on Mount Koscuisko it is found at an elevation of 6,000 ft. on a large white daisy (Celmisia, Bp.). MERIMNETES DECIPIENS, n. sp. Black, appendages reddish. Densely clothed with greyish scales, more or less densely-mottled or spotted with brown. In addition with moderately long, recurved sete. Rostrum very indistinctly carinated, even on abrasion. Antenne rather shorter and stouter than usual in the genus; first joint of funicle somewhat shorter than second and third combined. Prothoraz about as long as wide in male, gently transverse in female; granulate-punctate, and with a feeble median line; but derm almost entirely concealed. Elytra ovate, with regular rows of large punctures, appearing small and narrow through clothing; interstices regularly rounded. Length, 3-4 mm. ; Hab.—Tasmania (H. H. D. Griffith), Mount Wellington, Hobart (A. M. Lea). The smallest of the genus, and in size and appearance remarkably close to Neomerimnetes destructor, but the second segment of abdomen longer than third and fourth combined, and its suture with first not straight but curved upwards from each side, so that at the middle it is about one-half longer than it is at the sides. The clothing is of a rather dingy slaty-grey, sometimes almost uniform, but usually more or less distincly mottled or spotted with brown, especially on the elytra. On an occa- sional specimen the elytral clothing is mostly pale-brown, with spots of slaty-grey and darker brown. NEOMERIMNETES ‘)) INFLATUS, Nn. sp. Reddish-brown, appendages reddish. Densely clothed with scales varying from grey to dark-brown. Jn addition aE (1) The species of this-genus bear a strong resemblance to those of Merimnetes, but may be at once distinguished therefrom by the perfectly straight sutures of the second abdominal segment. li with semi-decumbent setz, similar in colour to the scales amon which they are placed. Rostrum almost parallel-sided to near apex, with a feeble am more or less concealed median carina. Antenne not very thin ; scape almost straight; first joint of funicle stouter and longer than second, second longer but no stouter than third. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides evenly rounded ; densely granulate-punctate, but sculpture normally concealed. Scutellum small, but round and very convex. EHlytra rather strongly convex, at base no wider than base of prothorax, but sides strongly inflated to about middle, and then strongly diminishing in width to apex: strongly striated, with fairly large but partially-concealed punctures in striz; interstices evenly rounded. Length (excluding rostrum), 34-44 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, Gympie (H. Hacker). Larger than destructor, the elytra more inflated, scutel- lum more conspicuous and elytra more variegated. The male differs from the female in being smaller and narrower, with the elytra less inflated and the legs and antenne somewhat longer. The derm varies from a rather bright reddish-brown almost to black; the apical segments of the abdomen are sometimes reddish. The club is usually darker than the rest of the antenne. The clothing is not alike on any two of the five specimens before me. On the type male it is of a dingy-grey, with a large parallel-sided, chocolate-brown patch extending the whole length of the prothorax ; similar scales clothe most of the elytra, but with short spots of paler scales. On the type female it is also grey, but somewhat mottled with ochreous, the brown scales are absent from the prothorax, and on the elytra almost con- fined to a rather wide curved fascia about summit of posterior declivity. The other specimens have the clothing intermediate in character. MERIMNETES UNIFORMTS, -Boh. This species was described as having the antenne and legs black. The only species known to me in which. both the antenne and legs are black is one which I have from Mount Victoria and Jenolan. 2) It is, for the genus, a large species, measuring 8 mm. (including the rostrum), a length exceeded by only two species of the genus known to me. Boheman described the species as slightly longer and narrower than Otiorhynchus raucus, 3) and with this my specimens agree. (2)In New South Wales, the type was from New Holland. In Masters’ Catalogue it is recorded from Victoria. (3) Two specimens of O. raucus before me measure 7 and 7} mm. respectively. 18 M. cequalifrons has sometimes the legs and antenne: black, wholly or in part, but usually some parts are quite distinctly red; that species, however, is much smaller than O. raucus, : - | MERIMNETES ZQUALIFRONS, Blackb. This species was described as being without a fine longi- tudinal impression between the eyes. It, however, is really present, although sometimes concealed by the clothing. The scales are nearly always more or less ashen, but the elytra are occasionally feebly spotted, and the prothorax has sometimes a feeble dark stripe along the middle, and occasionally a very feeble one on each side. The legs and antenne were not mentioned, being presumably included under the word “piceus.” In most of the specimens before me they are more or less black, but occasionally are decidedly reddish, more especially the tibize and tarsi. The basal joint of the funicle is about as long as the three following combined. SUBFAMILY AMYCTERIDES. ACANTHOLOPHUS ExIMIUS, Macl. (Cubicorrhynchus ). A specimen in the Macleay Museum is labelled as Cub6i- corrhynchus exvmius, Macl., and although it is not the type (this should be in the Australian Museum) it agrees with the description, and was probably named from the comparison with the type. The species 1s evidently an Acantholophus. Its head and prothorax certainly somewhat resemble those of several species of Cubicorrhynchus, but so do those of many other species of Acantholophus (trroratus, Macl., denticollis, Macl., and plani- collis, Wath., amongst others). The shape of the head is almost exactly as in zrroratus, except that the conjoined tubercles close to each eye are less prominent, and that the eyes are more prominent. The prothorax has numerous granules (not as numerous as in denticollis and planicollis) on its disc, interspersed with a few of larger size. There is a small conical tubercle on each side of apex, a less conspicuous one on each side of base, and a larger conjoined pair on each side near apex, but separated from apex by a deep impression. (4) Dr. Ferguson has kindiy compared this specimen with the type, and has written me as follows:—‘“‘I took the Macleay Museum specimen of eximius down to the Australian Museum and compared it with the types. They are identical in regard to tubercles, granules, etc., the only difference being that the types are slightly wider and fuller in the elytra, and somewhat more convex on ventral segments. These differences are in my opinion sexual, and I should think that the Macleay Museum specimen was the male, and the types females.’ 19 The elytra are those of quite a typical Acantholophus; the conical tubercles are on the third, fifth, and seventh imter- -gtices ; those on the third commence on the base and termin- ate just below summit of posterior declivity, those on the fifth commence at the base and terminate at the declivity, and those on the seventh commence near the shoulder and terminate before the middle. The Macleay Museum specimen is from Stirling Range (the locality given in Masters’ Catalogue), but the type was recorded from King George Sound. CUBICORRHYNCHUS STERILIS, Pase. The description of this species is utterly worthless, being little more than a brief comparison with morosus, a name which is probably applied to many different species in col- lections. In morosus and the allied species (taurus, Musson, dilaticeps, Blackb. ; piceosetosus, maculatus, calcaratus, Macl. ; occultus and modestus, Sloane) I believe it to be impossible to conclusively identify most of the species from the descrip- tions already published, and, further, that it is almost impos- sible to describe the females of most of them so that they can be conclusively identified. They all have an oblique, obtuse, granulated ridge on each side of the base of the prothorax, and in the middle of the base itself two gr anules rather more conspicuous than those elsewhere. Most of the species, however, may be quite readily iden- tified by the tibize of the male, and especially the hind pair ; and these are not, even mentioned in the description of sterilis. But as the type should be in the British Museum, some hope may be entertained of having the tibie described eventually. (5) CUBICORRHYNCHUS PICEOSETOSUS, Macl. The types of this species are both females. Their sete are darker and shorter (on the apical half of the elytra, however, they are much as in many other species of the genus) than in any other specimens I have seen, and this is possibly characteristic of the species. Structurally I cannot distinguish them from the types of maculatus, but possibly an examination of males of both forms would confirm them as distinct. (5) Mr. C. J. Gahan writes me that the type of this species ‘‘is evidently a female; the hind tibi# are straight, not granulated, covered with pale scales, with sete interspersed.’’ 20 CusicorRHyncuts Mussoni, Blackb., and DILATICEPS, Blackb. } I think it extremely probable that the types of both these species are females. On enquiry from Mr. Blackburn he wrote that there was “nothing remarkable about the hind» tibie of either of the species you enquire about.” BuBARIS HaRDCASTLEI, 0. sp. Black. Rostrum, under surface, and appendages with blackish sete, becoming very short on upper surface. Head rough. Rostrum wider than long, separated from head by a deep impression; with four strongly-punctured ridges and three deep grooves, of which the median one is continuous and the others deep and wide at base, but narrow and shallow at apex. Scape stout and curved, strongly in- flated at apex; four apical joints of funicle strongly trans- verse. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly | rounded; with large, round, clearly-defined granules and small tubercles, differing only in size. Hlytra comparatively short, base not much narrower than prothorax at its widest, sides dilated to beyond the middle; with rows of very large, irregular punctures, becoming more regular on sides; with rows of granules varying considerably in size; base with four strong projections. Abdomen with sparse and comparatively small punctures. Length, 94-10 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cunnamulla (H. Hardcastle). A very wide species with larger granules than usual and without special tubercles crowning the posterior declivity. The two specimens before me (and which are probably both females) are practically without clothing other than the setee; but as in some of the depressed places some very short pubescence can be seen, it is probable that on freshly-matured specimens the clothing would be more distinct. The elytral granules are very variable in size. Those on the second inter- stice are larger than any of the others, and many could fairly be regarded as small tubercles; the fourth interstice has also some large granules. The suture and posterior declivity are both granulate. The larger elytral granules, in- stead of being crowned by a single seta on each, are usually supplied with several, and the sete, instead of being fairly long and suberect, are very short and depressed. Even when’ there is but one seta (both on prothorax and elytra) that seta arises from a feeble elevation in the middle of a circular depression, crowning the summit of the granule; the depres- sions are always conspicuous, even on the smallest granules. On each elytron there is a rather strong projection on the 21 shoulder and on the third interstice, that on the shoulder is more advanced than the other, but is no larger ; each projection has numerous granules, and these are so disposed as to be suggestive of the suckers on the arms of an octopus. The suture could heso’ be regarded as produced at the base. Myrurres FRATER, 01. Sp. 3. Black; upper surface with very short, spare black sete; the depressed spaces with indistinct brownish pubes- cence. A ridge of black sete or hair extending from apex of abdomen to between middle coxz, where it is densest. Legs. with black sete. Head with three deep and wide grooves. Rostrum separated from head by a strong transverse impression, with a deep median channel, each side of base with a short con- tinuation of the lateral groove of head. VProthorax about as. long as wide; with large, irregular elevations and deep im- pressions. SHlytra at base about the width of prothorax, somewhat wider about middle; with irregular rows of large punctures, becoming very large at sides ; second interstice with a distinct tubercle just below summit of posterior declivity ; third with a carinated ridge on basal third or two-fifths, the ridge projecting on to elytra at base, behind the ridge, ‘with two or three distinct tubercles, of which the apical one is usually close to the one on second interstice ; fifth and seventh interstices with some smaller tubercles ; shoulders strongly pro- jecting on to prothorax, a laterally-projecting subhumeral tubercle on each side. Front tibiz inflated at apex. Length (excluding rostrum), 135-18 mm. Q. Differs in being larger, elytra wider, apex with two conjoined mucros, third interstice less pr oduced at base ; under- surface without the ridge of hair; and front tibize simple. Hab.—New South Wales: Mudgee, Coonabarabran, New England, Clarence River (Macleay Museum). I have seen in some collections as Huomus basalis, Boi., and Mythites sulcicollis, Germ.; but the sutural and third interstices not becoming conjoined at the base readily dis- tinguishes from the species I have identified as basalis, although at a glance the two species appear to be identical ; whilst swlercollis has the prothorax densely granulate, and usually with a single pronounced median channel. From the description of perfossus it differs in being considerably larger (the smallest specimen is 64 instead of 44 German lines), with the basal joint of the funicle longer than wide (Germar de- scribes the funicle as having all of its joints transverse), as well as in the sculpture of both prothorax and elytra. Degener is described as having only a single depressed carina in front. 22 On the prothorax there is a deep and wide median chan- nel, on each side of which there is a strong ridge, strongly swollen laterally before the middle; on each side of the ridge there is a large irregular depression, interrupted by irregular elevations, of which a few are in the shape of large slightly convex granules or obtuse tubercles. The depression is roughly divided into four arms, of which one becomes very deep and terminates in front ‘at the ridge margining the median channel, a second is continued round the front and sides so as to appear as a very irregular subapical con- striction, a third opens feebly out into the median channel near the base, and the fourth is continued shallowly to the base where the projecting shoulder rests in it. But the whole surface of the prothorax seems more or less variable, although the elevations and the depressed spaces are always very pronounced. ‘True isolated granules are nearly always absent. The tubercle on’ the second interstice sometimes ap- pears almost as if it belonged to the third. On one female the ridge on the third interstice on the right side is con- tinued almost to the posterior declivity. The tubercles on the seventh, although fairly large, appear to be little more than undulated spaces between the punctures, owing to the large size of these. Each front tibia of the male is inflated at the apex, with the under surface of the inflated portion concave and covered with short, dense, black sete. MYTHITES POROPTEROIDES, 0. sp. Q. Black; upper surface not very sparsely clothed with sete, varying from short to moderately long, and from stramineous to black. Under-surface rather sparsely clothed, except for a distinct line of stramineous sete extending from apex of abdomen to between middle coxe: legs rather densely clothed. Head with three deep and wide grooves, of which the median one is deeper but narrower than the others. Rostrum separated from head by a deep transverse impression, with a deep and wide median channel; each side of base with a short and comparatively shallow continuation of the lateral groove of head. Prothoraz very little wider than long, sides feebly rounded : with a wide but rather shallow median chan- nel, on each side of which is a curved elevation extending from apex to beyond the middle; outside of this is an irregu- lar impression, with numerous large, round, slightly convex granules or small tubercles, occasionally almost conjoined. Elytra at base no wider than base of prothorax, but consider- ably wider before the middle, thence strongly decreasing in width to apex, which is rather acute; with irregular. rows of 23 large punctures, becoming shallow towards sides; with two. subconical and almost conjoined subsutural tubercles near apex ; suture near base raised and joined on vo third inter- stice ; third (exclusive of the base) with two or three tubercles, of which the largest is just before summit of posterior declivity ; fifth with a distinct and rather long (but not much elevated) median tubercle, with remnants of others, and a short ridge near base; seventh with some small tubercles;. - shoulders not projecting on to prothorax. Length, 18 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Geelong (J. F. Mulder). Readily distinguished from all other species known to me by the elytra strongly narrowed to apex, with the large sutural tubercles almost conjoined, and much closer to the apex than usual: thus instead of being at or close to the summit of the posterior declivity, they are quite close to the apex itself. The elytra are somewhat suggestive of Poropterus conifer. In its rounded shoulders it agrees with the female of tuberculatus, but the sutural and third interstices are conjoined at the base, instead of separated as in that species. The irregular sublateral impression of the prothorax from. some directions appears almost semi-circular, and curves round as if to join in with the median channel, but is prevented from doing so by two large granules. On the type (and only specimen I have seen) there are (exclusive of its basal con-. nection with suture) two tubercles on the second interstice on the right side and three on the left; on the seventh there are seven on the right and five on the left. It is probable, how-- ever, that both the prothoracic and elytral sculpture is sub- ject to more or less variation. It is probable that the male: has strongly projecting shoulders. MYTHITES FOVEIPENNIS, n. sp. ¢. Black; clothed with rather sparse blackish sete ; but with a dense ridge of dark-brown or blackish sete, extending from apex of abdomen to between middle coxe. Head with a deep median groove and two or three deep: ones on each side. Rostrum separated from head by a deep transverse impression ; with a deep and wide median channel ; with a deep groove on each side, commencing at base and running out at about the middle. Prothoraz slightly wider than long, sides moderately rounded, disc feebly convex ; with dense, clearly-defined granules, larger at about one-fourth from apex and one-fourth from base than elsewhere; without a median line. Hlytra at base not much wider than prothorax, and very little wider elsewhere; apex widely rounded; with double irregular rows of very large punctures or fovex, becoming regular on sides: third and fifth interstices dis-- 24 tinctly raised, with several tubercles overhanging the posterior declivity, and with four projections at base. Length, 16-19 mm. ‘wis 2 | @. Differs in being more convex, elytra wider, apex with two small mucros, tubercles overhanging the posterior declivity smaller, and under-surface with a line pubescence instead of a hairy ridge. . Hab.—New South Wales: Blue Mountains, Binelseau {Macleay Museum). The elytra could scarcely be regarded as_ granulate, although in places (especially on the suture and posteriorly) a few almost obsolete ones are present; this alone would distinguish the species from granulatus. But the foveate impressions are also different; in this species, although very irregular in shape, they are almost regular in continuity, but in granulatus they are much fewer in number, more irregu- larly disposed, shallower, and usually transversely conjoined. The second interstice has a large tubercle overhanging the posterior declivity, the third has a smaller one, and the fifth a still smaller one: immediately below the tubercles there is a ‘somewhat concave space on each side. MyTHITES BASALIS, Boi. The original description of this species is very unsatis-_ factory, but as it contains the expression “elytris . . . basi quasi furcaits,” I think it may be correctly applied to a species I have long had named as Huomus basalis, Boi. This Species occurs at King George Sound, Swan River, and Gun Island in Western Australia, and Port Lincoln in South Australia. It has the sutural interstice of each elytron obliquely joined on to the third at the base, so that it pro- jects triangularly forward much as each shoulder does. In other species of the genus the first and third interstices are parallel at the base. The species was originally described as an Amycterus. In Masters’ Catalogue it appears under Huomus; but Pascoe referred to it (without explicitly consigning it to the genus, however) as a Mythites. Y have also seen it as an Acanthomus (a generic synonym of Mythites). DIALEPTOPUS ECHINATUS, Lea. On fresh specimens of this species the elytra are con- spicuously marked with three white stripes, meeting at the base and again at the summit of the posterior declivity. The white appears almost like enamel, and is present on the tubercles as well as on the general surface. 25 DIALEPTOPUS SEPIDIOIDES, Pasc. There are before me six specimens which may belong to this species, as several of them agree well with the original description and figure: but they vary in length from 54 to 7} lines, instead of from 7 to 8. ‘The tubercles vary in num- ber, even sometimes on the different sides of an individual. The outer row on each elytron has from 4 to 6 tubercles; the inner from 5 to 8. The species to which these six specimens belong, whether scpidioides or not, may be readily dis- tinguished from all others in my collection by the abdomen and metasternum being very highly polished, with a wide shallow transverse impression near the apex of the apical segment (Pascoe does not mention the abdomen). Two of the specimens have the prothoracic crests more parallel than have the others. DIALEPTOPUS LONGIPES, Lea. There are eight specimens before me (from Mount Barker and King George Sound) which probably belong to this species; they differ, however, in having the apical mucros more produced and sharper. The types of longipes appear to be females, and of the eight specimens now commented upon three appear to be females and five males. The males differ in being narrower (the greatest width of the elytra is no more than that of the prothorax) with the tubercles larger and more conical. The elytral tubercles vary from almost or quite black to a rather bright-red; one specimen has the legs, apex of elytra, and prothoracic crests also diluted with red. DIALEPTOPUS PYRIFERUS, N. sp. Black; with black setz on head, front of prothorax, and legs; with a thin squamosity on parts of sterna; elsewhere almost or quite glabrous. Rostrum with a fairly deep median channel, bounded by parallel ridges. Prothorar about as long as wide, sides strongly rounded and obtusely serrated, median crests feebly waved and obtusely punctate on their upper surface, diverg- ing hindwards, but not to extreme base, greatest width between them about twice the width of their apices; a sub- foveate depression in middle of median channel; a small tubercle on each side, allowing the projecting shoulder to rest between it and a median crest. Hlytra rather narrow, each with two rows of four tubercles; shoulders strongly pro- jecting and subgranulate ; with rows of fairly large punctures along upper surface, becoming larger and more regular on sides ; apex with a small, obtuse notch. Abdomen with large, sparse, shallow punctures, sometimes very feebly defined : 26 apical segment in one sex with a shallow median depression, in the other with a small, round, subapical fovea. Legs long and thin. Length, 114-125 mm. Hab.—South Australia (Macleay and South Australian Museums). In general appearance very close to Lindensis; but the prothoracic crests practically without granules, a less distance across their apices (the space across the apices in Lindensis is greater than in any other species known to me), and de- cidedly converging towards their bases, so that the space they enclose is more pear-shaped ; the sides are also less serrated. The elytra not wide across the shoulders distinguishes from the description of /wgwbris, and the very distinct tubercles from the description of obsoletus. One specimen was sent as macil- entus, but it certainly is not that species, which is described as having seven tubercles inwardly and four outwardly, and with the apex strongly emarginate. The tubercles are not always as black as the rest of the elytra, but they are not distinctly reddish in any of the specimens under examination. They are rather large and increase in size hindwards, the inner ones being rather larger but more obtuse than the outer ones. On two specimens there are only three on the left outer row. The second row of punctures is not, or scarcely, deflected by the tubercles, but is continued on them, usually but one puncture being on the inner side of a tubercle, but sometimes two or three. SUBFAMILY HYPERIDES. EURYCHIRUS ALLENI, 0. sp. Dark-reddish-brown, antennze and legs (wholly or in part) paler. Densely clothed with somewhat small, rounded scales; and with thin scattered sete. Head with normally-concealed punctures. Rostrum stout, the length of three basal joints of tarsi; with fairly dense punctures; with a feeble impunctate median carina. Two basal joints of funicle moderately long. Prothoraa slightly wider than long, base not much wider than apex; with small, dense, normally-concealed punctures. Llytra (across shoul- ders) twice the width of prothorax, not much wider than long, shoulders projecting laterally; a strong conical tubercle on each side of middle, preapical callosities small but distinct ; with rows of large but partially-concealed punctures, the rows deflected about tubercles. Legs moderately long: hind femora just passing elytra; tibie narrowly grooved through- out their lower surface. Length, 7-85 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (E. en. 20 Differs from bituberculatus in being smaller, the pro- ‘thorax smaller with less rounded sides, the elytral tubercles much larger, more acute and less upright, the shoulders more prominent, and the legs considerably shorter, with the hind femora thinner and just passing apex of elytra instead of considerably passing (in their ordinary position the hind femora appear to be too short to reach the apex), and the tarsi less parallel-sided. The thickest part of the hind femora in dbituberculatus is thicker than the base of the elytral tubercles; in the present species the tubercles are consider- ably thicker than the femora. There are nine specimens before me, and they all differ in these respects from six of bituberculatus. The scales are usually of a golden-brown or bright-fawn colour. On some specimens many of them are brightly golden, or even with a beautiful rose or purplish gloss, especially on the under surface and legs. On the prothorax there is usually a short dark stripe on each side at the base, and remnants of another at each side of apex; but the stripes would not meet if continued to base and apex. On the median segments of the abdomen also the clothing is variegated with black. On one specimen the clothing on the prothorax (ex- cept for the short dark stripes) and elytra is of a rather dingy pale-green. SUBFAMLY APIONIDES. APION. In describing species of this genus previously I was under the impression that (in such species where there was a differ- ence) the rostrum of the male was longer than that of the female. I now believe that the reverse is the case. If J am correct in this surmise the following of my previous’ descrip- tions will need correction : — CoNDENSATUM. JEMULUM. PHILANTHUM. FUSCOSUTURALE. INTEGRICOLLE. CARPOPHAGUM IMMUNDUM. Sonant. ANTHIDIUM. It will also be necessary to correct in the table comosum, Pasc., and pulicare, Pasc. In the descriptions that follow where one sex has the rostrum longer than the other I have assumed that sex to be the female. 28 APION AGONIS, Lea. The elytra of most specimens of this species have a very faint greenish gloss. APION AMABILE, fea. The types of this species have: the antennz is a rather dark-reddish-brown. APION ZMULUM, Lea. ‘ Four specimens from Chillagoe (Queensland) appear to belong to this species, but they differ from the type (which appears to be somewhat abraded) in having the clothing more uniformly covering the surface, so that the prothoracic punc- tures are normally quite concealed and the elytral punctures almost so. In the type the club is black and the rest of the antenne of a ratner dark-red. In the Chillagoe specimens the club is also black, but the other joints of “the antenne are reddish-flavous. APION INORNATUM, Nl. sp. Black, shining, glabrous. Head with two shallow grooves between eyes. Rostrum moderately curved, about once and one-half the length of prothorax; very feebly and gradually decreasing in width; with sparse indistinct punctures. Antennz inserted about two-fifths from base of rostrum. Prothorax about once and one-fourth as wide as long, sides rather suddenly constricted close to apex and then oblique to base, base much wider than apex; with small and rather numerous shallow punctures, causing the derm to appear slightly granulated. Hlytra sub- cordate, about one-fourth wider than long: distinctly striated, with rather shallow punctures in the striz: interstices feebly convex. Length, 24 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Macleay River (R. Helms). A short robust species, in build resembling agonis (with which it would be placed in the table previously given by me), but with the prothorax decidedly narrowed just behind apex, and the rostrum with much finer punctures. APION TENUISTRIATUM, N. sp. Black, shining, glabrous. Head with a shallow but distinct depression between eyes; behind depression with distinct punctures, absent from rest of head. Rostrum almost straight, wide and almost parallel-sided, slightly longer than prothorax : with small and (6) In previous descriptions of species of Apion I included the rostrum in each length given, but in this and all the follow; ing species the length is exclusive of the rostrum. 29 fairly numerous punctures. Antenne inserted almost in exact middle of sides of rostrum. Prothora» distinctly longer than wide, base scarcely wider than apex, sides at apical third constricted, then bulged out and again constricted at basal third ; with small and rather sparse but clearly-defined punctures. LHlytra almost twice as long as their greatest width ; very narrowly but distinctly striate, sutural stria with indistinct punctures, second and third without any, fourth - with a few small ones, the others with more or less distinct ones except at base and apex. Length, 34 mm. a Hab.—New South Wales (Macleay Museum): Mount Irvine (E. W. Ferguson), National Park (A. M. Lea). The head is impressed between the eyes with a rather feeble carina on each side, but not one in the middle. This feature will associate it with pudicum and agonis, rather than with terre-regine and argutulum. The absence of pubescence will distinguish it from pudicum: the shape of the prothorax and the parallel-sided rostrum from agonis. At first sight it is strikingly like Myrmacicelus formicarius of the Cylades. APION LONGICOLLE, N. sp. Black, shining, base of funicle dull-red ; glabrous. Head with a few small punctures margining eyes. Ros- trum very feebly curved, slightly longer than prothorax, basal third half the width of head across eyes, then strongly narrowed to middle, and then parallel-sided to apex; basal third with small but fairly distinct punctures. Antenne in- serted one-third from base of rostrum. Prothorar distinctly longer than wide; base slightly wider than apex, sides gently increasing in width from apex, then rather suddenly but not strongly inflated, and then decreasing in width almost to base, with a slight projection near base; with very minute punctures scattered about, but some larger ones on the sides near base. Hlytra fully twice as long as wide; very narrowly striated, fourth stria with a few indistinct punctures about middle, fifth to ninth with more distinct punctures, but also only about middle. Length, 3} mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Wollongong (A. M. Lea). In my table would be associated with agonzs, from which it differs in being larger, prothorax and elytra of different shape, and some of the strie absent just behind the shoul- ders. From tenwistriatwm it differs in the prothorax not so suddenly bulged out, and the subapical constriction absent, the rostrum subulate, and the elytra less suddenly elevated above the prothorax. The head from-some directions appears to be perfectly flat between the eyes, but from other directions a very shallow 30 impression can be traced there. From above there appears to be a feeble granule on each side of the prothorax near the base, but from the side this © is seen to be due to a rather deep impression. APION CONVEXIPENNE, 0. sp. Black, somewhat shining. Head with two almost “imperceptible grooves, between eyes. Rostrum about once and one-half the length of pro- thorax, rather thin, moderately curved, very feebly decreas- ing in width from base to apex; punctures very indistinct. Antenne inserted about two-fifths from base of rostrum. Prothorax slightly wider than long, base much wider than apex, sides rather suddenly constricted near apex, and thence. oblique to base; with small punctures fairly numerous in some places. Elytra strongly convex, subcordate, about once and one-half as long as greatest width ; narrowly striated, with small punctures in strie, the interstices very finely transversely or obliquely strigose or wrinkled. Length, 4 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (E. Allen), Townsville (W. W. Froggatt). In my table would be placed with argutulum, from which it differs in being considerably larger, the prothoracic punctures finer, the elytral striza much finer, and the pro- thorax and elytra of different shape. In appearance it. strongly resembles terrw-regine, but the elytra are ap- parently glabrous. The prothorax not bulged out in middle: readily distinguishes it from tenwistriatum. On close examination an extremely short and sparse pubescence can be traced, but it is so very indistinct (from most directions it is quite invisible under a Coddington lens) that the species could quite reasonably be regarded as glab- rous. There is a short, deep, curved, subapical impression on each side of prothorax. The punctures towards sides of elytra appear (from certain directions) to be transversely impressed on the interstices, so that these look almost as if stitched together. APION NIVEODISPERSUM, Nl. Sp. Black, somewhat shining, antennz dull-red, front tibie feebly or not at all diluted with red. With snowy pubescence, rather dense on sides of prothorax, sterna, about scutellum and apex of elytra; sparser but more regular on abdomen, legs, head, and base of rostrum, and absent elsewhere. Head with two shallow grooves between eyes; with rather- 31 numerous but sometimes concealed punctures. Rostrum of male the length of prothorax, of female distinctly longer, feebly curved, feebly decreasing in width from base to apex: basal third of male with fairly distinct punctures, basal fourth only in female. Antenne inserted about one-third from base of rostrum. Prothoraz moderately transverse, sides obliquely increasing in width from apex to base; with numerous rather small punctures. Hlytra subcordate, about twice as long as width at base: distinctly striated, punctures in strie distinct and fairly regular. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—Queensland (Taylor Bros.), Chillagoe (H. Hacker). In my table would be placed with pudicum, from which it differs in the uneven distribution of its clothing and by the very different shape of the elytra. In pudicum these are widest distinctly behind the middle; in the present species they are widest before the middle. The snowy clothing appears to be readily abraded, especi- ally on the upper surface. APION SUBOPACUM, Rn. sp. Black subopaque, some parts sometimes dull-red. Rather ‘sparsely but almost regularly clothed with white pubescence, except that it is denser on side pieces of mesosternum and usually about scutellum than elsewhere. — Head very shallowly impressed between eyes. Rostrum moderately thin, rather lightly curved, in male about once and one-fourth the length of prothorax, in female once and one-half, with distinct punctures in regular series on the sides, smaller and sparser elsewhere. Antenne inserted about one-fourth from base of rostrum. /rothorax moderately transverse, sides moderately rounded; with numerous rather distinct punctures; with a rather shallow, sub-basal foveate impression. Hlytra about once and one-half as long as wide; strongly striated, punctures in strize suboblong; interstices about as wide as strie, with small dense punctures. Length, 13-2 mm. Hab.—Queensland (Taylor Bros.), Chillagoe (H. Hacker), ‘Cairns. | The head appears to have two feeble grooves between the eyes, but they are sometimes so feeble that they would best, perhaps, be regarded as absent. But whether the species is regarded as associated with terra-regine or pudicum, it is abundantly distinct from either, and in fact from all described Australian species with black legs, by its strong elytral ‘striation, with strong punctures in the striz. A few of the specimens before me have the rene an- ‘tenne, and part of the rostrum (sometimes even the prothorax 32 and elytra) obscurely diluted with red, and there is generally at least a trace of red in the antenne, but mel specimens have the legs and fea deep black. APION STILBUM, Nn. sp. Black, shining, glabrous. M Head very shallowly impressed between eyes. Rostrum. almost straight, about once and one-fourth the length of prothorax, basal fourth fairly wide, then strongly narrowed, with the apical two-thirds thin and parallel-sided ; punctures very indistinct. Antenne inserted at basal fourth of rostrum. Prothorax about as long as wide, sides gently increasing im width from apex to beyond the middle, and then decreasing to base; with very minute punctures. /H/ytra strongly con- MEX, about twice as long as wide; finely striated, strie with- out punctures except about middle third of the fifth to ninth ; interstices not separately convex, with extremely minute punctures. Length, 14-2 mm. Hab.—New South Wale: Illawarra (H. J. Carter), Otford (A. M. Lea). The rostrum at about the basal two-fifths is suddenly narrowed, and then parallel-sided to apex, so that it has a very unusual appearance. The head is decidedly impressed between the eyes, but the impression is single, so that in my table it would be associated with agonis, which has the ros- trum regularly decreasing in width and with strong punctures ; agonis is also a larger species, with wider he on which the strie are considerably stronger. APION PILISTRIATUM, Nl. Sp. Black; legs (claws excepted) and antennz flavous; ros- trum of male (except basal fourth) also flavous, but of female black. Moderately densely clothed (more densely on sterna. than elsewhere) with short white pubescence, on the elytra formed into distinct lines. Head with derm partially concealed. Rostrum lightly curved, in male the length of prothorax, in female slightly longer ; basal fourth in male with partially-concealed punc- tures; elsewhere and the whole rostrum of female with very small but fairly distinct punctures. Antenne inserted at basal fourth of rostrum. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides lightly constricted near base and apex, and rounded in middle, base much wider than apex; with dense and rather strong punctures: with a small but rather deep sub-basal fovea. Elytra about once and one-half as long as wide; 39 strongly striate-punctate ; interstices about as wide as strie. _ Length, 14-14 mm. : Hab.-—Queensland: Mulgrave River (H. Hacker). In my table the female would be placed with amabile, from which it differs in its much smaller size, more compact form, and sparser and more regular clothing ; the males would be placed with condensatum and ewmulum, which are also larger and have very different elytral clothing. In build it is like small specimens of subopacum, but the legs are pale. The legs are very sparsely clothed, the rostrum is glabrous except at the base. On the elytra the pubescence is almost confined to a distinct line on each interstice. The interstices are about the same width as the striz, but at the first glance their clothing causes them to appear much narrower. APION CONGESTUM, D. sp. Black, or with parts dark-reddish-brown; legs mostly flavous, rostrum and antenne variable. Rather densely clothed (more densely on under than upper surface) with white or whitish pubescence, but somewhat variegated on elytra. Head with fairly numerous but partially-concealed punc- tures. Rostrum lightly curved; in male fairly stout, very little longer than prothorax and with numerous but mostly partly-concealed punctures ; in female longer and thinner than in male, with sparser and smaller punctures, concealed only towards base. Antennz inserted at basal fourth of rostrum in male, slightly nearer the base in female. Prothoraz moderately transverse, sides lightly constricted near base and apex, and rounded in middle, base about once and one-half the width of apex ; with fairly dense and rather strong punc- tures ; sub-basal fovea rather shallow. Hlytra about twice as long as wide; strongly striate-punctate ; interstices wider than strie, with numerous small punctures. Length, 2-24 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Chillagoe, Kuranda, Cairns (H. Hacker), Port Denison (Macleay Museum). “One of the specimens before me could fairly be regarded as having the body (including the rostrum) black. This would render its position in my table (depending greatly on colour) uncertain. But comparing it with amabdile it differs in the rostrum being shorter and more noticeably curved, and in its black tarsi. Condensatum is a smaller species with a slightly shorter rostrum and variegated elytral clothing. Amulum has the rostrum almost straight. Philanthum is a smaller species with the tarsi not entirely dark, rostrum straighter, ete. Fwscosuturale is a smaller species, with longer rostrum and paler tarsi, etc. B o4 One male has the body black with the apical half (but. not tip) of rostrum and the legs (the tarsi excepted) flavous, but with the knees and tip of tibie infuscated, and its an- tenn (including the club) flavous-red. Two other males have the elytra dark-reddish-brown, except the base apex and suture (the two colours obscurely limited) and the apical half of rostrum and the antennz of a similar brown: two females | have the knees much darker than in the males, with the rostrum and antenne very obscurely diluted with red in parts. The clothing appears to be easily abraded, at least on the upper surface. On the elytra it is usually transversely infuscated (to about the fourth interstice on each) about the middle, the infuscate patch sometimes feebly extending to- wards the base. The rostrum of the male is sparsely clothed almost to the apex, but in the female it is clothed only to- wards the base. APION VERTEBRALE, Nl. Sp. Of a rather bright-reddish-brown; scutellum, suture, under surface, head and parts of rostrum black, legs flavous but in parts infuscate. Moderately densely clothed with stramineous pubescence, paler and denser on under than upper surface. | Head with dense more or less concealed punctures. Ros- trum very lightly curved; in male fairly stout, very little longer than prothorax and feebly decreasing in width from base to apex; with moderately dense punctures, more or less concealed on basal half; in female thinner and considerably longer and with smaller but less concealed punctures. An- tennz inserted at about one-third from base of rostrum. Prothoraz and elytra much as in the preceding species, except that the prothorax is longer and with smaller punctures, and that the elytral interstices are more convex and wider. Length, 24-25 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Ourimbah (Macleay Museum and E. W. Ferguson), Gosford (H. J. Carter). In build and clothing much like amabile, but prothorax and elytra pale. In build close to congestum, from which it is distinguished by the different colour of prothorax and the tarsi not entirely dark. In my table it would be associated with foveicolle, teretirostre, and fuscosuturale, all of which are much smaller and from Western Australia. The margins of the elytra, except at the tip, are usually blackish, the coxe trochanters and claws are black or black- ish, with the tips of the tarsal joints and sometimes the knees and tips of tibie infuscate; sometimes also the femora are feebly infuscated in the middle. The rostrum of the male 30 has its tip and basal two-fifths almost black, the balance being of a rather bright-red (as also are the antennz) ; in the female the paler portions are of an obscure reddish- brown, with the antenne almost the same. On the elytra there is generally a transverse glabrous patch about the middle, extending across three interstices on each, but usually interrupted at suture; on some specimens the patch is quite sharply limited, but on others it is less distinct. On the male rather more than half of the rostrum is clothed; on the female the clothing is confined to the basal third. APION MICROSCOPICUM, N. sp. Flavous, parts of under surface and tip of rostrum some- what darker, claws black. Moderately densely clothed with white pubescence, denser on sides of meso- and meta-sternum than elsewhere. Head with concealed punctures. Rostrum lightly curved, about the length of prothorax in male, slightly longer in female; with small and fairly numerous punctures. Antenne inserted at about basal third of rostrum. Prothorax moder- ately transverse, sides lightly increasing in width from apex to near base; with fairly numerous but more or less con- cealed punctures ; with a small and frequently-concealed sub- basal fovea. Hlytra about twice as long as wide; strongly striate-punctate ; interstices shghtly wider than striz. Length, 1-14 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Hobart, Huon River, Frankford, Mount Wellington, Swansea, Mole Creek (A. M. Lea); Vic- toria: Emerald (H. H. D. Griffith). The smallest species yet recorded from Australia ; there is, however, a still smaller species (represented by a single abraded specimen) from North-Western Australia in the Macleay Museum. The legs are generally paler than the other parts. APION TASMANICUM, N. sp. - Of a rather bright-reddish-brown, legs somewhat paler ; base and tip of rostrum, scutellum, suture, sterna, claws, and club black; tarsal joints mostly tipped with dark- brown, knees sometimes lightly infuscated. Moderately densely clothed with white or whitish pubescence, paler on under than upper surface, and denser on sides of meso- and meta- sternum than elsewhere. lead with dense but normally - concealed punctures. Rostrum moderately curved, rather thin (thinner in female than in male), about once and one-fourth the length of pro- thorax in male, once and one-third in female: with small B? 36 and fairly numerous punctures, concealed only at base in- male. Antennz inserted about one-third from base of ros- trum. VProthorax ahout once and one-half as wide as long, sides lightly constricted near base and apex, and rounded in middle, with fairly numerous and rather strong but partially- concealed punctures; sub-basal fovea shallow and usually concealed. F#lytra not twice as long as wide; strongly striate- punctate, interstices much wider than strie. Length, 14-2 mm. Hab.—Tasmania (Macleay. Museum): Huon River, Frankford, Hobart (A. M. Lea). On abrasion there is seen to be a slight impression at the base of the prothorax, but it could not be fairly called a fovea; but regarding it as such the species would be placed with fovercolle and fuscosuturale. From the former it is dis- tinguished by its decidedly curved rostrum, and from the latter (to which in general appearance it 1s very close) by its black sterna. Regarding the prothorax as non-foveate, it should be placed with integricolle and carpophagum, both of which are considerably larger with paler legs, etc. From the South Australian turbidum it differs in being larger, with the rostrum more curved. The colours are somewhat similar to those of vertebrale, but the legs are darker, and the size is much smaller. Some- times the elytral margins are narrowly stained with black. There is a small glabrous or semi-glabrous spot on each elytron, on the second, third, and fourth interstices about the middle, and (probably owing to partial abrasion) the two frequently appear to be partially or quite conjoined. The rostrum is clothed only at the base. APION NIGROSUTURALE, 0. sp. Dark-brown ; scutellum, suture, and margins of elytra and under surface (abdomen excepted or not) black; legs flavous, tarsi infuscate and claws black; antenne dull-red, club darker; rostrum with the part between tip and basal third (which are black or blackish) somewhat flavous in male, much darker in female. Moderately clothed with whitish pubescence on upper-surface, and feebly variegated on elytra; on ‘lower-surface with denser and snowy clothing ; rostrum clothed almost to apex in male, at basal half only in female. Head with dense partially- -concealed punctures. Rostrum of male moderately stout, lightly curved, about the length of prothorax, with thes numerous but mostly concealed punctures; of female longer, thinner, and more curved, and with smaller but less concealed punctures. Antennz inserted 37 at about one-fifth from base of rostrum. Prothorar and elytra as described in the preceding species. Length, 12-2 mm. Hab.—North-Western Australia (Macleay Museum): Wyndham (R. Helms). In general appearance close to the preceding species, but smaller, darker, the rostrum (especially in the male) less eurved, and the clothing denser and more variegated. Re- garding it as (in my table) associated with philanthum, it differs in being smaller, paler, with the rostrum more curved and the disproportion between the sexes less pronounced, although still quite noticeable. If not associated with philan- thum it would be with integricolle and carpophagum, each of which is a larger species, with the male rostrum stouter, ete. -In length it is much the same as the South Australian turbidum, but it is wider, with slightly more curved rostrum and paler legs. On the elytra there is a feeble transverse infuscate patch of pubescence about the middle, and immediately behind (and usually before) the patch the clothing is paler and denser than usual, so that the darker patch, although not very dark, usually appears to be quite conspicuous. SUBFAMILY RHINOMACERIDES. AULETES. In this genus the rostrum of the male is usually shorter than that of the female. In the table of the genus given in Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1898, p. 626, the fourth line “Colour entirely dark” should have been followed by a line “Colour not entirely dark.” AULETES MELANOCEPHALUS, Er. This is probably one of the forms of swéwralis, in which case, as the older name, it will take precedence. I have specimens of swtwralis having the rostrum entirely dark, and others having it dark only at the base. But in all of them the suture is more or less distinctly infuscated; a character not mentioned by Erichson, so that the two names may really betong to distinct species. AULETES FILIROSTRIS, Pasc. A specimen from the Swan River probably belongs to this species, but the club of its antenne is infuscated only instead of black, and in addition to its whitish pubescence these are scattered about darker and semi-erect sete. Its 38 rostrum is rather more than twice the length of the pro- thorax. instead of “‘nearly twice as long.” but this may be due to its being a female and the type a male. AULETES NIGRITARSIS, Pasc. I have seen no specimens that agree exactly with the description of this species; aterrimus and imitator have the legs entirely black. The dark varieties of imconstans have the hind femora and tibie partly dark and the rostrum straight. AULETES MINOR, Lea. Since the type of this species was described I have seen numerous other specimens (from Ourimbah and Gosford), and most of these are entirely black, or with a very faint purplish gloss on the elytra. AULETES MELALEUCA, Lea. I was in error in recording this species from Tasmania. There is a very closely-allied species, which caused me to make the mistake; it is described below as decipiens. AULETES PUNCTIPENNIS, 0. Sp. Flavous or reddish-flavous; tip of rostrum, club, and claw-joints more or less black. Moderately densely clothed with white pubescence. ' Head with dense punctures. Rostrum almost straight, about once and one-fourth the length of prothorax, sides feebly incurved to middle; with a row of feeble punctures on each side. Antenne inserted about one-fourth from base of rostrum, second joint longer than first and third. Prothorazx not much wider than long, sides moderately rounded in middle, base very little wider than apex; with dense and rather small punctures. Hlytra comparatively long, parallel- sided to near apex ; with numerous and comparatively regular rows of punctures, rather larger than on prothorax, and almost as distinct at sides and apex as elsewhere. Length (excluding rostrum), 23-3 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Frankford, Bruni Island (A. M. Lea) ; Victoria: Bullarook Forest (C. French) ; New South Wales: Illawarra (George Compere). ~ The club is sometimes infuscate only, whilst occasionally its basal joint is scarcely paler than the rest of the antennz. Two specimens are feebly infuscated between the eyes. The pubescence on some specimens is almost of a snowy whiteness, but it is liable to abrasion. In general appearance close to the species I have identified as filirostris, but the second joint 39 of antenne longer than the first and third, instead of shorter. A specimen from the Huon River is rather small, of a brighter colour, with paler club and sparser clothing ; but its antenne are as in normal specimens. AULETES PUNCTICOLLIS, n. sp. Reddish-flavous; metasternum, club, and two apical joints of tarsi black, rostrum becoming darker from base to apex but nowhere quite black. Moderately clothed with short whitish pubescence, and with a few scattered semi-erect sete. Head with dense punctures. Rostrum very feebly curved, about once and one-third the length of prothorax, sides feebly incurved to middle, with a row of feeble punc- tures on each side. Antennz inserted close to base of ros- trum, second joint the length of first, and stouter but slightly shorter than third. Prothorax not much wider than long, sides moderately rounded, base and apex subequal in width; with dense and comparatively coarse punctures. Elytra parallel-sided to near apex: with fairly distinct but small punctures near base (much smaller than on prothorax), and small and indistinct ones elsewhere. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—Western Australia: Vasse (A. M. Lea). The prothorax is of a brighter red than in melaleuce, and with sparser pubescence and sparser and larger punctures. The rostrum is longer than in pallipes, and the tarsi are differently coloured. On each of the two specimens before me there is a feeble infuscated spot between the eyes. AULETES BRYOPHAGUS, N. sp. Obscurely flavous; tips of claw-joints black, apical joint of antennze infuscate. Clothed with rather long whitish pubescence, and with fairly numerous semi-erect setz. Head with fairly numerous but partially-concealed punc- tures. Rostrum almost straight, no longer than prothorax, with a row of punctures on each side: Antenne inserted close to base of rostrum, second joint the length of first but shorter than third. Prothorax about as long as wide, sides feebly rounded, base and apex subequal; with fairly dense but partially-concealed punctures. lytra parallel-sided to near apex ; with dense punctures, small but fairly distinct at base, and smaller elsewhere, but all partially concealed. Length, 13? mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Hobart (A. M. Lea). Smaller and hairier than punctipennis, and the rostrum shorter; from pilosus it differs in being paler, with longer 49 antenne and considerably finer punctures, both of prothorax and elytra. On the elytra the pubescence appears to be denser on some parts than on others, but this may be due to partial abrasion. The unique specimen described was taken. in moss. AULETES SOBRINUS, N. sp. Black; elytra, rostrum, antennz (basal joint and club excepted), legs (tarsi excepted), and parts of under surface of a rather dark-brown. Moderately clothed with not very short white pubescence, and with a few scattered semi-erect sete. Head with rather dense punctures. Rostrum lightly but distinctly curved, about once and one-fourth the length of prothorax, sides very feebly incurved to middle; with a row of punctures on each side. Antennz inserted near base of rostrum, seccnd joint slightly longer than first, and stouter than but equal in length with third. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded, base not much wider than apex : with moderately dense punctures. Hlytra feebly dilated to beyond the middle; punctures at base as large as on pro- thorax, but smaller elsewhere. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—South Australia. The hairy and black prothorax will distinguish from all species except variipennis, which has a shorter rostrum and is otherwise different; in some respects it is fairly close to densus. In some lights the elytra of the type have a faint purplish gloss. The prothoracic punctures are about the size of those on suturalis, but not quite so dense. The elytral punctures are in feeble rows, but the linear arrangement is: distinct only near the base. AUvLETES ATERRIMUS, 0. sp. Deep black, middle of antennze sometimes obscurely diluted with red. Clothed with dark subsetose pubescence. Head with fairly dense punctures. Rostrum thin, dis-_ tinctly curved, the length of head and prothorax combined,. apex slightly inflated ;: with a row of feeble punctures on each side. Antenne inserted at extreme base of rostrum, second joint subequal in length with first but slightly shorter than third. Prothorar moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded, base distinctly wider than apex; with dense, clearly- defined punctures. JH/ytra dilated posteriorly; with small punctures, nowhere sharply defined and all smaller than on prothorax. Length, 12-2 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (H. J. Carter and A. M. Lea). . 4] Considerably larger and more robust than minor, and with a longer and curved rostrum. The pubescence, although fairly dense, appears (except from certain directions) very sparse on account of its colour. A specimen from Cairns probably belongs to this species but is larger (24 mm.), rather more robust, and with some- what more distinct elytral punctures. AULETES IMITATOR, Nl. Sp. Deep black; middle of antennz, or sometimes the second joint only, more or less diluted with red. Pubescence much as in the preceding species. Head with not very dense- punctures. Rostrum almost straight, in male the length of prothorax, in female slightly longer; with a row of distinct punctures on each side. Antenne inserted near base of rostrum, second joint slightly shorter than first and distinctly shorter than third. Pre- thorax much as in the preceding species, but with rather larger punctures. lytra with small, fairly dense, and clearly- defined punctures. Length, 13-2 mm. Hab.—Tasmania (Aug. Simson): Hobart, Mount Wel- lington, Huon River (A. M. Lea): South Australia (Macleay Museum). In general appearance very close to the preceding species, but less robust, rostrum shorter, stouter, and straighter ; with the antennz not inserted at extreme base and the punc- tures of prothorax larger, and those of elytra more clearly defined ; even the smaller ones on the elytra are quite clearly cut. AULETES INCONSTANS, N. sp. Black; funicle varying from flavous at base to infuscate at apex; elytra variable in colour; legs reddish flavous, two apical joints of tarsi black. Moderately clothed with short, greyish pubescence. _ Head with rather small and not very dense but clearly- defined punctures. Rostrum fairly stout, straight; in male the length of prothorax, in female somewhat longer; with a row of punctures on each side. Antenne inserted near base of rostrum ; second joint slightly shorter than first, and dis- tinctly shorter than third. Prothoraaz moderately transverse, sides strongly rounded, base and apex almost equal; with dense, clearly-defined punctures. Hlytra parallel-sided to near apex; punctures at base rather smaller than on prothorax, becoming much smaller at sides and posteriorly. Length, 13-25 mm. 4 bo Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington (including sum- mit), Hobart, Huon River (A. M. Lea). A variable species close to swturalis, but prothorax always entirely black. The elytra are generally of a bright reddish- castaneous, with the suture and a fairly large space about the scutellum black, and the basal half of the sides infuscate ; in several specimens the suture is very narrowly infuscate throughout, the rest of the elytra being very brightly coloured ; on another there is a wide feeble infuscate fascia just beyond the middle; occasionally the paler parts of the elytra are of an obscure flavous, whilst occasionally they are scarcely paler than the suture; and sometimes they have a decided purplish gloss. One male (taken in cop. with a quite normal female) has the elytra entirely dark, and the legs dark except that the bases of the femora, the front tibiz, and bases of the others are of a rather dingy-brown. Another male agrees with this except that its legs (except parts of the tarsi and of the hind tibie) are entirely flavous. AULETES SUBCALCEATUS, Nl. Sp. Black; elytra of a dingy testaceous, suture darker ; funicle of a dingy testaceous, the scape and club somewhat darker ; legs obscurely testaceous, in parts black or infuscate. Sparsely clothed with greyish pubescence, and with a few semi-erect setz scattered about. Head with moderately dense punctures. Rostrum straight; in male the length of prothorax, in female dis- tinctly longer; feebly dilated from near base to apex; with a row of punctures on each side. Antennz inserted about one- fourth from base of rostrum, two basal joints stout, subequal in length and each shorter than third. Prothoraz dis- tinctly transverse, sides moderately rounded, base and apex equal; with dense and moderately coarse punctures. EHlytra parallel-sided to beyond the middle; punctures at base rather larger than on prothorax, becoming smaller elsewhere but everywhere distinct. Length, 13-2 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Frankford, Hobart (A. M. Lea). A small dingy species, in general appearance like a very small calceatus, and with a very feeble fringe of whitish pubescence behind the scutellum ; but darker and with coarser punctures. Jn one specimen the prothorax is black but paler at base and apex, in the others it is of a dingy reddish-brown, but also slightly paler at base and apex. The elytral punc- tures are all clearly defined, and many of them appear to be in feeble rows. 43 AULETES VARIICOLLIS, N. Sp. Black ; base and apex of prothorax, elytra (except suture), funicle, and legs (two apical joints of tarsi black, and femora infuscate in parts), more or less reddish. Moderately clothed with short, greyish pubescence. Head with moderately dense punctures. Rostrum almost straight; in male about once and one-fourth the length of prothorax, in female about once and one-half; sides feebly © incurved to middle; with a row of small punctures on each side. Antenne inserted near base of rostrum; second joint shorter than first and much shorter than third. Prothorax distinctly transverse, sides strongly rounded, base and apex equal; with dense and fairly large punctures. Llytra elongate, parallel-sided to beyond the middle; with dense punctures, at base about the size of those on prothorax, becoming smaller at sides and posteriorly. Length, 23-23 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington, Stonor (A. M. Lea). Another variable species. Of five specimens before me but two agree with the above description of colour, a third has the elytra of a rather dingy-brown and the dark parts of the femora black, a fourth has the dark parts of the prothorax reduced to a rounded spot on each side whilst its femora are entirely pale, and a fifth has the prothorax as well as the femora entirely pale. The elytral punctures are very dense, without a trace of linear arrangement, and even the smaller ones are clearly defined. In general appearance it is some- thing like calceatus and densus, but the punctures are smaller and denser. Another specimen (from Bruni Island) possibly belongs to this species, but is entirely pale, except that the tip and sides of rostrum and claw-joints are infuscated; but as the punctures between its eyes are much sparser than in the other specimens it may represent a distinct species. AULETES DECIPIENS, 0. sp. Flavous ; head, rostrum, club, a wide prothoracic fascia, scutellum, suture, metasternum, and two apical joints of tarsi, black or blackish. Moderately clothed with rather short, greyish pubescence. Head with moderately dense punctures. Rostrum straight ; in male the length of prothorax, in female distinctly longer ; sides feebly incurved to middle, with a row of punc- tures on each side. Antenne inserted almost at extreme base of rostrum ; second joint stouter but no longer than first, 44 and shorter than third. /Prothorax moderately transverse, sides lightly rounded, base and apex equal; densely and rather coarsely punctured. SHlytra feebly dilated posteriorly, with a few coarse punctures near base, elsewhere much anailer and somewhat rugose. Length, 2 mm. Hab.—Tasmania: Hobart, Huon River, Frankford (A. M. Lea). The abdomen is usually black, but sometimes dark hie the hind femora (and sometimes the middle ones as well), are infuscated in the middle, the sides of the elytra are usually infuscated towards the base. The prothoracic fascia in one specimen occupies more than half of the surface, and is more distant from the apex than the base, in two others it occupies less than half the surface, whilst in another it occupies almost the entire surface, but is paler and not so sharply defined ; in another it is absent except for a feeble spot on each side of the base; another specimen agrees with this but has the abdomen entirely pale, whilst still another has both prothorax and abdomen entirely pale. The elytral punctures appear to have a faint linear arrangement. In general appearance close to melaleuce, but rostrum much shorter, elytra with much more distinct punctures and prothorax with sparser and larger punctures. SUBFAMILY HAPLONYCIDES. HAPLONYX SCOLOPAX, Pasce. It is probable that the description of this species was. drawn up from a partially-abraded specimen of Spencers. Mr. Masters has sent me for examination a Queensland specimen labelled scolopar (it was quite probably from Mr. Masters. that the type was received), which agrees with Pascoe’s descrip- tion, and which is certainly Spencers. I have also other speci- mens of Spence: from New South Wales, Victoria, and Tas- mania, and ranging in length from 5 to 9 mm. HaPLoNYX USTIPENNIS, Pasc. Of the type of this species Mr. Gahan wrote me: —““There appears to be a second small tooth distal to the first on the front femora. It can be seen when looking at the femur from the posterior side, but is more or less concealed by a bunch of scales when seen from the anterior side. The second tooth is more conspicuous in a second specimen of the species.” HAPLONYX MODICUS, 0. sp. Reddish-brown, in places obscurely stained with piceous ; muzzle, club and tibial hooks black. Clothed with rather 45 thin and not very dense scales, varying from white to black, and forming feeble fascicles in places. Rostrum almost straight. In male the length of pro- - thorax; with coarse punctures, which behind insertion of antennz cause an appearance as of seven fine coste. In female the length of prothorax and scutellum combined, thin- ner but more dilated at apex than in male, and with smaller punctures and less conspicuous coste. Prothorax densely granulate-punctate, and with a feeble median line. Llytra — very little wider than prothorax, almost parallel-sided to beyond the middle; with rows of large and somewhat rugose but partially-concealed punctures; interstices with numerous. small but frequently-concealed granules, and feebly tubercu- late beneath fascicles. Femora strongly dentate, and each with a small supplementary tooth ; front tibiz strongly bisinu- ate, basal sinus the longer. Length, 5-54 mm. Hab.—Victoria: Grampians, Ararat (C. French). On the prothorax the scales are either whitish or some- what ochreous, and appear to form feeble oblique stripes ; on the elytra similar scales are irregularly distributed, but to the naked eye the paler ones appear to be condensed into very feeble and thin transverse fascie. On the under surface, legs, head, and base of rostrum the scales are mostly of a dingy-white. The prothorax is without fascicles ; but there is a rather large velvety spot, mostly behind, but partly on, the scutellum ; and three feeble fascicles on the third interstice (of which only the median one is always traceable), and three still more feeble ones on the fifth (of which also only the median one is always traceable). The fascicles are composed of black or sooty scales, and these are very sparse on the rest of the elytra, and altogether absent elsewhere. With the head bent, the rostrum of the female extends fully to the abdomen. Close to ericeus, but rostrum decidedly longer, thinner, and straighter, femora quite distinctly bidentate (in that species the second tooth is scarcely traceable). In ericeus the fascicles are composed of loosely-clustered scales and are rather long ; in the present species they are shorter and closely compacted. In the present species also the median lobe or tooth of the front tibie is much more conspicuous. The general outline is much as in cionoides and sexvittatus. HAPLONYX LATUS, n. sp. Reddish-brown or dark-brown, in places darker. Moder- ately clothed with somewhat setose scales (except on the under-surface, where they are stouter), of three colours, white, ochreous, and black. 46 Rostrum rather wide, almost straight, about the length of prothorax in female, slightly shorter in male; basal two- thirds with coarse seriate punctures, and with five or seven feeble coste, apical third with smaller and elongate but scarcely seriate punctures. JLrothorax more than twice as wide as long, base feebly sinuated; with small, dense, and more or less concealed punctures. EHlytra about one-thjrd wider than prothorax, sides feebly dilated to middle, scarcely longer than wide; with regular rows of not very large and partially-concealed punctures; interstices much wider than punctures, and with numerous small but partially-concealed - granules and punctures. Femora strongly unidentate; front tibie rather strongly bisinuate, basal sinus slightly shorter than the other. Length, 33-4 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko, 5,700-6 000 ft. (R. Helms), Blue Mountains (E. W. Ferguson), Mount Victoria (A. M. Lea). Of the three specimens. before me one is almost piceous, but with the antenne (including the club) paler; a second is of a rather light-reddish-brown, but with the apical two-thirds of the club almost black; the other is intermediate between these two, but its club is entirely pale, and the basal two-thirds of its rostrum almost black. The white scales are dense on the under surface and legs, and rather thickly scattered on the head, base of rostrum, and flanks of prothorax. The ochreous ones are rather thickly but evenly scattered on the prothorax (here, however, they are sometimes replaced by white ones) and sparsely on the elytra, except that they are dense about the scutellum (on one specimen they are dense almost to the shoulders) and on the second and third interstices towards the apex. The black scales are numerous (but from some directions indistinct) on prothorax and elytra, less numerous on the upper surface of the legs, and sparse on the head. The median costa of the rostrum is almost continuous to the apex, but between the insertion of antennz it is longitudin- ally impressed in the middle, in two of the three specimens. A wide, peculiar, and somewhat depressed-looking species with conspicuous rostral carine. The clothing on the apical portion of the elytra near the suture is faintly suggestive of vicinus; which, however, is very different in other respects. The black scales, although numerous, are very indistinct from most directions. HAPLONYX MUCIDUS, N. sp. Dull-reddish-brown, sides of sterna somewhat darker. Moderately clothed with whitish setose scales, paler and more regular on the under-surface and legs than on the upper- surface. 47 Rostrum stout and lightly curved, in female the length of prothorax, in male somewhat shorter; with dense punc- tures, coarse and irregular on basal two-thirds, and smaller towards apex. Prothorax not much more than once and one- fourth as wide as long; densely granulate-punctate. Hlytra ahout one-fourth wider than prothorax; with rows of fairly large and deep punctures; interstices distinctly wider than punctures, with fairly large granules at_base, becoming smaller _ or replaced by punctures posteriorly. Femora acutely den- tate, and each with a small supplementary tooth ; front tibie rather strongly and almost equally bisinuate. Length, 5-64 mm. | Hab.—North-Western Australia (Macleay Museum). On the prothorax the scales are denser at the sides than elsewhere, the disc at first appearing to be nude; but on close examination is seen to be clothed with fine short sete; at the base, however, the clothing is as on the sides. The elytra appear to have three similar semi-nude spaces on each side: one close to base, one about middle, and one close to apex. There is a fairly distinct median costa on the basal two-thirds of rostrum, but no others can be distinctly traced. In general appearance close to semimudus, but the pro- thorax and elytra nowhere really nude, although at a glance there appear. to be nude spaces; the prothoracic granules and punctures are also not quite the same, and the elytral punc- tures are considerably smaller, with the interstices wider. Hapionyx (AOLLES) VARIEGATUS, 0. sp. Black, antenne reddish; legs varying from almost en- tirely reddish to almost entirely black. Rather densely clothed with white, ochreous, and black scales. Rostrum wide, straight, and flattened, scarcely more than twice as long as wide; the length of prothorax in female, slighty shorter in male; with dense punctures, more or less seriate in arrangement throughout, but leaving exposed several feeble costz on basal two-thirds. Prothorax more than twice as wide as long; with dense but more or less concealed punc- tures. H#lytra not much wider than prothorax, and not much longer than wide ; with regular rows of not very large but deep punctures; interstices distinctly wider than punctures and apparently with numerous small granules or punctures. Femora strongly unidentate ; front tibie strongly bisinuate ; claw-joint of tarsi scarcely exserted beyond lobes of third. Length, 23-3 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko, 5,700-6,000 ft. (R. Helms) ; Tasmania: Bruni Island, Hobart, Summit of Mount Wellington (A. M. Lea). 48 The white scales are mostly confined to the under-surface and legs, but a few are scattered about on the sides, and occasionally elsewhere on both prothorax and elytra; on one specimen they form numerous feeble spots on the elytra. The ochreous scales are dense on the prothorax and head ; on the elytra in places they quite regularly clothe the interstices, but they are frequently interrupted by small ae of black scales. In general appearance very close to sordidus, but claw- joint much less conspicuous, front tibize shorter, much more strongly bisinuate and less curved, femora unidentate and funicle with six instead of seven joints. In size and shape it is close to rubsgunosus, Pasc., but is considerably darker, rostrum entirely black, etc. | HapLonyx (AOLLES) MASTUS, n. sp. Black or almost black, antenne of a rather bright-red. Densely clothed with soft white scales on under-surface and legs, sparse about eyes, condensed at sides of prothorax, about scutellum and base of elytra and a few scattered singly on elytra ; rest of upper-surface and upper surface of legs with deep black scales. Rostrum moderately wide, and almost straight, the length of prothorax; with coarse punctures, somewhat seriate in arrangement on the basal half, and smaller towards apex. Prothorax almost thrice as wide as long; punctures concealed. - Elytra not much wider than prothorax, and very little longer than wide; with regular rows of not very large but deep punctures ; interstices much wider than punctures. Femora strongly unidentate ; front tibie strongly bisinuate ; tarsi with claw-joint scarcely traceable. Length, 3} mm. Hab.—Victoria: Sea Lake (J. C. Goudie). On the two specimens before me (each of which is pro- bably a female) the white scales are very conspicuous about the scutellum; on one of them the base of the elytra has fairly numerous white scales elsewhere ; but on the other there are very few except about the scutellum itself; on the rest of the elytra the isolated white scales are confined to the striz. The antenne are inserted rather nearer the middle of the rostrum than usual. Only the median costa is at all distinct on the rostrum, but feeble remnants of others can be traced. The absence of a median and apical fascie from the elytra and the presence of white isolated scales in the striz distinguish from trifascoatus. The prothorax at a glance appears to have clothing only at the sides, but this is due to the scales on the disc being as black as the derm on which they rest. 49 HaApPLoNyx (AOLLES) PUNCTICOLLIS, n. sp. Of a rather light-brownish-red, head and a rather large patch on shoulders piceous. Under-surface and legs with moderately dense whitish scales: upper-surface with sparsely- distributed whitish scales, and with small indistinct reddish- brown ones. Rostrum straight and rather wide, slightly shorter than prothorax ; basal two-thirds with seriate punctures and dis- tinct coste ; apical third with dense regular punctures. Pro- thoruz about twice as wide as long; with dense, small, shallow punctures. Hlytra very little wider than prothorax, and not much longer than wide; with regular rows of not very large but deep and subquadrate punctures; interstices much wider than punctures, and with numerous small granules. Femora strongly unidentate; front tibie strongly bisinuate; tarsi with claw-joint scarcely traceable. Length, 35 mm. /1ab.—Queensland: Cooktown (J. A. Anderson). On the prothorax the whitish scales form a feeble spot in the middle of the apex, and feeble spots at the sides of the disc; the flanks, however, being rather densely clothed ; but most of the scales are of a rather bright-reddish-brown, and indistinct from most directions. On the basal two-thirds of the rostrum there are four distinct but more or less oblique and irregular coste, with a feeble median one. From some directions the prothoracic punctures appear to be placed in close concentric semicircles, of which the convex side is directed towards the base, their scales also are usually slightly depressed below the general level. Haptonyx (AOLLES) MINIMUS, Nn. sp. Of a rather light chestnut-brown, in parts darker or not. Moderately clothed with large soft scales, mostly white, but somewhat variegated on prothorax and elytra. Rostrum wide and straight; the length of prothorax in male, slightly longer in female: with dense punctures par- tially concealed on basal half. Prothoraz about thrice as wide as long, punctures concealed. Flytra very little wider than prothorax, about once and two-thirds as long as wide, parallel-sided to beyond the middle; punctures more or less concealed. Femora very feebly unidentate; front tibie very feebly bisinuate; tarsi with the claw-joint very indistinct. Length, 13-12 mm. Hab.—New South Wales: Mount Victoria; Tasmania: Hobart (A. M. Lea). Two of the specimens before me are (except as to the clothing) of a uniform shade of colour throughout; but most of them have the scutellum and most (in one specimen all) of 50 the under-surface black: the black, however, except as to the cox, does not extend to the legs. On the elytra the darker scales, which are usually of a dingy-brown, form feeble irregu- lar spots, or are singly but thickly scattered; on the pro- thorax they do not appear to form spots. There are appar- ently regular rows of punctures on the elytra, but each punc- ture in the rows is almost or completely filled by a scale, so that the punctures themselves cannot be clearly seen, but they are narrower than the interstices; these apparently being without granules. ; | The smallest species of the subfamily known to me. Uniformis, the next smailest species, is decidedly wider in proportion, and differs in other particulars. The very short. prothorax and comparatively long elytra are very distinctive features. From most directions the femora appear to be edentate. | SUBFAMILY ZYGOPIDES. Meriatma, Pascoe, Ann. and Mag., Nat. Hist., 1871, vol. vitrap. 217. This genus of Zygoyides has not hitherto been recorded: as Australian. It may be recognized by the compact body, large and feebly-separated eyes, enormous side pieces of meso- and meta-sternum, Lemosaccus-like abdomen and pygidium, very stout femora, each armed with a very large triangular tooth, and by the curious basally-arched tibiz. Pascoe was- acquainted with 5 species, and speaks of their “very uniform and distinctive appearance,’ and the 5 species before me are almost identical in sculpture. Of the species that he de- scribed, the clothing of the present one apparently most resembles that of scenzca, from India. METIALMA AUSTRALIA, 0. sp. Black; antennz, tarsi, and apical half of rostrum red- dish, tibiz obscurely diluted with red. Clothed with white more or less setose scales on setz, closely applied to derm and irregularly distributed: elsewhere glabrous or with blackish scales. Rostrum strongly curved; basal half with three acute carine, apical half shining and with very minute punctures. Prothorax moderately transverse, base much wider than apex, and strongly produced to middle: with a very feeble median carina; with small, dense, round punctures. H/ytra cordate, not much longer than wide; with fairly deep punctures in narrow, sharply-defined striz: interstices with numerous small punctures. Femora very stout, especially the front pair, and 51 all very strongly dentate, especially the front pair; front tibia very strongly arched at base. Length, 43 mm. | Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (probably collected by E. Allen or H. Elgner). The white clothing is fairly dense on the basal half of the rostrum, forms a very narrow line between the eyes, forms irregular lines on the prothorax and numerous feeble spots on the elytra; there is, however, a conspicuous spot on the - suture at apex and another on and about the scutellum. On the under-surface the white clothing is more regular, but there is a conspicuous dark spot on each side of each of the second, third, and fourth abdominal segments. On the four front legs the clothing is almost entirely white, but on the hind pair it is variegated with-black. The inner base of the front tibie is supplied with long fine hair, but this may be confined to the male. There is a second species of the genus in the Macleay Museum (from Cape York); it differs from the above species in having the eyes produced to a point on their lower edge, and the hind margin of each sinuous. In Australie the eyes are evenly rounded externally and in front. I have not described the second species, however, as the only specimen before me is in bad condition. MECOPUS TIPULARIS, Pasc. This species extends from the Illawarra district to Somer- set. It may be readily identified by its tridentate hind femora. The clothing of the upper surface is mostly black, but with white or ochreous scales covering a variable amount of surface, but always less than in any other species before me. In size it varies from 5 to 65 mm. Mercorus MacLeayt, n. sp. 3. Black; antennze and sometimes parts of the legs dull- red. Densely clothed with sooty-brown scales, with numerous white or whitish and pale-brown scales scattered about, and condensed into small spots. On the under-surface the pale scales are rather more numerous than the dark ones. Rostrum scarcely twice the length of prothorax ; apical half shining and with fine punctures, basal half subopaque and with coarser punctures; obtusely tricarinated. Second joint of funicle slightly longer than first. Prothorax about twice as wide as the length down middle, with dense, normally- concealed punctures. H/ytra subtriangular ; suture and most of the interstices with a few small granules, third interstice with two or three small conical tubercles or teeth about the middle, and a stronger subapical one which projects slightly 52 beyond the tip; punctures partially concealed. Prosternum unarmed. Front femora longer than rostrum, finely and acutely dentate; hind femora each with a strong acute tooth and a smaller and more obtuse one; basal joint of front tarsus. lightly curved, about half the length of its supporting tibia. Length, 43-5 mm. ‘Hab. — Queensland : Endeavour River (Macleay Museum). The very long and thin legs and distinctly fimbriated front tarsi are proofs that the three specimens before me are males, although there are no pectoral spines; but two other species (pulvereus and serrirostris, both exotic and very differ- ent from the present species) are similarly unarmed. The scutellum is conspicuously white, the paler scales on the prothorax form feeble lines fairly distinct to the naked eye but confused under a lens. The white scales, although not clothing the whole of the abdomen, are continuous across the four apical segments. On two specimens the apical half of the hind tibiz is densely clothed with white scales. On one specimen on each elytron the third interstice has three small tubercles about the middle; on another there are two: tubercles on each side, and on the other two on one side and three on the other. MECOPUS PICTUS, Nn. sp. Black; antenne, rostrum (wholly or in part), and tarsi reddish ; prothorax and elytra sometimes diluted with red. Rather densely clothed with scales varying from white (usually tinged with ochreous) to slaty-brown. Rostrum not twice as long as eyes; apical third shining and with fine but distinct punctures, basal two-thirds with coarser but partially-concealed punctures, and with an acute median carina and several feeble sublateral ones. Second joint of funicle distinctly longer than first. Prothoraz almost thrice as wide as the length down middle; punctures normally concealed. Hlytra subtriangular ; with series of large, suboblong, partially-concealed punctures ; without small conical tubercles, but with fairly numerous granules, which on the third inter- stice form a feebly-elevated ridge about the base and middle. Prosternum unarmed. Front femora about as long as ros- trum, each with an acute and rather small tooth, middle rather more strongly armed, hind pair each with a large tri- angular acute tooth ; tarsi about as long as tibiz, basal joint of each about half its total length. Length, 34-5 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Endeavour River, Cairns See ricl Museum). Three of the specimens before me are small and three are large, and these may represent the sexes; otherwise I am not 53 able to distinguish them, and quite possibly they are all females. In Pascoe’s table of the Zygopides the species would be placed in Mecopus, but the unarmed breast (in several species of Mecopus, however, the breast is unarmed in both sexes) and strongly unidentate hind femora are aberrant characters. Probably had it been before Pascoe he would have referred it to a new genus, or perhaps to Chirozetes. (which, however, has the breast armed in the male). From — the species of Mecopus previously recorded from Australia it may be distinguished by its unarmed breast and unidentate- hind femora. In structure it closely resembles a species of Agametis in my collection, but the pectoral canal is absent. On the prothorax there is a very conspicuous median: stripe (strongly narrowed at its middle) of pale scales bounded by dark ones; on the sides the clothing is mixed. The scutel-. lum has also very dense pale scales. On the elytra the cloth- ing to the naked eye appears to be greyish, with two dark: oblique stripes on each side, one commencing near the shoulder and reaching the suture about the middle, the other sub- apical. On the under-surface the clothing is mostly pale, but with dark spots on the sides of the sterna and on the inter- coxal process of abdomen. The apical half of the hind tibiz: has conspicuous white clothing. The elytral granules are less: noticeable on the small than on the large specimens. TEMIALMA, N. g. /icad yather small. Eyes rather large, round, frontal,. almost touching, finely faceted. Rostrum about the lengtl of prothorax, rather thin, moderately curved; scrobes in- visible from above, not extending to eyes. Antenne rather thin; scape inserted about middle of rostrum, distinctly shorter than funicle; funicle seven-jointed, first two joints. moderately long, the second longer than first; club elliptic, subsolid. Prothorar transverse, base strongly bisinuate, apex subtubular, ocular lobes very obtuse. Scutellwm small. Elytra short, base closely applied to prothorax, shoulders rounded. Prosternum with a rather deep pectoral canal, bounded behind by narrow vertical walls. Mesosternum with large side pieces, the outer one of which appears like a wedge between the prothorax and elytra. Metasternum strongly convex, moderately long, episterna wide. Abdomen large, obliquely ascending to apex, two basal segments large, especially the first, third and fourth short. Legs not very long ; femora stout, especially the front pair, and very strongly triangularly dentate; tibize curved and compressed; tarsi: rather narrow. Body rhomboidal. 54 The large eyes (although occupying less of the head than in other genera), large and almost parallel-sided metasternal episterna, separating the hind coxe from the elytra, and the pectoral canal indicate that this genus belongs to the Zygo- pides; although the side pieces of the mesosternum are. sug- gestive of the Buridiides (as they are also in Metialma). In Pascoe’s table of the Zygopides, if the pectoral canal is regarded as being limited behind it would be placed with Nypheba, which has coarsely faceted eyes, pectoral canal as in Idotasia, and is otherwise different. Regarding the canal as being gradually effaced behind, it would be placed with Telaugia, which has linear femora and is otherwise different. The walls of the pectoral canal behind the front coxe appear to belong to the mesosternum, and it is only when the prothorax has been separated from the body that their true location can be proved, when they appear like two tri- angular flanges. Somewhat similar processes are to be seen in Mechistocerus and Aonychus of the Cryptorhynchides. The pygidium is distinct on four of the specimens under exam- ination, but concealed on two others. TEMIALMA SUTURALIS, Nn. sp. Black ; tip of rostrum and tibie dull-red, femora darker, tarsi and antenne paler. Clothed with mixed black-and-white depressed sete; suture with two distinct spots of yellowish sete, one beyond the middle, the other (and smaller one) apical ; rostrum glabrous, except about base. Head with dense and rather small, clearly-defined punc- tures. Rostrum shining; apical half with a few small punc- tures at sides; basal half with two shallow grooves on each side, and with ‘fairly numerous punctures on sides. Prothoraz about once and one-fourth wider than long, sides moderately rounded ; punctures as on head, but slightly larger. EHlytra not much longer than wide, base trisinuate, sides nowhere parallel, suture strongly depressed towards base and slightly elevated towards apex; narrowly striate, the interstices with dense punctures as on head. Under surface with small dense punctures. Front femora very strongly dentate, the teeth compressed, the other femora with somewhat smaller but more acute teeth. Length, 33-45 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Endeavour River (Macleay Museum). A larger percentage of the clothing is white on the under- than on the upper-surface. The apical half of the suture is densely clothed, but the clothing between the yellowish ‘spots being of the same colour as the derm, is not conspicuous. 5d LAMITEMA, 0. g. Rostrum somewhat shorter than prothorax and not very thin, rather feebly curved. First joint of funicle longer and stouter than second, which is short and not much longer than. third ; club ovate. Pectoral canal distinct but not very deep in front, where it is bounded by thin walls, absent beyond. coxe. Other characters as in preceding genus. The femoral teeth though large are narrower than in the © preceding genus and the rostrum is somewhat stouter, but in all other generic characters it agrees with it, except in the pectoral canal ; in the species described below it is fairly deep only in front of the coxe, and absent behind, instead of being bounded by the remarkable flanges so noticeable in suturalis. At first sight the two species certainly appear congeneric, and even the clothing is somewhat similar. In Pascoe’s table of the Zygopides the genus would be placed with Osphilia and Metialma. The pectoral canal will distinguish it from Metialma. Osphilia is very briefly com- pared with Metzalma, but as its head is figured as being almost entirely occupied by the eyes, and Pascoe makes no mention of a pectoral canal, it appears best to refer it to a new genus rather than to risk placing it in one from which it is. probably distinct. LAMITEMA DECIPIENS, 0. sp. Black ; antennz and tarsi reddish, rest of legs obscurely or not at all diluted with red. Upper-surface with indis- tinct dark depressed sete, and a number of spots of yellowish-. white or ochreous sete; clothing of under-surface mostly white, but denser and yellower on sides of three apical seg-. ments than elsewhere. Head with small dense punctures. Rostrum about the length of front tibiz, shining; with small punctures in front, becoming more distinct on sides and towards base; basal half with two shallow grooves on each side. Prothorar not much wider than long, sides moderately rounded; with dense and clearly-defined, but rather small punctures. Hlytra not much longer than wide, base trisinuate, sides nowhere parallel, suture depressed towards base; narrowly striate, with fairly distinct punctures in striz: interstices with rather dense punctures. Under surface densely punctate. Femora with large acutely-triangular teeth, those of the front pair largest. Length, 3-34 mm. / , (7) Pascoe describes the rostrum of Metialma as being cylin- drical at the base, but in four species of the genus before me (including the typical one, nevea) this does not appear to be the- case. 56 Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum). The outlines are almost exactly as in the preceding species. ‘There are at least four distinct spots of yellowish elothing on the prothorax, but generally more; on the suture there are three, one close to scutellum, one beyond the middle, and one apical—-the latter two, however, are sometimes almost con- joimed. On the rest of the elytra there are usually numerous very feeble spots, sometimes causing a feeble fasciate appear- ance. There is generally also a spot on the forehead. AGAMETITS. (8) This genus has not hitherto been recorded as Australian ; but there is a species from North Queensland before me that undoubtedly belongs to it. This species agrees well—in shape—with Pascoe’s figure of festiva, but is considerably smaller, with different clothing. The funicle is six-jointed, with the second joint long. The general appearance is of a ‘small, pectorally - unarmed. Mecopus. Pascoe describes the tarsi as breviusculi, but they are figured (pl. xix., figs. 5 and 56) as rather long in the type, and they are rather long in the species before me. . AGAMETIS BIFASCIATA, Nl. Sp. Reddish, in some parts somewhat mottled with brown; antenne and tarsi paler than elsewhere. Rather densely clothed with scales varying from almost white to rusty-brown. Head with eyes occupying almost the entire upper-surface and very narrowly separated along middle. Rostrum rather long and thin, strongly curved, dilated and squamose near base, glabrous elsewhere ; impunctate except near base. Scape about half the length of the funicle and club combined; second joint of funicle about twice the length of first, and the length of the four following combined. Prothoraz more than twice as wide as the length down middle, apex rather strongly incurved to middle, the front angles produced into rather --strong ocular lobes, base strongly bisinuate and much wider than apex; with small, dense, normally-concealed punctures. Scutellum transverse. Hlytra not much wider than extreme base of prothorax, sides feebly diminishing in width from base to near apex, when they become strongly rounded; with regular rows of large punctures, in feeble strie, but the striz more pronounced and punctures smaller towards apex and sides ; with two feeble but wide transverse impressions; with some very small granules, more noticeable on posterior declivity (especially on its summit) than elsewhere. Under- sur urface with dense but normally- -concealed punctures. First (8) ‘Pascoe, Journ. Linn. Soe. x. Dp. A738. 57 segment of abdomen as long as three following combined, second also as long as three following combined. Legs moder- ately long ; hind femora much longer than the others, strongly and acutely dentate, teeth of the other femora acute but smaller. Length, 5-55} mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (Macleay Museum). The clothing of the under-surface and legs is denser and. paler than elsewhere, but the legs have some dark spots or - blotches; the prothorax has a faint median stripe and still fainter lateral ones. On the elytra there are two fairly distinct fasciz of pale scales; one before and one behind the middle, and not quite extending to the sides; from the sides. the fascizs are seen to cover the surface of two transverse depressions ; of which, however; the postmedian one is rather feeble. PHAUNZEUS, D. g. Head small. Eyes not very large; separated almost the width of rostrum at base; facets of moderate size. Rostrum very long, thin, and curved; scrobes lateral. Antenne thin; scape not extending back to eye: funicle seven-jointed, two basal joints moderately long. Prothorar rather narrow at apex, increasing in width to base, which is almost evenly rounded: ocular lobes almost rectangular. Scutellwm small. Elytra cordate, shoulders strongly rounded. Prosternum semi-circularly emarginate in front, but without a pectoral canal. Metasternum slightly longer than following segment : episterna narrow, but each with an acute triangular internal extension in front. Abdomen with first segment rather large, second in middle very little longer than third or fourth, but at sides almost as long as the two combined. Legs long; front coxe touching, middle lightly separated ; femora eden- tate ; four front tibie strongly curved ; tarsi wide, third joint deeply bilobed, fourth rather short and stout, claws simple and widely diverging. Apparently belongs to a group of aberrant genera referred by Pascoe to the Zygopides, but which eventually will have to be regarded as forming a distinct subfamily. In Pascoe’s table of the Zygopides it would be placed with Vaupheus, as the intercoxal process, although fairly wide, is much narrower than in Arachnopus, but the two genera can have little in common, as the shape, antennz, and rostrum are all different, and there is no pectoral canal. I know of no closely-allied described genus, although there are several unnamed ones before me. In shape the body is much like Zdotasia, but that genus has a pectoral canal. Pascoe’s fig. 8 (Thyestetha nitida) on pl. xvi of Ann. and Mag., Nat. Hist., 1871 (vol. vii., ser. iv.), will give a 58 fairly good idea of the appearance of the’ insect described below. PHAUNHUS LONGIROSTRIS, Nn. sp. Black, shining. Upper-surface glabrous except for some white scales on suture. Under-surface and legs with dense white scales in places; but glabrous elsewhere. Head with small, dense punctures. Rostrum consider- ably longer than head and prothorax combined, with rather numerous punctures, except for an impunctate line along middle of basal three-fourths. Scape inserted about one-third from apex of rostrum, almost as long as funicle and club combined. Prothorax strongly convex ; with rather numerous and small but clearly-defined punctures. Hlytra strongly convex, at base closely applied to prothorax, but shoulders strongly rounded, thence rapidly diminishing in width to apex ; with rows of rather small but clearly-defined punctures, becoming very small posteriorly, and in striz only towards sides, and one near suture. Hind femora considera pass- ing apex of elytra. Length, 23-3 mm. Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (E. Allen). There are white scales on the suture near apex and some near base, but the latter appear to be easily abraded, as on several specimens they are absent, but their position is marked by minute punctures. The under surface of each of the femora has a ridge of scales, white at the base but darker near the apex, and these scales from some directions cause the femora to appear dentate, although they are really edentate. On an occasional specimen parts of the legs are feebly diluted with red. 59 Two NEW NEPHILZA FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By H. R. Hoce, M.A., ZS. (Communicated by Professor Stirling, M.D., F.R.S.) [Read May 3, 1910.]| Prate XVIII. Among some spiders kindly sent me by Professor Stir- ling, Director of the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, I find the following of the Genus NVep/ila, Leach, collected in the State: — Nephila venosa, L. Koch, from Sedan and other localities ; = victorialis, L. Koch, from South Australia ; 3 eremiana, H. R. Hogg, from Central Australia ; and two other species apparently new. Of these I append descriptions below : — NEPHILA MERIDIONALIS, n. sp. Female.—Colour: The cephalothorax is black-brown in front, but thickly covered with silvery-grey hair behind the eye space. At the sides of the thoracic area are three pairs of black spots and one pair near the middle of the same ; also, the usual pair of small black prominences at the rear end of the cephalic part, and quite at the rear end under the projecting abdomen a bare rhomboidal black space. The mandibles are black-brown ; the lip and maxille black-brown, except on the inner and upper margins, which are red-brown. The sternum is dark-red brown, with silvery-grey hair, but the bare anterior portion and prominences in front of each coxa are pale-orange. The legs are bright-red brown; the coxe, trochantera, and basal two-thirds of the femora being sparsely furnished with fine down-lying silver-grey hairs. On the anterior portion of the femora and tibiz of the first and second pairs is a thick plumose bunch of brown hair, and similar on the tibia only of the third and fourth pairs. On the metatarsus and tarsus the hair is black. On the palpi the hair is dark-brown or black on the tibial and tarsal joints; on the remainder paler brown. The abdomen is pale-yellow brown on the upper side, slightly darker in front, and at the sides sparsely furnished with fine silver-grey hairs. There are four pairs of brown muscle spots on the back. On the under-side behind the brown genital line a transverse yellowish space runs across, 60 and behind this is a yellow network pattern on a brown ground. The posterior portion is ali dark-grey ; the epigyne, pulmonary plates, and spinnerets dark-brown. The cephalo- thorax, straight and broad in front and rounded at the side, is flat over the thoracic part, the cephalic part being slightly raised up therefrom. The rear row of eyes is straight, the front row slightly recurved. The front median eyes are slightly larger than the rear median ; those of each pair, and the pairs themselves, are the same distance apart, slightly more than the diameter of the larger. The side eyes, two- thirds the diameter of their respective median, are also slightly farther apart than the diameter of the larger, and lhe on a common tubercle. The whole breadth of the front median pair separates them from their laterals, and the rear median are one-fifth more from the rear lateral. The clypeus is as broad as the distance between the front median eyes. The mandibles are short, broad, and slightly divergent. The lip is broadest at the base, narrowing anteriorly. It is more than half the length of the maxille, and the upper portion projects forward over the base. The maxille are upright, rather club-shaped ; the inner margin fits round the lip, and narrows posteriorly almost to a point. The anterior portion of these, also, is projected forward in a_ boss- like prominence. The sternum is shield-shaped, straight in front, narrowing to a point at the posterior end, where it passes between the rear pair of coxe. There is a rather large prominence, and in front of the second and third pairs of coxe are similar but smaller prominences. The whole of the anterior portion is raised up in a broad ridge, about equal in height to these. The legs are long and strong, with hair in bunches, as described above. The aad joint of the palpi is the same length as the patellar joint. The abdomen is oblong, straight in front and at the sides, but rounded at the corners and rear end. The epigyne is of the normal type of the genus, but the middle of the upper lip expands into a rather broad septum. This species is near .V. nigritarses of L. Koch, but has no separate pronounced hump on the front of the sternum behind the lip, the whole front area being raised up. The epigyne does not quite agree with that drawn by L. Koch, and the legs are not so long in proportion to the body. The measurements in millimetres are as follow : — Long. Broad. Cepliy site. be sbaolag 54 in front 8 behind Abd. 174 94 Mand. 4s ea 6] Tr. and Pab. Metab. Coxz. Fern. and Tib. and Tars. eps]... 3 17 15 21 =56 pee en ely eee Tg a Se a i Meee ORS 154 103 154=443 | (2°84) Patpiy <.c AsS 4 34 3$=124 There is one female from Kangaroo Island. NEPHILA ADELAIDENSIS, N. sp. Female.—The cephalothorax is yellow-brown, thickly covered with silvery-grey hair. Three pairs of black side ‘spots, one median, and a pair of black prominences. Mandibles chocolate-brown, darker at the anterior end. Fangs the same. Lip, maxille, and sternum medium yellow-brown, lighter at the edges of the former and on the humps of the lat- ter. Thick, rough, silver-grey hair on the sternum. The legs are yellow-brown, with fine silver-grey hair on the under-side, rather darker at the anterior half of the tibial joints. The hair on the anterior half of the metatarsi and on the tarsi is dark-brown. The abdomen is yellow-grey above, with silver-grey, fine, down-lying hair all over. On the under-side it is dark-brownish-grey, with paler transverse and longi- tudinal stripes, forming a rhomboidal figure below the genital aperture. The spinnerets and epigyne are the same as the ground colour. The general points of this species agree with V. meridion- alis above. The cephalothorax is one and a half times as long as tibia iv. The rear row of eyes is straight, the front re- curved. The eyes themselves are all about equal in size; the front median, however, slightly larger than the rest. The laterals are a little more than their diameter apart on a common prominence; the front and rear median one and a half times the diameter of the front eyes apart. The clypeus is the same in width. The legs ave slight, and only moderately long; without spines. Short, thick hair on the metatarsus and tarsus of all legs. Fine hair on the under-side of the remaining joints. The patellar joint of the palpi is shorter than the tibiai joint. The abdomen is straight in front, rounded at the corners and sides, tapering to the posterior end. This species differs from V. meridionalis in its shorter and finer legs, its more oval abdomen, lesser distance between side and median eyes, want of plumose bunches on the legs, and lighter ground-colouring of the cephalothorax. The epigyne, a ene 62 also, of the female is different, having no appearance of a septum. _ : iPr a The measurements in millimetres are as follow: — Long. Broad. oe Cephis.:... Lan Pe cya 43 in front — 6 behind Abd. ihe ie ar Mand. 4 — Tr.and Pab. Metab. Coxe. Fern. and Tib. and Tars. Legs 1 Iie AG 114 164 =43 eine?) 12 10 144 =384 oe ae 7 5 84=292 Pee eae) 12 7 12 =33 Palins cag 3 21) One female from South Australia, without nearer designation. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XVIII. 1. Nephila meridionalis, n. sp., natural size. a. Under side of abdomen. 1b. Hyes. ic. Epigyne. 2. Nephila adelaidensis, n. sp. la. Under side of abdomen. 2b. Eyes. 2c. Epigyne. 63 LHERZOLITE AND OLIVINE FROM MOUNT GAMBIER. By Evan R. STANLEY. [Read August 2, 1910.] PuiaTe XIX. Introduction. In a previous paper before this Society @) mention was made of lherzolite nodules occurring at Mount Gambier, but having only a limited supply of the material in my possession at the time I was unable to present a chemical analysis of the rock. Since then more material has come to hand from that locality, thus enabling me to make further petrographical notes and analyses on not only the lherzolite, but the olivine ‘contained in it. Lherzolite. Occurrence. The rock occurs in the form of nodules in the ash-beds ‘overlying the basaltic fiow at Mount Gambier. They vary in ‘size from a few centimetres up to thirty centimetres or more in diameter. In the majority of cases the nodules are coated with a layer of vesicular-olivine-basalt or tachylyte. The nodules examined were selected from the ash-beds in Brown Lake, about 200 ft. above the water-level, where they occur ‘in great numbers. Macroscopic Characters. In hand specimens the rock is olive-green in colour, even- grained, but coarse, containing allotriomorphic fragments of light-olive-green olivine, light-brownish-green rhombic pyrox- ene, dark-green particles of diallage, and black glistening grains of chromite. The specific gravity of the rock is 3°33 at 16° C. Microscopic Characters. Owing to the extreme friability of the rock a difficulty ‘was encountered in the preparation of microscopic sections, but by cutting a fairly thick section and boiling it in Canada Balsam, sections of suitable thickness were obtained. The rock is hypidiomorphic, even-grained, containing olivine. @Q) Trans. Roy. Soc., vol. xxxiii., 1909, p. 82. 64 enstatite, diallage, and chromite. The pyroxenes are slightly idiomorphic, moderately large, and embedded in a granular mass of olivine, thus presenting a pseudo-porphyritic structure. oF. The olivine is by far the most abundant mineral. There is an indication of the (001) cleavage in some sections. A fair amount of cracking has gone on, with little or no decom- position to serpentine, but in some instances slight brownish stains of ferric oxide are seen ; this, however, is visible only in the vicinity of a few microscopic grains of magnetite. A few liquid inclusions are present. In order of abundance the rhombic pyroxene, enstatite, follows the olivine. It is light- brownish-green in colour, slightly idiomorphic, enwrapping a few grains of olivine and diallage in a peecilitic manner (plate xix., figs. 1 and 2). The (110) cleavage is well developed, being, in some instances, broken up into parallel plates along this parting. The basal sections show two good pinacoidal cleavages intersecting at 88°, together with a less perfect cleavage at 45°. Decomposition to bastite is common, especi- ally in the vicinity of cracks (plate xix., figs. 2 and 3). Columnar structure is well developed. In crossed nicols good lamella twinning is seen to advantage (plate xix., fig. 4), and in some cases the lamelle may be seen in ordinary light. The enstatite and diallage afford a good instance of lamella intergrowths with one another (plate xix., figs. 2 and 4). When the enstatite is in the position of extinction the diallage, in the same combination, is extinguished at only 39° from this position. In convergent polarized light a large optical axial angle is seen. The sign is positive, and the dispersion p< v, which is an indication that the mineral is low in iron. A few liquid and magnetite inclusions are present. The diallage, which occurs in irregular grains of a light- green colour, is probably chrome-bearing. Some sections show two fair pinacoidal cleavages intersecting at 89°, whilst others show a good prismatic cleavage. The extinction, which is 39°, is the chief distinguishing character from the enstatite. Decomposition is rarely seen in most sections, but in sections near the tachylytic coating the diallage is, to a considerable extent, decomposed to chlorite and epidote. In the undecom- posed sections liquid inclusions are seen. The chromite is present in small rounded or irregular brown grains. The minerals in contact with the tachylytic coating are partially absorbed by it. Leucoxinization has gone on to a. considerable extent just within the junction of the tachylyte, proving that the magnetite present is titaniferous. 65 Order of Consolidation. Chromite ae ——— Olivine 2 ie gee 3. Diallage oa = _ py ene Enstatite ae 3S 2. The tachylytic coating consists essentially of a light-brown _ glass crowded with magnetite grains, rendering it almost opaque. A few partially-absorbed grains of olivine and augite are scattered about with little or no felspar. The nodules under consideration are thus plutonic in origin and allied to the Enstatite Peridotites. Chemical Composition. Two very concordant analyses were made by the author and a mean taken. The usual methods recommended by Hillabrand and Wash- ington were followed. The ferrous iron, however, was deter- mined by the method recommended by P. G. Wykeham Bayly,® viz., by heating one gram of the substance in a covered platinum crucible with H,SO, (1-1) and HF for ten minutes on an iron plate, and then titrating with standard permanganate of potash. Several determinations were made with and without the use of CO, with satisfactory results. Combined water was determined by the Penfield method, and the usual colourometric methods for titanium and chromium. Barium and strontium were not determined spectroscopically. Results of Analysis. The Norm. SOM eau. tc. 45°22 Orthoelases 3). #24. ©. Ini Pee ee as: 299 Albite...<2 ape. a7 2 22. en ‘20 Anorthite ... ... 4°73 Oe ic. ws ke Diopsides ee) 307, Wires... -.... 40°89 Hypersthene ... 14°72 Wien... 2 yo LOS Olivine Sage 044 ice OC as ae "55 Magnetite ...... ‘23 1S (0 OE a a ‘21 Timenstey = ae |. "30 1ELS Cee (one ee ae “20 Apatite ey ‘31 CO he dks chs "05 Chromiteye a... :-- “22 Co, Migs oe nil Watersmeet 0 ste “25 18 ee, eee nee “14 ae 12 (0) See Gree cr ‘20 100°10 SO RD, Se Rey "20 IN1O} CoO y pees aes 14 10 BX @ Se aernes oe paeee "28 SAO} (5, 2 5s WA a te nil SG MM Seto) I 04 100°41 (2) Recent Methods, of Rock. Analysis, A.A.A.S., 1907. we eee ee mae." - wt ~~ 66 Classification. ; Class V. Order 1. Section 4. Rang 1. Section 1. Subrang 1. | Magmatic name, Gordunose. Notes on the Analysis. ‘It will be seen from the analysis that the rock contains noticeable percentages of Al,O,, K,O, and Na,O. These constituents have been allotted to form orthoclase, albite, and anorthite. These minerals do not occur in the mode, conse- quently the Al,O,, K,O, and Na,O are present in the ferro- magnesian minerals. : In the analysis of the olivine extracted from this rock no alkalies or alumina were detected, therefore these constituents must be combined in a complex fashion in the pyroxenes. Chemical Diagrams. The following chemical diagrams have been inserted to convey a better idea of the relative amounts of the con- stituents present. They are respectively the Miigge and Brogger diagrams. Al,O, THe Mucce DIacRam. MaO THE Broccer DtaGram 67 Olivine. Analysis. Acting on the advice of Dr. D. Mawson, the author has nade a chemical analysis of the olivine in the rock. The rock being of a friable nature, little difficulty was encountered in hand-picking the olivine and separating it from the other constituents present. Several grams of the mineral were in this way collected and powdered up, first in a diamond mor- tar, and finally in an agate mortar. A mean of two concordant analyses has been taken, and is shown as follows: — Si0, 40°67 A1,0, nil Fe,O, 10 FeO 9:27 MgO 49°94 CaO! 3 trace H,O + trace KO... >. nil Na,O nil TiO), 04 Cr), 03 MRO! ue. A: ae ee a ‘10 Ni0,CoO _ oy ae Mee "25 100-40 Specific gravity = 3°34. In the analysis of the lherzolite it will be seen that there is a notable quantity of nickel present. The presence of nickel is certainly not uncommon in the rocks of this class. If we com- pare the percentage of nickel in the rock with that in the olivine extracted from it, we find that the proportion is less. in the former than in the latter by nearly half. Consequently most, if not all, of the nickel in the rock is present in the olivine. Diller and Clark ©) have shown that most of the nickel present in peridotites isin the olivine. They extracted the olivine from the rock, and found it to contain a greater proportion of nickel than the rock itself. Remarks. Unchanged occurrences of peridotite are not at all com- mon, the peridotites being, as a class, very liable to altera- tion, the chief alteration ees pemp serpentine. (3) B.U.S ‘G82. 60%, p. 28, 1890. c2 68 The lherzolite described in this paper affords a good example of an unaltered peridotite, no serpentine being ob- served microscopically, and a low percentage of ferric oxide — and no carbon dioxide by analysis. In conclusion, I wish to convey my thanks to ‘Dr. D. Mawson for advice and assistance in the preparation of this paper. . . --University of Adelaide. —— ——— - -—— EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Fig. 1. Basan SECTION OF ENSTATITE, showing outlines of lamelle twinning and peecilitically intergrown olivine. (x15) Fig. 2. VERTICAL SECTION OF ENSTATITE, showing partial de- composition to bastite and peecilitically intergrown diallage. (x15) Fig. 3. SErctrion, showing enstatite with bastite, olivine, dial- lage, and.chromite. (x15) Fig. 4.. LAMELLA TWINNING AND PARALLEL INTERGROWTHS OF DIALLAGE WITH ENSTATITE. Crossed nicols. (x42) 69 ENSTATITE: BASALT FROM KANGAROO ISLAND, SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By Evan R. Staney. [Read August 2, 1910.] PLATE XX. Introduction and Previous Work. During the Christmas vacation of 1909 a trip was taken to Kangaroo Island for the purpose of collecting specimens of the basalt occurring in the Menzies District. One of the ob- jects of the present paper is to compare the Kangaroo Island basalt with the other tertiary outflows occurring in the south- eastern portions of South Australia. The paper’also includes a chemical analysis of the rock with petrographical descrip- ‘tions. _ About a quarter of a mile north of Kingscote the basalt rests on an eroded valley of white friable sandstone, which extends in a westerly direction towards the Bluff in the Bay of Shoals. It forms a capping on the hills a few miles inland to the west, extending from Rettie’s Bluff to the western gap hills near Smith’s Bay. But since the geology of this part of the district has already been published, no further refer- ence will be made to it. ._ Professor Tate’s ) and Rev. W. Howchin’s 2) papers, and the Report of Mr. H. Y. L. Brown on the geology of Kangaroo Island,() have been referred to in the preparation of this paper. Dr. Chewings 4 and. Mr. J. C. Moulden ©) have each described an olivine basalt from Kangaroo Island. I can find no further literature on the geology and occur- rence of basalt on Kangaroo Island. 7 Enstatite Basalt. Mochs 6-11. Macroscopic Characters. In hand specimens the rock is fine-grained, compact, show- ing a few phenocryst of felspar and pyroxene not exceeding 3 (1) Trans. Roy. Soc., §.A., vol. vi., p. 116. (2) Proc. Roy. Soc., S.A., or i p. 198. (3) Report by the Government Geologist, S.A., 1898. (4) Geologie Siid- und Central-Australiens. Inaugural-Disser- tation zur Erlangung der Doktorwiirde—1894. (5) Trans. Roy. Soc., §.A., vol. xix., p. 70. 70 or 4 millimetres in length. The colour varies from a brownish- grey to an almost black, pitchy-looking rock. In rocks Nos. 6, 10, and 11 decomposition has gone on to a great extent, giv- ing the rocks a greenish appearance, which is probably due to the alteration of the ferromagnesian mineral to serpentine. The locality from which rocks Nos. 6 and 9a were collected fur- nishes a good instance of columnar jointing. Use is made of this character in the quarries near Kingscote and the Bluff, the rock being sufficiently weathered to render it easily workable for road metal. The rocks collected from the Gap Hills also show jointing developed to a less degree, being more or less stained with ferric oxide. As far as hand specimens are concerned, the rocks are very similar to one another. Microscopic Characters. The rocks have a hypocrystalline porphyritic structure, . the phenocrysts being augite, enstatite, and plagioclase, irre- gularly distributed in a base of microlitic plagioclases and augite, with a small proportion of glass in the interstices. Of the phenocrysts, the augite is by far the most abundant con- stituent, possessing only the faintest indication of a light-green colour. They are cracked about a good deal, and somewhat corroded by the base, whilst others again possess a good idio- morphic outline. The majority of these phenocrysts are intergrown with the plagioclase of the base in an.ophitic manner (plate xx., fig. 1). Twinning is not an uncommon feature, and more rarely an hour-glass structure is developed. In the fresh varieties of the rock only a slight decomposition to a brown stain is noticeable in the cracks. The mineral next in abundance is the enstatite, being corroded to a greater degree than the augite, and including a few tabule of felspar. The phenocrysts of the enstatite are, in a great many instances, partially or wholly enwrapped by the augite. The enstatite has evidently crystallized out first of the ferromagnesian constituents, and the augite has used it as a nucleus to crystallize on later. In two or three in- stances cited the corroded enstatite has a distinct resorption rim developed, and the augite has crystallized around the whole. The difference between the enstatite and augite in such a combination is particularly marked when examined between crossed nicols: the former, when in the position of extinction, shows the coloured envelope of augite which is extinguished at only 45° to this position. The ferromagnesian constituents as a whole are nearly colourless, and this may account for the relatively low per- (a) centage of iron in the analysis. Decomposition has, to a slight extent, gone on, resulting in the formation of bastite. The plagioclase, ‘which is not plentiful as a phenocryst in this particular rock, has, in most instances, a well-defined idiomorphic outline. The phenocrysts almost always contain inclusions of apatite and dark-brown glassy base. In polar- ized light twinnings after the Carlsbad and Albite law are | found to be common, whilst twinning after the pericline law is not so frequently met with. In most cases they are beautifully zoned (plate xx., fig. 2). Symmetrical extinctions up to 40° were cbtained, therefore the plagioclase is probably a labradorite. The base consists essentially of tabule of plagioclase fel- spar, twinned usually after the Carlsbad law, and giving a maximum extinction of 37°, which means that it is probably a labradorite a little more acid than the phenocryst. They possess, for the most part, an idiomorphic outline, and only slightly decomposed. A few granules of augite are also pre- sent, together with a few scattered grains of magnetite which are, no doubt, titaniferous, because of the presence of leu- coxine. The interstitial material of the base is particularly interesting, in that it has, for the most part, become devitri- fied to a granular or fibrous mass possessing many micro- scopic grains of magnetite and a few needles of apatite. The slides examined, representing rocks from different points of the occurrence, were more or less similar. Conse- quently there seems little doubt, if any, that the whole occur- rence is contemporaneous. However, a few differences of minor importance occur. In rocks Nos. 6 and 10 decomposition has gone on to a great extent. Hematite is present in red scales, and also staining the augite yellowish-brown. Some of the augite has altered to serpentine and the enstatite to bastite. Again, in rock No. 11 the felspar phenocrysts are present in a greater proportion than the enstatite, whilst in rocks Nos. 7, 8, and 9 the reverse is the case. Order of Crystallization. Magnetite ere Ce Plagioclase (Phenoeryst) 2 Enstatite + Saigo ae ene Augite ... tee ee Plagioclase (mier olite) _ Sess i es i a Glass ee aa; 5 ——_—_ — Chemical Analysts. The rock chosen for analysis was selected from a point about half a mile inland from the Bluff. Here the rock appeared to be in a fairly undecomposed condition, for in most other localities weathering has deformed the rock both mechanically and chemically. Results of Analysis. SiO, ATO, <1. Be:O-: «>: see) ).. MgO CaO Na,O AQ 253 ~ H,O+ H,O- co, TOy P20-7 SO, Ss CEOs NiO, CoO. MnO BaO SrO Fe fe 53°18 17°61 1°59 6°47 6°59 10°42 2°03 “60 “40 oo trace ‘78 trace nil trace trace trace “10 "13 (© “02 (6) 100°35 IT. 53°11 15°55 1°26 717 6°50 8°93 3°03 03 100°37 72 The Norm. Quartz -.: Orthoclase Albite Anorthite Diopside Hypersthene | Magnetite Ilmenite Water ... Sp. Gr. 2°88. Sp. Gr. 2°91 I. Enstatite basalt, Kangaroo Island, S.A. It. Augite Class ITT. andesite Order 5. (altered). Anketel, West Pilbarra Goldfield. W.A., Bull., No. 33, p. 148.) (Fe=-03.) Classification. Rang 4. Magmatic name, Auvergnose. Notes on the Analysis. . The rock is particularly interesting in that it is high in silica and alumina, thus accounting for the presence of abnormative minerals. It will be seen that quartz is present in the norm and is completely absent in the mode. American classification does not take into account whether a (6) Not determined spectroscopically. Subrang 3. 5-52 3-89 _. 17-29 36°97 1ZAT 19°96 - 2°32 1-525 13 100°37 Summit of Mount (Geol. Sur.,: Since the saat dei a ee a —- 73 of silica is present in the divitrified base together with some of the alumina. Analysis [I., which has been inserted for comparison from Western Australia, shows an _ interesting analogy, most of the constituents agreeing closely, with the exception of alumina and lime. This particular rock contains phenocrysts of augite, felspar, olivine, and a little quartz in a ground mass of plagioclase and altered glass. , Chemical Diagrams. The following diagrams have been employed to facilitate Al,0; THe Broaccer DIAGRAM. 74 Remarks. It is an interesting point to consider whether. the Kan- garoo Island outflow was synchronous with the volcanic eruptions in the south-eastern portion of South Australia. The basalt occurring in the Mount. Gambier district is, how- ever, of late tertiary or pleistocene age. The rock is, for the most part, very little decomposed. The fragments of basalt and lherzolite which occur in the ash-beds overlying the basalt are exceptionally fresh,’ and as far as I can ascertain there are no instances where valleys have been cut through this basalt, or capping hills, as is the case on Kangaroo Island. Returning to the ‘Kangaroo Island occurrence, we find that a great deal of denudation and weathering has gone on. The basalt, which is probably contemporaneous, has been cut through by valleys. It also caps the hills in the vicinity of Wisanger, and occupies an eroded valley near Kingscote about 100 ft. above sea-level. The rock itself is decomposed to a greater extent than the Mount Gambier type. Instead of being, for the most part, an olivine-basalt, it is an enstatite- basalt, although an olivine-basalt has been described by Dr. Chewings and Mr. J. C. Moulden. The evidences of weather- ing are particularly marked in the quarries at the Stone Jetty and the Bluff, where columnar jointing is developed to a great extent, thus causing the rock to break up easily with the aid of a pick. Personally, IJ do not think that the Kangaroo Island basalt was synchronous with the occurrence in the South-East, but, from the above considerations, believe it to be a tertiary outflow earlier than the Mount Gambier type. Acknowledgments. In conclusion, I desire to extend my thanks to Dr. Maw- son and Dr. Cooke for the interest they have shown in the preparation of this paper. University of Adelaide. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX. Fig. 1. PHENOCRYSTS OF AUGITE AND ENSTATITE, containing tabule of microlitic plagioclase. (x25) Crossed nicols. Fig. 2. PHENOCRYST OF LABRADORITE, showing zonal struc- ture, and inclusions of base. (x18) Crossed _nicols. () Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., pres. vol. Analysis of Lherzolite. 75 NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF THE ISOPOD FAMILY SPHZROMID&£ FROM THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN COAST. By W. H. Baker, F.LS. Pare LE. [Read September 6, 1910.] Braves XX, to AV. In my notes on this family of Isopods published in these Transactions for 1908, I included what appeared to be a form of Cymodoce tuberculosa, Stebbing, showing that while my specimens agreed largely with the original species, yet they were different chiefly in that the male had two processes on the anterior portion of the abdomen; these I regarded as sexual the innermost and outermost being small. The antero-lateral developments are not shown in younger males. Since then I have examined a colony of (. tuberculosa, which were found in a sponge, and in that there were males, certainly mature and of uniform size, bearing no indications of processes: also mature females and immature specimens ; these I have figured in this paper. With regard to the first-mentioned, I now endeavour to show them as a distinct variety or sub-species, and add figures and notes of a probable female and a rather more doubtful immature male and female. Respecting the mature female of C. tuberculosa, it will, from an examination of the figures, be surmised that at no stage of its existence does it possess a notch on the posterior margin of the abdomen. I do not think sufficient distinction has been made in descriptions between the longitudinal chan- nel referred to by Dr. Hansen and the notch, which are quite different structures. In all the examples under C. tubercu- -losa and varieties here given a channel is present and its exit open, except in the case of the immature male of C. tuberculosa, where it shallows away not reaching the margin, thus leaving it without insinuation of any kind, either in the vertical or horizontal direction, yet even here may be seen by a transparency of the integument the promise of a future notch. In the supposed mature female of the larger variety the true notch is faintly represented by two shallow insinua- tions of the margin. In all the specimens included under this species and varie- ties the palps of the maxillipeds—except, of course, in modi- 76 fied females—are of the same curious structure, the lobes are long and, especially the last, carry dense brushes of ‘seta: ’From observations of the three species—namely © Zuzara, Isocladus, and EH xospheroma—included in this and other papers, I agree with Dr. Hansen as to their close relationship - and the necessity of uniting them. - As there are no longi- tudinal channels for the passage of currents of water beneath in these three species, the same can evidently be provided for by the large uropoda set in oblique direction. In my opinion Cycloidura venosa, Stebbing, and Zuzara integra, Haswell, are the same species, and I have treated them as such. The descriptions always refer to the male except when otherwise stated. Family SPH HZ ROMIDA. Subfamily SpH@romina, Hansen. Group HemrprancuiaT#, Hansen. Genus Cymodoce, Leach. Cymodoce tuberculosa, Stebbing. Pl. xxi., figs. 1 to 20. - Cymodoce tuberculosa, Stebbing, Ann. and Mae Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xii., 1873, _ 95. Cymodoce ’ tuberculosa, Whitelegge, ‘‘Thetis,’’ Scientific Results, p. 258. The body, except the head and first thoracic segment, is covered with granules, which become spiniform and arrange themselves in two transverse rows with smaller granules between on each thoracic segment; small stiff hairs are scat- tered amongst the granules, and are fairly plentiful. The forehead, which is gradually declivous anteriorly, is slightly excavate in the transverse direction, and higher up a faint rounded projection can be detected. _ The eyes are large and scarcely project. Indications of two depressed and coalesced rostral teeth are present, while the two epistomial teeth are large and re-. curved, like those of the basal antennular joint, projecting farther than these. The antennular teeth are six in number, the innermost and outermost being small. The antero-lateral angle of the first thoracic seg-. ment is produced somewhat, truncated at the tip, and the. groove of the head in which it works is deep;- the posterior angle is less produced. The three follow- ing epimera are obtusely pointed, the first and second of these slightly produced behind; the following three are rounded, the last more so, and it does not reach the level of the ones which precede it. eae 17 The posterior portion of the abdomen is somewhat ex- cavated at the origin of the uropods. The posterior margin has a small notch on each side above the median notch. The median notch is deeply cut, widens inwardly, the median process is raised, and does not nearly reach the level of the sides. The outer branch of the first maxilla has the outermost distal spines compacted together, thus forming an ap- parent 5-dentate plate; the next spine below this is 3- branched, while between these are slenderer sete. The inner branch has four plumose sete. The two outer lobes of the second maxilla are setose and obliquely truncated. The legs are robust and spinulate on the usual joints. The spines are usually long, and some are barbed or pectinate. The uropods are very granulate to spiniform, especially underneath; the terminal spine on the inner ramus is re- curved, and there are two well-developed spines at its base underneath. The external ramus is much shorter and deeply bifid, with its wider surface presented outwards. The sternal filaments are short and stout. The mature female has the body loaded with young, and the mouth parts are modified. The body is smooth and slightly setose. The basal joints of the antennules have a faint slightly- lobed crest, but there are no projecting, rostral, or epistomial teeth. The posterior margin of the abdomen is turned up, show- ing a wide shallow insinuation in place of a longitudinal channel. | The uropods are reduced. The marsupial plates overlap. In the immature male the body is shorter and broader, smooth, very sparingly setose. The upper angles and sides of the face anterior to the eyes are very distinct. The posterior angle of the first thoracic segment seen from below is broadly truncated, the truncation with a slight insinuation. The second, third, and fourth thoracic epimera are rather narrowly pointed. The posterior margin of the abdomen is arcuate and quite entire, the longitudinal channel shallowing away completely at its exit. The uropods are a little roughened on the margins, the inner ramus accuminate and laminate with a slight groove on the inner margin, the outer margin more distinctly grooved a ee 78 to hold and partially cover the external ramus. The external ramus is shorter than the inner and bifid at the end. Budding sternal filaments are present, but there is no appendix masculina. The colour is light-brown with black pigment, which in some specimens is coarse and striped with a wider median stripe; other specimens have more dendridic spots, im some parts there being a bluish tinge—spirit specimens. Females with young have a bleached appearance, with small black spots not very numerous. The adult males are somewhat between these two as to colour. The adult males vary a little in size among themselves, while the females are a little larger. The young ready to quit the parent have the end of the abdomen pointed like that of the immature male of the next variety. Cymodoce tuberculosa, x. var. bispinosa. PI. xxi., figs, 21 to'234) Pi ssn hes: 1 tome Cymodoce tuberculosa, Baker, Trans. Roy. Soe., S. Aus., vol. xexdt, -LO0S. pe 140. fol: pane Besides the two processes on the anterior portion of the pleon, the following differences may be noted : — The body is rather less granulated. The posterior portion of the abdomen is not so excavated at the bases of the uropods, and there is a small conical tubercle beneath each process of the anterior portion. The notch of the posterior border is much more open, and the excavation is not so broad at its base, and the median process is not so much raised, and just reaches the level of the sides. The more external notches noted in C. tuberculosa are seen below only as small tubercles, scarcely reaching the margin. The epistome has the two tubercles much reduced, while the rostral pair are quite prominent. The antennular teeth are 5-6 in number. The sternal filaments are long and slender. The difference in size also is considerable. The specimen regarded as the mature female has the body comparatively smooth and the hairs scanty, except that on the segments corresponding with the male there are trans- verse rows of very minute granules arranged in two lines as the spines of the male. The epimera of the thoracic segments are like those of the male, and like it there is a faint rounded tubercle on the forehead. 79 There are no indications of processes on the anterior por- tion of the abdomen ; the abdomen itself is minutely granulate, and close to the posterior margin the surface is flattened or slightly turned up. The exit to the moderately deep longi- tudinal channel is open, and two faint insinuations of the margin are all that there is of a notch. The uropods are reduced, scarcely compressed, and - slightly rough ; each inner ramus is tipped with a small tooth, and the outer rami, which are shorter, are slightly bifid. The outer surface of the basal antennular joint bears a row of small spinulate granules; but there are no teeth, nor are there rostral or epistomial teeth. The mouth parts are modified, but not strikingly so; the palps of the maxillipeds bear long iobes, but they are desti- tute of sete. The epistome is rounded and rather swollen anteriorly, and is setose. The legs are slightly less robust than in the male. A supposed immature male of this variety resembles much that of (. tuwberculosa—except again in size. The body is rather more elongate, and apparently budding processes are to be found on the anterior portion of the abdomen. There are no indications of rostral, antennular, or epis- tomial teeth. : The uropods are laminate and rather abruptly acu- minate. The posterior portion of the abdomen is very obtusely pointed, with the exit of the channel almost vanishing. The epimera of the second, third, and fourth thoracic segments are more narrowly pointed. The posterior angles of the thoracic segment are similarly truncated, as in C. twberculosa. Budding sternal filaments are present, but there is no appendix masculina. In the collection there is one immature female similar to this. I have figured an immature male, which I think should be placed here (plate xxxii., figs. 3, 6, and 7), with a slightly diferent abdomen and with epistome more like that of the mature female recorded above; this one, it will be seen, has a more pointed abdomen with commencing processes on the anterior portion, with small tubercles near them; the channel also is similar to the mature female, except that the insinua- tions of the margin are. not present. The sternal filaments are moderately long. 80 There are three immature females in the collection closely resembling this, except having no Si on the anterior portion of the abdomen. Measurement of these four, about 8 mm. long by 5 mm. wide. Measurement of (. tuberculosa, 5 mm. by 24 mm. Measurement of ( tuberculosa, var. bispinosa, 7 mm. by 34 mm. All specimens are from South Australian coast. Cymodoce septemdentata, n. sp. Pl. xxii, figs: "8 te ae: The body is rather narrow, very convex, with the sides nearly straight. The head is rounded, very abruptly declivous anteriorly, and its surface a little roughened. The eyes are prominent. The first thoracic segment is a little longer than any of those which follow, and the last three are each provided with a row of tubercles on their posterior borders; these become more numerous and spiniform on the last. The epimeral plates of all the thoracic segments except the last are truncated | behind and are vertical in direction. | The abdomen is covered with large tubercles, the pos- terior portion descending abruptly behind to near the margin, which is slightly produced, while its upper surface has a median shallow depression. On the inferior view the abdomen shows a narrow V-shape, being produced to a triangular point at the exit of the channel, which is moderately deep;. on each side of the median one there are three other small projections or teeth, thus showing six small notches on the posterior border. The surface of the basal joints of the antennules are on the same level as the surface of the head, the rostrum meet- ing the epistome in a. broadly truncate manner. The epis- tome is small, the upper lip long. The first antennular joint is not produced distally at either angle, the third joint is about twice as long as the second, the flagellum is shorter than the peduncle, and has 8 joints. The antenna is slightly shorter than the antennule, and its very short flagellum has only 5 or 6 joints. The mandibles are strong and project much. The legs are robust, with rather short dactyli, except for a longish nail, and they are without the furry pads noticed in other species. The first pleopods have the inner ramus short, about as broad at its base as its length; the inner margin ‘with short 81 fine hairs, the outer margin slightly insinuate; the outer ramus longer than the inner, showing areolate structure. The second pleopods have the appendix longer than the lamina of the inner ramus. The inner ramus of the third pleopods is opaque and distally truncated ; the outer ramus with a division rather distant from the end, terminating in a small notch on the inner margin. The outer ramus of the fifth pleopods is narrow, with a distal thickening obscurely three-lobed, with - a small lobe, perhaps double, on the inner margin just below. The division is indistinct. The uropods project obliquely downwards, the external ramus is sublaminate, bifid at the extremity, the outer margin cut with four teeth, the inner with one. The inner ramus also is bifid and much reduced. - Integument hard. The female is unknown. Gulf St. Vincent. One specimen. Ciliczea tridens, n. sp. Pl. xxii, figs. 1 to 12. The body is very cenvex, with nearly parallel sides, slightly setose, and nodular to rugged on the abdomen. The head is nearly vertical anteriorly, and very nodu- lar; some of the tubercles inclined to be spiniform. There is a much-thickened anterior border projecting, and there is a median rounded tubercle just above the rostral process and a thickening above each antennule. The rostral process is truncated, and does not project. Looked at from below the epistome recedes towards the rostrum anteriorly, and at the angle where it meets the apex of the labrum it slightly projects. The eyes are rounded and prominent. The first segment of the thorax is also nodular; its pos- terior lateral angle is truncated and little produced back- wards. Each of the remaining thoracic segments bears a row of strong spines on its posterior margin, especially the seventh. The epimera have each a nodule, and they are vertical in direction ; those of the third and seventh segments are shorter than the others. A suture line is evident. The abdomen is very tuberculate and jagged. The anterior portion projects behind as a trident, the median process of which is slightly bent downwards and slightly over- reaches the end of the abdomen; also, this part of the abdomen projects downwards laterally a good deal. The _ posterior portion has three conspicuous tubercles on each side of the median process of the anterior portion, and behind these the descent is abrupt and excavate medianly with three prominent tubercles on each side, arranged triangularly two 82 above and one below ; in the immediate region of the posterior border the surface is oblique. The posterior notch is deep; the median process does not reach the lateral projections. These are acute, and have an oblique direction, while the median process is more horizontal in direction. Another small acute projection is higher up on each side, and higher still a third on each side is faintly indicated; thus there are six notches corresponding in a degree with those of the preceding species. The first antennular joint is rather short, convex ex- ternally, not distally notched ; but the posterior angle is sub- acute and projects slightly. The second joint is about half , as long as the first, the third joint is longer than the second, and the flagellum has 10 joints. The last joint of the peduncle of the antenna is longer than the one preceding it; its flagellum also has 10 joints. The mandibles have the incisory processes oblique and entire. A secondary plate on the left mandible is also nearly entire; spine rows and molars are well developed. Maxille strongly spined. The legs are provided with spines, and the furry pads are absent. In the first gnathopods, which are more robust, the anterior side of the ischium projects as a prominent angle about the middle; the dactylus is large, and about as long as the propodus. The sternal filaments are rather long. The external ramus of the fifth pleopod has a distal thickening, which probably represents two lobes, and one on the inner margin distally from the division line, with one on the proximal part just below this. Below this is another eee a slight lobe, some distance down. The outer margin bears small sete. The external ramus of the uropods is smaller than the inner; it has an oblique upward direction, and is apically acute. There is an acute process on the inner side, another on the upper surface near the outer angle, and a small one on the outer angle itself. The inner ramus has a strong obtuse projection on the outer side, with another one behind it, and one on the inner side; the apex is obtuse. The specimen I take to be the female of this species is much less nodular. The median process of the posterior notch of the abdomen projects considerably as a slightly tridentate process. The channel is deep. There are no rows of spines on the thoracic segments, and the anterior portion of the abdomen has no _ process. The mouth parts are modified. Gulf St. Vincent. Two male and one female specimens. - 83 Genus Zuzara, Leach. Sp. Zuzara venosa, Stebbing. PI. xxiii, figs. 13 to 16; PJ. xxiv., figs. 1 to 3: Cycloidura venosa, Stebbing, Jour. Linn. Soc., vol. x1i., 1876, p. 146, pl. vi. : Zuzara integra, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., v2., 1881-2, pp. 186-188, pl. 1i1., fig. 6. : oe integra, Richardson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xxxi., p. 12. The body is minutely granulate and pubescent. The eyes are large. The rostral process of the head is rather acute, and has a slight median elevation. _ The epistome has an arcuate crest, and a triangular area on a different plane occupies the space between it and the rostrum. The lateral limbs of the epistome thin away and recede; below the crest the surface is rather excavated. _ The epimeral plates of the thoracic segments, except the first, are marked by suture lines, and project a little laterally before taking a vertical direction, then the ends are a little turned outward again, the second, third, fourth, and fifth with points a little produced backwards also. The process of the seventh thoracic segment is some- times nearly truncate, in other specimens abruptly narrowed to a small obtuse point. In some males there is a small tubercle on the posterior edge on each side of this process. The after - portion of the abdomen has a very shallow longitudinal median depression, and it is more granulate than other parts of the body. The terminal process is dor- sally raised and keel-like, with a hump. The under side of this process has also a narrow longitudinal keel, and imme- diately in front of it is a slight excavation, apart from the general excavation of the abdomen. A small group of five or six long sete springs from the outer side of the mandible close by the molar process. The legs are very furry on the usual joints. The upper surface of the external ramus of the uropod is excavated for nearly the whole of its length, having a raised and thickened external border: it is produced much beyond the end of the abdomen. The venation of the uropods is seen in the females and young males, but is obscured in adult males. The inner margin of the inner ramus is slightly bent, to conform to the indentation at the side of the terminal process of the abdomen. The adult female is quite without process to the seventh segment of the thorax, and there are two faint median tubercles on the posterior portion of the abdomen. 84 A crest on the epistome is nearly obsolete in some fants specimens. The mouth parts are unmodified, and the pe plates are not overlapping 1 in mature females, as observed by Dr. Hansen. IT. have always found specimens bearing any indi- cation of a median process on the seventh thoracic segment, as also rudimentary narrowing of the posterior extremity of the abdomen, to be immature males. Gulf St. Vincent. One of our commonest marine isopods littoral species. Zuzara (Isocladus) excavata, n.sp. Pl. xxiv., figs. 4 to 6. This closely-allied species has the body almost cones glabrous. The segments of the thorax differ little in length, except the seventh; seventh segment with a process reaching as far as the end of the abdomen, abruptly contracted to a smal! obtuse point at the distal end. The anterior portion of the abdomen is short, the pos- terior portion triangular in shape, and towards the end again slightly contracted, ending in an obtusely - rounded point ; the inferior surface of this is slightly excavated, as in the preceding species. The anterior part of the epistome is not crested, but the surface gradually curves over to the rostrum; the lateral limbs thin away and recede more than in Z. venosa. The antennular flagellum has 12 joints, the basal joint with uneven surface. The antennal flagellum has 15 joints. The mandibles have the incisory plates entire, ie: second- ary plate absent from the left mandible. The uropods are broad and lamellate, with the venation more evident than in Z. venosa. The female of this species has not been recognized. Gulf St. Vincent, littoral. One specimen. Zuzara \ Exosphzroma) levis, n. sp. Pl. xxiv., figs. 7 and 8. Body smooth and glabrous. Eyes large and prominent. Thorax not expanding so much posteriorly as in the two preceding specimens. First segment of the thorax shorter than the head, and only slightly longer than those which follow. The seventh segment is without process. - The anterior abdominal segment is ‘short. and acutely angular at the sides. The posterior segment is triangular, 85 not specially contracted at the end, which is acute and slightly bent downwards. . The epistome is without anterior crest; the sides thin away and recede more than in the two preceding species. The antennules have the flagellum with 10 joints, that of the antenna with 16 joints. The mandibles have the group of sete near the molar process, as in Z. venosa and Z. excavata. The mouth parts, legs, and pleopeds resemble those of the preceding species. The appendia masculina is long; its apex bears a few setules. The uropods are broad and lamellar, the inner ramus not reaching quite to the end of the abdomen, the outer one a little beyond. A young male, apparently of this species, has the end of the abdomen much more rounded, the uropods not reach- ing as far as it. Females of this species I have not observed. Gulf St. Vincent. Two adult male and one young male specimens. Group HuBRANCHIAT&, Hansen. Genus Cerceis, M. Edw. Cerceis trispinosa, Haswell. Pl. xxiv,, figs. 9 to Lo. Cymodocea trispinosa, Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., vic, p. 1895) pl. ii.; fig. 7. The body of the male has the usual shape of species of this genus. The head is gradually declivous anteriorly with- out a distinct transverse ridge. The rostral process is well marked, and not fused with the epistome. The segments of the thorax do not differ much in length ; their epimeral plates are large, and are marked off from their respective segments by a faint longitudinal groove. That of the seventh is hooked behind. The anterior portion of the abdomen is short, and has a small median tubercle on its posterior border. There are also besides the median larger tubercle of the posterior por- tion two smaller tubercles side by side just above it; this portion is sparingly granular and setose. The posterior notch is deeply cut, narrow, and as its median process is only slightly raised above the lateral processes the channel below is not very deep. The epistome is broad, apically acute, its lateral limbs much spread out, their extremities each with two small tubercles; there is also a.small tubercle at the base of each limb. The labrum is rather large. The basal joint of the antennule | is deeply notched, its distal anterior limb is 86 hooked, and the posterior one reaches nearly to the end of the second joint. The flagellum has 19 short joints. The flagellum of the antenna has 20 joints. The legs are uniform, with furry pads on the usual joints. The sternal filaments are short. The first pleopods are short and broad, the outer ramus has few or no teeth—apart from the slight elevations which carry the sete—and there are few setules, as observed in other species; there is a ridge near the inner margin. The inner ramus is much broader than long, and is also without marginal teeth. The outer ramus of the second pleopods has several marginal teeth and setules, which arise in the intervals between the plumose sete. The appendix maseulina arises, as in other members of this genus, about half-way along the inner margin of the inner ramus. The outer ramus of the fifth pleopod has the division quite near the end, the terminal lobes are well developed; there is also one on the inner margin, which is smaller, longer, and narrower than usual. The external margin bears fine hairs. Near the ex- ternal margin of the outer ramus of the fourth pleopods there is a small conical process near the base, slightly serrate. The external ramus of the uropod is large, acute, and slightly serrate on the external margin near the end; it reaches much beyond the inner ramus. The inner ramus reaches nearly to the abdominal notch, and is distally trun- cated, the inner angle being rounded, the outer acute. The female of this species is smaller than the male. It is distinguished by its shape, and by having the median triangular tubercle of the after-part of the abdomen much larger than in the male; in having the outer ramus of the uropod only slighter longer than the inner ramus: the pos- terior notch of the abdomen is not so open and not so deeply cut into the margin, and the median process is more raised, making the narrow channel deeper. The epimera of the seventh thoracic segment is pointed behind, but not hooked. The anterior process of the antennular joint is long, but not quite so hooked. The female also has a larger number of teeth on the external rami of the first and second pleopods. Several specimens from North Tasmania. Females pro- bably not quite mature. Collected by Dr. Torr. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Prate XXI. Fig. 1. Cymodoce tuberculosa, Stebbing, side view of male, mag- nified 43 diameters. : 2. a oe posterior portion of abdomen of male. 3 87 Fie. 3. Cymodoce tuberculosa, antennule, antenna, epistome, ; etc., of mature female. ¢ 4. be a antennular and epistomial teeth of male, showing depressed rostral teeth. as. 5. " fe right mandible of male. < 6. be ns left mandible of male a Pik « “7 second maxilla of male. i 8. EF - first maxilla of male. ‘, 9. Ms - maxillipeds of male. ee OR 4 = first gnathopod of male. “ ibe at ie fifth pereiopod of male. ae Fe e second pleopod of male. Peg bes es i exopod of fifth pleopod of male. oe aha & x posterior portion of abdomen of ~ mature female. Ao leeds us ay mandible of mature female. Bred 598 es ub first maxilla of mature female. ae We - Ls second maxilla of mature female. a nL: =. ¥ maxilliped of mature female. vy -fS., “ a posterior portion of abdomen of immature male. Pa eal) 6 ies immature male, magnified 4 diameters. ee atone 5 * n. var. bispinosa, posterior por- tion of abdomen of male. yea: + ae bispinosa, the same, superior view. es - ss ; antennular, epistomial, and rostral teeth of male. Prate XXII. Fig. 1. Cymodoce tuberculosa, n. var., bispinosa, mature female, magnified 4 diameters. ae 2. a ies bispinosa, posterior portion of ab- domen, mature fe- male. a 3. e 5 immature male, mag- nified 45 diameters. - A, ne ad ; epistome of mature female. a 5. e * 3 posterior portion of abdomen of an im- mature male (an- . other specimen). Compare pl. xxi., fig. 19. wy 6. ae a as posterior portion of abdomen of fig. 3. ki (F ms - i antennule, antenna, epistome, etc., of fig. 3. - 8. A septemdentata, n. sp., male, magnified 4 diameters. “a 9. ms ‘ male, magnified 4 diameters, side view. 88 Fig..10. Cymodoce septemdentata, antennule, antenna, epi- it: tome, etc., of male. ‘a posterior portion of abdomen of male. 3 - first gnathopod of male. me second gnathopod of male. 3 fifth pereiopod of male. Pes first pleopod of male. a second pleopod of male. - exopod of fifth pleopod of male. Prats XXITTI. Cilicea tridens, n. sp., male, magnified 5 diameters. 33 posterior portion of abdomen of male. antennule, antenna, epistome, etc., of male. antennule, antenna, epistome, etc., of female. female, magnified 5 diameters. second gnathopod of male. first gnathopod of male. fifth pereiopod of male. maxilliped of male. first pleopod of male. exopod of fifth pleopod of male. second pleopod of male. , Stebbing, male, magnified 33 diameters. right mandible. posterior portion of body of mature female. , maxilliped of male. PuatE XXIV. , posterior portion of abdomen and uropod of male. antennule, antenna, epistome, etc., of male. exopod of fifth pleopod of male. ( Isocladus ) excavata, n. sp., male, magnified 44 33 bP) diameters. s epistome of male. oe posterior portion of abdo- men of male. ees ire ora levis, n. sp., male, magnified 4 diameters. Bs » antennule, antenna, epi- stome, ‘ete., of male. 9. Cerceis trispinosa, Haswell, male, magnified Qu diameters. female, "magnified 3 diameters. antennule, antenna, epistome, ete., of male. first pleopod of male. posterior portion of abdomen of male. - portion of exopod of fifth pleengs of male. second pleopod of male. 89 THE BRACHIOPODS OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By Jos. C. Verco, M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.), etc. [Read April 5, 1910.] Puates X XVII. anp XXVIII. In November, 1906, Professor F. Blochmann, of the Zoological Institute of the University of Tubingen, wrote to Professor Stirling, Director of the Adelaide Museum, re- questing the loan of its Brachiopod material, so as to permit of his investigating the South Australian forms. He was working up the Brachiopods of the Valdivia and Gauss Expedition, and had been led into some important questions concerning the geographical distribution of the members of this group. As the Museum material was meagre, Professor Stirling passed the letter on to me, and I sent Professor Blochmann all our well-known forms, and as many other species as I had then separated, from the shells dredged during several years. In the early part of this year he forwarded a communi- cation to be used at my discretion, either as a paper by Professor Blochmann, presented by me, to be published in the Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, or as material for me to use in compiling a paper of my own. To combine the two ideas seemed the proper ‘course, and with the acquiescence of the Council I present a paper on the Brachiopods of South Australia, which will deal with all the species hitherto found in our waters, and will incor- porate Professor Blochmann’s descriptions of his three new species, translated from his manuscript, and attributed, as they should be, to him as their author. We are indebted to him for the photographs of his three species. My remain- ing material has supplied two other new species, which I have described and figured. The late Professor Tate, in a Revision of the Recent Lamellibranch and Palliobranch Mollusca of South Aus- tralia, Trans. Roy. Soc. of S. Austr., vol. ix., 1886, p. 76 to p- 111, enumerated five Brachiopods, namely, Waldheimia flavescens,- Lamarck, now called Magellania flavescens; - Terebratella cancellata,; Koch, now Terebratulina cancellata; Megerlia’ willemesi, Davidson,. which was a misidentifica-. tion, and is the Magasella vercoi, Blochmann, n. sp.; Kraus- sina lamarckiana, Davidson, which remains unaltered: and 90 Orbicula tenuis, Sowerby, reported from Chili and Port Lin- coln: this latter locality is certainly erroneous, no collector having taken it, so it is erased from our list. In vol. xi., op. cit., 1888, p. 69, Professor ae added Magasella cumin q, Davidson : and in vol. xiv., 1891, po Zag, Terebratula wyvillei, Davidson, dredged by the “Challenger” in lat. 42° 22’, which is a considerable distance off our shores. This is now named Liothyris wyviller. To the five species, belonging to five different genera above recorded by Professor Tate, we are able to add in this paper two previously-described species, viz., Araussina atkinsoni, Tenison-Woods, and Cryptopora brazieri, Crane; and five species hitherto undescribed, wz., Magaseila vereot and WM. jaffaensis and Cistella australis, all of Blochmann ; and Magasella radiata and Terebratulina cavata, both of Verco, bringing our number up to twelve species belonging to seven genera. NEW BRACHIOPODS FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By F. Biocumann, Tubingen. Dr. Verco, of Adelaide, had the kindness to place in my hands a large number of Brachiopods for classification which he had collected off the coast of South Australia. For this I tender him my best thanks. The material embraced, be- sides well-known species from these waters, such as Magel- lama flavescens, Magaseila cumingi and Kraussina lamarck- wana, two Magasellas and one Cistella. About the first two, Dr. Verco properly presumed that they were forms hitherto unknown; the last he believed was Cistella cuneata, which from want of material for comparison is easily explicable. This species 1s also new. I give below an accurate descrip- tion of the three species, and remark as follows: —Some authors question whether Brachiopods of the type of Maga- sella are independent forms, and are only immature stages of Terebratella—-even though becoming sexually mature—but I hold this view is not correct in all cases. Among the examples of Magasella vercoi described hereafter, and also among the examples of M@. cuming: sent to me by Dr. Verco are found, in considerable number, those which present all the marks of quite full-grown animals, especially a striking thickening of the shells in part, with loss of much of the more delicate sculpture; so that any further development of these forms is with certainty excluded. The genus Magasella is to be retained. I will return to this in fuller detail in another place. le ee 91 Magasella vercoi, n. sp., Blochmann, PI. xxvii, figs. 1 to 5. - Shell small, in outline of a slender pear shape, higher than wide, remarkably thickwalled, light to dark dull coral-red, with a conspicuous finger-shaped hinge process. The greatest width is somewhat in front of the centre. | Beak stout, rather strongly bent dorsalwards, and then obliquely trun- eate, with a moderately large hole. Its sides are rounded, and towards the deltidial plate are finished off in a sharp edge. Deltidial plates large, joining together widely. Lateral edge of the ventral valve in the neighbourhood of the teeth raised dorsally in a low point, further forwards curving ventrally. Front edge distinctly convex dorsally. Both valves are nearly equally deep. The accremental strie are in both quite distinct. To the square millimetre there are about 216 pores, the inner diameter of which amounts to 20. Their outer opening is oval, and measures 25-30 » by 35-40p. Both valves are in their hinder part very massive. The thickness of the ventral valve at the beak amounts to about 06 mm. This circumstance, together with the somewhat thickened and in many examples distinctly contracted edge, shows with certainty that it has reached a full-grown stage. The colour is a dull lighter or darker coral-red. The dorsal valve bears conspicuous tooth sockets, the free wall of which posteriorly projects over the hinge in a triangle. In front of the hinge lies a blunt finger-like hinge process. Under this, looking from the inner side, 7.¢., also dorsal, appears a hinge-plate, depressed in a furrow-like man- ner in the middle. The hollow space generally existing between the hinge-plate and the wall of the valve is filled up. To the hinge-plate is joined on a stout median septum, reach- ing as far as the middle or even somewhat further forwards. Its free edge is strongly curved from before backwards, corre- sponding to the curve of the valve. The brachial apparatus begins with short crura, which bear wide triangular incon- Spicuous crural processes. The descending limbs reach the median septum widening towards the front, and descending ventrally unite widely with this, run a short distance back- wards towards the hinge, and are then united by a bridge somewhat variable in width and position. The brachial appa- ratus is colourless, or very pale-red. The anterior portion of this is in its general form somewhat variable. Dem.—The size of the largest example before me and of another is:— Length, 75 mm. and 65 mm. Breadth, 400 mm. and 37 mm. Thickness, 4°88 mm. and. 4:4 mm. 7 ° 92 Locality.—Backstairs Passage, near Adelaide, South Australia (Dr. Verco’s Coll.). led it, Magasella jaffaensis, n. sp., Blochmann. Pl. xxv, figs. 6 to 9. Shell in outline almost circular (fig. 6), or from the middle forwards somewhat narrowed (fig. 8), both valves approximately equally deep and equally curved. Commisures in one plane. Growth striz, in places distinct or obsolete. Beak short, wide, with moderately sharply-defined edges. Deltidial plates large, joined together. Hole small. Number of pores, 170-230. Of three examples, one (fig. 8) has the higher number, 212-228; both the others, 170-212. Diameter of the round inner opening of the pores, 20-23 p; of the outer oval opening, 50 by 30 w. Colour of the shells found dead,. but. well preserved, a dirty white. 4 Che dorsal valve has a moderately- developed hinge pro- eess, and large tooth sockets with comparatively feeble walls. Between these lies a slightly undermined hinge- plate, sunken towards the middle, which extending as a narrow triangle passes over into the strong median septum. This ends abruptly behind the middle with a slightly curved edge. In the posterior half of its course it remains low, in the anterior it rises to a flat surface twice as high as the hinder portion, which on its ventrally-directed border is split in a furrow- like manner. From the wall of the tooth sockets spring short strong crura, with large slender pointed crural pro- cesses. The descending. limbs widen rapidly towards the front, and are applied to the anterior elevated part of the © septum, so that the edge of the limb, at first dorsal, then directed centrally, approximately strikes upon the middle of this elevated part of the septum. Towards the front they reach far over beyond the front edge of the septum. This strong widened part of the limb coalesces with the septum, so that it does not project forwards over it, then runs nar- rowing towards the border of the hinge and ‘laterally, bends, still further narrowing, medially again, whereby the two limbs are united by means of a moderately wide bridge. A few small prickles occur at the free anterior border of the part uniting the ascending and descending branch of the limbs. The dorsal and ventral valves are in- the posterior part moderately thick; this indicates that the examples are almost or quite mature. Dim.—Size of the largest example: Length, 14°6 mm. ; width, 13° mm.; thickness, 8 mm. Locality.—Cape Jaffa, South Australia, 90 fathoms. Be 93 The form has been closely compared with examples of Magellania flavescens of the same size, and is immediately distinguished from them by its general shape, and especially by the very differently-shaped beak, and by the complete absence of ribs, which are already quite plain in really small examples of J. flavescens. Again, in the formation of the brachial apparatus distinct differences present them- - selves. By the general form, one might be reminded of young examples of W/. lenticularis (the illustration of David- son, Recent Brachiopoda, pl. ix., figs. 2 to 13), although this is-not yet known from the Australian coast. But. against ‘this likeness are the much more strongly hook-shaped curved beak in the last-named form, the very small diameter’ of the inner orifices of the pores (scarcely 10 »), and the quite dis- tinct pattern on the valves. Also, the brachial apparatus of the young figured example of Davidson is quite different. So-it remains only to regard the examples before us as repre- sentatives of an independent new species. Cistella australis, n.sp., Blochmann. PI. xxvii, figs 10 to 12. » Shell as long as broad. Colour dirty-yellow. “Length and breadth are equal, thickness amounts to about one-half of this. Because the dorsal valve is bounded behind by a straight hinge-line, it approaches a semicircle in outline. The complete outline is altered by the triangular beak. The end of the beak is flatly rounded. Its edges are sharp. Between them and the hinge-line is a flat area. Deltidial plates seem wanting. The hole of the beak is large, bounded towards the front to a considerable extent by the hinge-margin of the dorsal valve. - Kach valve bears a moderately conspicuous median sinus, and on each side of this three ribs, increasing rapidly in width towards the periphery. These project at the edge as rounded teeth, so that if the posterior corner is included, four rounded teeth are found at the edge, on each side of the notch corresponding to the median sinus. These are not always quite distinct, so that the edge often appears only flatly undulating. Also, variations occur between the right and the left. The growth striz in both valves are quite dis- tinct. Both valves are about equally deep. There are about 320 pores to the square millimetre; inner diameter of these, about 10 »; outer diameter, about 15-20 pe ig ave oval, ‘20 p by 10 p. The edge of the pedicle hole forms a conspicuous collar. In the ventral valve is found an indistinct median septum 94 extending to the anterior border. On the right and left of this septum lie deep and extensive muscular impressions. Teeth moderately developed. In the dorsal valve is also found a median septum, which in the posterior half is scarcely distinguishable, but in the anterior half rises as an obtuse triangular process, reaching almost to the ventral valve. The tooth sockets are well developed. At their wall begins the brachial apparatus, the crural processes of which are moderately long and slightly pointed. After a short free course, nearly parallel with the inner surface of the valve, the limbs are applied to the inner surface of the valve, and then cease. Also from the median septum there stretches on either side to the inner surface of the valve a short little band, the ideal continuation of the hinder part of the limb. Dim.—Size of the largest example: Length, 3 mm.; width, 3mm. ; thickness, 1°3 mm. Locality.—Cape Willoughby, eastern end of Kangaroo Island (Dr. Verco’s Coll.). Cryptopora brazieri, Crane. Atretia brazieri, Davidson, MS., Crane, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1886, p. 183; also, op. cit., Dr. T. Davidson on Recent Brachiopoda, Appendix, p. 175, pl. xxv., figs. 16-17a. Type locality—Port Stephens, New South Wales, at 25 fathoms (J. Brazier). Cryptopora brazieri, Crane; Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1906, vol. xxxi., part 3, p. 467, pl. xxxvi., fi and 2. Common at 17-20 fathoms around Masthead Island, Queensland. Dredged at 6 fathoms, off St. Francis Island, 2 alive; at 40 fathoms, off Beachport, 2 good; at 49 fathoms, off Cape Jaffa, 1 perfect ; at 62 fathoms, off Cape Borda, 27 per- fect; at 90 fathoms, off Cape Jaffa, large numbers; at 104 fathoms, 35 miles south-west of Neptune Islands, 20 per- fect: at 110 fathoms, off Beachport. 10 perfect; at 130 fathoms, off Cape Jaffa, 5 moderate; at 150 fathoms, off Beachport, 2 dead; at 300 fathoms, off Cape Jaffa, 4 dead. Its habitat in our waters seems to be at a depth of 60 to 110 fathoms. I have never taken it at so low a depth as 20 fathoms, that at which Mr. Hedley secured it in Queensland. Liothyris wyvillei, Davidson. Ferebratula wyvilli, Davidson, Proc. Roy. Soc., Lond., vol. XXxviii., p. 436, 1878; also ‘Challenger’? Rep. Zool., vol. I., 1880, p. 27, l.sits, gs. 7 amd: 8! yf Liothyris wyvillii, Davidson, Proc. Linn. Soc., Lond., 1886, p. 15, pl. ii., figs. 8-14. Type _locality—Off South Australia, in lat. 42° 42’ S.. lone. 134° 10’ E.: depth, 2,600 fathoms. Also off the coasts of Chili, Patagonia, and the Falkland Islands. 95 Terebratulina cancellata, Koch. Terebratula cancellata, Koch, in Kiister, Conch.-Cab., 1843, Band vii., Abt. 1i., p. 35,~ pl. 2b, figs. 11-13. Type locality— Western Australia; Sowerby, Thes. Conch., 1846, p. 358, pl. Ixxi., figs. 93-95, no locality cited. Terebratula (Terebratulina) cancellata, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1860, pl. iv., fig. 18. Re bratulina cancellata, Dall., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila- delphia, 1873, p. a Davidson, “Challenger”? Rep. Zool., 1880, Ob. O15; 'p. a7 pls testes 11-16, 35 to: 40 “fathoms, Bass Strait; also, Trans. Linn. ae Lond. 1886, Recent Brachiopoda, Deoos pl. Vi., figs. 1-8; Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus., 1902, vol. py p. 988, 50 to 60 fathoms, off Jibbon; Hedley and May, Records Austr. "Mus., Ms volviu., No. 2, p. 114100 fathoms, off Cape Pillar, Tasmania. Dredged alive at 15 raielons in Backstairs Passage, 4; at 16, 17, 18, 20, and 22 fathoms, very many; at 30 fathoms, off Corney Point, Spencer Gulf, 17; at 40 fathoms, off Beach- port, 3. alive and 11 dead, all small; at 55 fathoms, off Cape Borda, 1 alive 11 dead, all small, and at 60 fathoms, 10 dead, small; at 90 fathoms, off Cape Jaffa, 2 minute, dead; at 110 fathoms, off Beachport, 4 minute and 13 small, dead, and at 150 fathoms, 3 minute. It occurs in both our gulis and both straits, and has its habitat from 15 to 30 fathoms. It may occur in shallower waters (in which I have dredged very seldom), as it has been taken in Port Jackson by Brazier in 3 and 7 fathoms. The “Challenger” took it abundantly in 35 to 40 fathoms. Beyond that depth only very immature specimens have been obtained by me. Terebratulina cavata, n. sp., Verco. Pl. xxviii, figs. 1 to 5. Shell thin-walled, translucent, oval, widest a little in front of the middle. Ventral valve very little deeper than the dorsal, convex longitudinally, especially towards the beak, transversely convex, slightly centrally flattened ; lateral edges slightly concave, front slightly convex. Beak very short, obliquely truncated. Foramen of moderate size, incomplete, the anterior eighth formed by the back of the dorsal valve, bevelled from the outer to the inner edge. Deltidial plates narrow triangular, not meeting in the middle line. Teeth small, projecting inwards and backwards. Dor- sal valve convex longitudinally and transversely, slightly prominent centrally, and sloping at the sides; lateral edges - convex, anterior edge slightly concave. Hinge line narrow and straight. Tooth sockets well developed, excurved, and pointed ventrally. Crura rather short and _ stout. ‘Loop annular, completed by a ventrally convex ventral crural 96 band; the side pieces are shallow and project obliquely for- ward; the dorsal band is longitudinally, wide, concave dor- sally, projecting well in advance of the ventral band, and with a deep, nearly square, sinus in its posterior edge (whence ‘the specific name). Sculpture.—Longitudinal ribs, about 12 at first, flatly triangular, crenulating the edge of the foramen, and in- creasing by trichotomous division. Growth lines scarcely visible; some irregularly-distant concentric shallow grooves. Dim.—Length, 1625 mm.; width, 11°55 mm.; depth, 7 mm. The largest is 14 mm. wide. Another is 175 mm. by 12°25 mm. Locality.—Type locality, at 130 fathoms, off Cape Sette, 37 examples, all dead (7 probably nearly or quite full grown, 5 small, and 25 very small); also, at 300 fathoms, 4 mature, 13. small, and 76 very small. Dingnosist 7 cancellata, Koch, is closely allied, but is flatter, has more numerous, rounder, rougher riblets arising by. irregular intercalation; its loop is wider, and has nar- rower bands, and the dorsal bridge has posteriorly a blunt central projection instead of a sinus. Magellania flavescens, Lamarck. Terebratula flavescens, Lamarck, Anim. §. Vert., vol. iv., 1819, p. 246, also vol. vii., 1836, p. 330. Type locality—The seas of India to Java. Conch. -Cab., Band vii., Abt. 1., p. 45, sp. 27, pl. 2d, fig. 4. Terebratula australis, Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. de I! Astr., 1834, Moll., vol. v., p. 551 J pl aixoccy:., | fies 1-5, Port Western, ig Sowerby, Thes. Conch., 1847, p. 349, sp. 13, pl. lxix., figs. Terebratula dentata, Lamarck, Anim. S. Vert., 1836, vol. ; p. dal. Type locality —The southern seas (?), Peron. Re pererattole incurva, Quoy and Gaimard, loc. cit., p. 554, pl. ixxxix., figs: 11 and 12; Wavihosen flavescens, Lamarck, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1860, pl. tAand: 2 hes Ala, 05 Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. 2 Tasm., 1878 (1877), p: Sie north coast of Tasmania ; Davidson, “Challenger” Rep. Zool., vol. i.,:1880, p. 41, pli pease o- 12; also, Proc. Linn. Soc.., Lond., vol. iv., 1886, p.- 41, pl. vii. figs. 6-18; Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus., vol. iv. si 1902, P. 289, 11 to 15 fathoms, off the Crookhaven River. Magellania Maneteiis: Lamarck, Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, vol. xxvi., 1901, p. 441. Found all along the South ae ee coast, as far as Point Sinclair. Dredged alive at all depths from 6 to 30: fathoms in numbers; at 40 fathoms, off Beachport, 10, from very minute to 1 quarter- gums 3 ‘and at 100 fathoms, 19 minute, alive. 97 Magasella cumingi, Davidson. Terebratella(?) cumingii, Davidson, Ann. and Mag., Nat. Hist. 1852, 2nd ser., vol. ix., p. 368, and Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1852, p. 78, pl. xiv., figs. 10-16. Terebratula (Bouchardia) cumingii, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1861, pl. viii., fig. 30. Magasella cumingii, Davidson, ‘‘Challenger’’ Rep. Zool., vol. 1., 1880, p. 48. M. cumingi, Davidson, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1886, p. 97, sp. 54, pl. xvii., figs. 23-32. Magis cumingt, Davidson, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1867, p. 935, ‘‘deep water outside Port Jackson Heads.” Terebratula (Bouchardia) fibula, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1861, pl. vill., fig. 30. =e in both gulfs and both straits at 12 fathoms, -75 alive; at 13 fathoms, 6 alive; at 15 fathoms, 51 alive; at 17 fathoms, 83 alive; at 20 fathoms, very many; at 22 fathoms,. great numbers; at 27 fathoms, 2 alive; at 30 fathoms, several dead; at 35 fathoms, off St. Francis Island, 2 alive; at 40 fathoms, off Beachport, 15 small, dead; and at 49 fathoms, 24 small, dead; at 55 fathoms, off Cape Borda, 7 small, dead; and at 62 fathoms, 27 small, dead; at 90 fathoms, Cape Jaffa, 10 minute; at 110 fathoms, Beach- port, 20 perfect (several alive up to full-grown); at 130 fathoms, Cape Jaffa, 26 minute and up to adult; at 150 fathoms, Beachport, 19 perfect, small, and 15 valves; and at 200 fathoms, 7 dead, very poor. Magasella exarata, n. sp, Verco. Pl. xxviil, figs. 6 to 8. Shell small, solid, oval, compressed dorso - ventrally, white. Dorsal valve nearly flat, with a shallow median fur- row widening anteriorly; slightly convex longitudinally and transversely; lateral margin sinuous, convexo-concave from behind, and convex in front to correspond with the median sinus. Wentral valve twice as deep as the dorsal, uni- formly convex longitudinally. Beak projecting considerably beyond the hinge line, solid, slightly curved dorsally. Fora- men triangular, completed in front by the dorsal valve, rounded behind, and not extending to the end of the beak; bounded at the sides by a solid, stout, low lamina. Sculp- ture, numerous axial diverging riblets, increasing by inter- ealation, with concentric riblets, somewhat irregular in size and distance. Border internally plicately toothed. The hinge teeth in the ventral valve are very low and small and tubercle-like. In the dorsal valve the lamine on the inside of the tooth sockets are prominent and solid. From the anterior end of their bases two short stout processes pro- ject forwards ventrally, and converge without uniting. Two Dp 98 low ridges also extend forwards on the wall of the valve from the bases of the laminz, and unite just.in front of its centre, and continue as an obsolete ridge to the Vogt! margin. Dim.—ULength, 775 mm.; width, 55 mm. ;\ depth, 2 mm. Diagnosis.—M. cumingi, Davidson, is smooth, without external sculpture, and has a fine foramen at the end of the beak. Locality.—Type, at 150 fathoms, off Beachport, "with 1 other good and 1 of a narrower form; also, at 40 fathoms, 2 good, and at 110 fathoms, 1 good and 1 valve; at. 49 fathoms, off Cape Jaffa, 1 small. | be Magasella vercoi, Blochmann, «vtea. I may add to the locality given by the author. Dredged in Backstairs Passage, at 16 to 18 fathoms, 15 alive, many dead; at 19 fathoms, a great many alive and dead, probably 200 ; at 20 fathoms and at 22 fathoms, very many; at 40 cae psies. off Beachport, 2 good and 3 moderate ; at 62 fathoms, off Cape Borda, 2 poor; at 110 fathoms, off Beachport, 3 good and 9 moderate; at 130 fathoms, off Cape Jafia, 2 poor, 21 poor and rolled; at 150 fathoms, off Beach- port, 2 good, quite white; and at 200 fathoms, 2 valves, OOK. : Its habitat seems to be just about Backstairs Passage from 15 to 22 fathoms, beyond which it is rare and dead. This is the shell which Tate recorded as Megerlta wille- moest, Davidson, from 22 fathoms, in Encounter Bay (R. H. Pulleine), in Trans. Roy. Soc. of S. ,Auste > Svolssax, 1886, vp. 11). | Magasella jaffaensis, Blochmann, «aifeu. I may add to the locality given by the author. Dredged, all dead, off Cape Jaffa, at 90 fathoms, 35 large and small, and 24 very small; at 130 fathoms, LY, moderate size, 2 small; at 300 fathoms, 16 good, very small, and 6 very poor; at 110 fathoms, off Beachport, 4 good; at 150 fathoms, 8 moderate; at 200 fathoms, 8 moderate, 1 good, and 6 valves. | Kraussina (Megerlina) lamarckiana, Davidson. Kraussia lamarckiana, Davidson, Proc. Roy. Soc., Lond., 1852, ,p. 80, pl. xiv, figs. 22 and 23. Type locality—Sydney. H. and A. Adams, The Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. 11., p. 579, 1858. Terebratula (Kraussia) lamarckiana, Davidson; Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. ix., fig. 34, 1861 ren 99 Kraussina lamarckiana, Davidson; Chenu, Man. _ de Conch., 1862, vol. ii., p. 206; ‘fig. 1057 ; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. ‘So0e:, Tasm., 1878 (1877), p. sf, Long Bay, Tasmania; Davidson, “Challenger” Rep. Zool., vol. 1., 1880, p. 53, pl. iv. , fig. 9. Dredged alive off Cape Willoughby, Rnearoo Island, at 20 fathoms, 10 alive; at 17 fathoms, off Point Marsden, Kangaroo Eads fl Ale at 62 fathoms, off Cape Borda, 1 dead; at 110 fathoms, off Beachport, 1 dead. Taken on ~ the beach at Guichen, Holdfast, and Fowler Bays and on St. Francis Island. Kraussina atkinsoni, Tenison- Woods. Kroussia atkinsoni, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasm., 1878 (1877), p. 57. Type locality—Long Bay. Kraussina, . etc. ; Davidson, Proc. Linn. Soc., Lond., 1887 (1886), p. 127 a7 pl. xxi, figs. a and 6; Twelvetrees and Petterd, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasm.., 1900, p. 90, fig. 4; Tate and bk Proc. Linn. Soc:, New South ialca, 1901, vol. xxvi. 25 Ps Taken on the beach at Robe, and at Venus ae rare. Cistella. PneEis, Blochmann, antea- Dredged in 20 fathoms, off Cape ie eres ei Kangaroo Island, ay alive. “EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLatTe XXVIII. Fig. 1.-Adagasella vercoi, Blochmann, side view.. ee 2... ‘ i a dorsal view. pe 3. - ns ud interior. - 4. is =“ a side view. is 5. ns i a inclined side view of in- terior. ,, .- 6. Magasella jaffaensis, Blochmann, dorsal view. Ps ie 5 a - side view. ~ 8. ~ Pl ey dorsal view. err a To 3 Atay F interior. » 10. Cistella australis, Blochmann, interior of ventral valve. Oe eae Ske eee in hee interior of dorsal valve. eeig L a 5 dorsal view. \ Seabee cuneata, Risso, "interior, for comparison. Puate XXVIII. . Terebratulina cavata, Verco, ventral valve, interior. ae Le eed ‘. yA Py) dorsal valve, exterior. fs 3. ie a Me ventral valve, side view. v 4. ie mn oh dorsal valve, ‘side view. sj o. 33 brachial apparatus. 5 6. Magasella exarata, Verco, side view. 44 de i é dorsal view. he 8. a 33 is brachial apparatus. 100 THE HA&MATOZOA OF AUSTRALIAN BIRDS.— NO. 1. By J. Burton Cieranp, M.D., Cu.M. (Syd.), and T. Harvey Jounston, M.A., B.Sc. (Syd.), Bureau of Microbiology, Sydney. [Read October 4, 1910.] PLaTEs XXYV. AND XXVI. It is proposed in the following paper, which we hope will form one of a series to be published from time to time, to deal with certain minute parasites found in the blood of Australian birds. In addition to descriptions of various species of these hamatozoa which we have recently had under examination, we include a summary of the findings of previous workers in Australia in this field, and also give a list of our negative findings, which latter may prove of value in work- ing out the intermediate hosts of some of the parasites, and in establishing the extent of the wanderings of individual birds of a species. It may be added further, that in no in- stance were the birds ruthlessly slain, but in every case skins were prepared, the body tissues and alimentary tract were searched for helminths, and the stomachs and crops were subjected to careful examination to ascertain the exact nature of the food. The information thus gained will appear, or has appeared, in appropriate quarters. It will thus be seen that every possible avatlable use was made of the specimens secured. THE HALTERIDIA OF AUSTRALIAN BIRDS. In continuance of our descriptions of the blood-parasites of Australian birds, we have to record the presence of examples of the hemosporidian genus Halter:dium in additional species. Our detailed examination of these parasites from nine differ- ent kinds of Australian birds has led us to consider that more than one species of the parasite is present—a view we have given expression to in our earlier papers.{ and2) But, though we believe that with more complete studies of the life histories these differences will receive accentuation, we have found it often very difficult to describe such variations as are met with in our specimens in such a way as to differentiate one species (1) Cleland and Johnston, Jour. Proc. Roy. Soc., N.S.W, xliil., 1909, pp. 75-96. (2) Johnston and Cleland, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., xxxiv., 1909, pp. 503-7 101 from another (if the differences are of specific rank), and these again from the descriptions of H. danilewskyi available to us.(5) This difficulty has been accentuated by reading various recent papers in which the writers describe H. danilewskyi as occurring in different birds, and sometimes hint that probably more than one species is incorporated under this name. We see only one way out of this difficulty, and that is to describe as fully as the material available will permit, the various © parasites discovered in any particular bird. Before passing on to describe the additional Halteridia we have found, we may first of all refer to some of the out- standing features of the first five forms we have described, the only Halteridia hitherto, we believe, found in Australian birds : — H. meliornis (from Meliornis nove-hollandie, Lath.) was specially noticeable for the number of small forms, sometimes as many as seven, in one red cell. H. philemon (from Tromdorhynchus cornieculatus, Lath.., syn. Philemon corniculatus, Lath.) showed a pro- toplasm often highly granular. H. geocichle (from Oreocichla lunulata, Lath., syn. Geocichla lunulata) presented special appearances _ in its gametocytes. HH. ptilotis (from Ptilotis chrysops, Lath.) did not pre- » sent any special outstanding features. H. nettu (from Netteum castanewm, Eyton) had remark- ably large pigment masses, and was a very large parasite. All these apparent differences may, it is true, only be stages in the life-history of one species of parasite. HAaLTERIDIUM, sp. from PoMATORHINUS SUPERCILIOSUS (Fam. Timelude). Plate xxv., figs. 1-5. “The bird, the victim of this parasite, was shot at Hallett Cove, near Adelaide, in May, 1910, in company with several other birds which did not show the presence of hzmatozoa. Two further examples of this species of bird, shot at Tailem Bend, in South Australia (about 50 miles from the above locality), were not infected by it. The discovery of hematozoa in a South Australian bird is, we believe, now recorded for the first time. (3) Cardamatis (Centr. f. Bakt., Orig., lii., 1909, pp. 351-368) gives a long list of European birds in which this parasite occurs. (4) In the subcutaneous tissues of this bird a number of larval echinorhynchs were found. 102° The parasite itself is characterized by the large size of the halter-forms, which frequently occupy four-fifths or five- sixths of the available space in the red cells. It is also re- markable for the large size of the melanin granules in many specimens; these, though sometimes numerous and small, are- at others remarkably large, and then appear sometimes as. definite rods, sometimes as rounded masses. The following is a description of ten consecutive para- sites, afterwards arranged in order :— (1). (2). (3). (7). (8). (9). Pale, immature form, occupying only one end and side of the red cell. Melanin as small granules: towards each end. Very pale-coloured. Occupies whole of red cell, ex- cept part of one side a little more extensive than length of nucleus. Host’s nucleus a little dis- placed. Groups of large melanin granules at one- end ; six scattered fairly. large granules at other ; two near middle. Almost colourless: Extent and displacement of nucleus as in (2). Finely peppered throughout with rounded small melanin granules, often col-. lected in little groups. . Almost colourless. Extent and de plaueere of nucleus as in (2) and (3). Melanin as fairly large- granules grouped at each end. . Very pale. A little less extensive than (2), ete. Host’s nucleus a little displaced. Medium-sized, — rod-shaped granules, chiefly towards both ends and outer edge. . Very pale. Extent. and displacement as in (5). Pigment large, some masses very large; towards. each end. Very pale. Parasite occupies whole of one end from level of nucleus, one side, and the longitudinal half of the other end. Nucleus not displaced. Pigment at both ends; very large at one end (9° masses), smaller at other (4). Pale-blue protoplasm. Occupies one side and part of ends. Very coarse large grains of pigment; two masses of several grains at one end, one in the middle, several scattered masses at other end. Pale-blue. Occupies nearly two-thirds of red cell. Host’s nucleus a little displaced. Melanin as FeRyi large rod-shaped masses scattered generally. (10.) Pale-blue. Occupies quite two-thirds of red cell. Nucleus a little displaced. Pigment as small masses in groups, chiefly at one end and middle, with small group at other end. 103 -Hatrertpium, sp. from Myracra nitipa (Fam. Muscicapidé). Plate xxvi., figs. 1-5. In an impertfectly- prepared blood-film from the Leaden Flycatcher, Myiagra nitida, shot at the Hawkesbury River in November, 1909, Halteridia were detected in the red cells. The parasites possessed the typical form, and invested the host nucleus very closely, but did not displace it. Their ‘size was about 0°01 mm. by 0°002 mm. _ They were thus much smaller than those seen in some other birds, e. Ome Zosterops caerulescens. The pigment was usually ageregated towards one end, but parasites were seen in which it was more dispersed. In all cases there were relatively few granules. ‘No enlargement of the host cell was recognized. HAaAurerrpium, sp. from an Ow1, Ninox boobook (7). Plate xxvi., figs. 7-15. in ale ORO Dre Ta: Hagens of Brisbane, kindly forwarded to us blood-films from an owl shot near Bris- bane. These contained in relative abundance a Halteridium which, to our view, seems to differ from the other forms we have met with in Australian birds. Male and female gametocytes were readily recognizable, and, in the accompanying descriptions of eight consecutive specimens examined, a re-arrangement has been made by which male forms are first taken, and female forms are concluded ~with : — (1). Protoplasm pale-blue; nucleus pale-red, elongated ; 14 scattered melanin granules. , : (2). Parasite more towards one end of host cell; this end of parasite broader, other end narrowed: proto- plasm pale-blue; nucleus pale-red, rather concen- trated; 11 scattered melanin granules. (3). Protoplasm pale: nucleus pinkish, elongated; 8 melanin grains towards one end, 1 at other, with another grain nearer centre, 2 opposite nucleus. (4). Parasite towards one end of host cell: protoplasm pale; nucleus pinkish, elongated: 3 grains of melanin beyond centre at one end, 2 coarser grains towards other end, 2 coarse ones near centre. {5). Parasite towards one end; nucleus pale-pink, elongated; 6 grains of melanin towards one end, 2 towards other end, 6 coarser ones opposite nucleus along outer edge. . (6). Protoplasm a little deeper blue; nucleus pale-pink, elongated; 2 masses of melanin towards one end, 4 towards other. 104 (7). Protoplasm like (6); nucleus pale-red, rounder ; melanin as mass of several grains at one end, as 4 scattered grains at other, and as 2 scattered ones near nucleus. (8). Protoplasm deep-blue, vacuolated ; nucleus A dee small, purplish. Hatreripivum, sp. from Pritoris pLumuta, Gould (Fam. Meliphagida ). Plate xxvi., figs. 16-22. Halteridia were found in a honey-eater, Ptilotes plumula, shot at Perth, Western Australia, in August, 1909. As far as we know, the finding of a blood parasite in native birds from that State is now recorded for the first time. As the various European birds which have been introduced into the Eastern States of Australia (the sparrow, goldfinch, blackbird, starling, thrush, English skylark, etc.) do not so far exist in Western Australia, it shows that Halteridia were present in Australian birds before the introduction of species from else- where. Most of the parasites were immature forms. In the only large halter form met with, the nucleus of the host cell was pushed a little aside. We can detect no definite differences (unless in a smaller amount of pigment) between this para- site and the Halteridium found in Ptilotis chrysops in Sydney district, though the two host birds are separated by a distance of about 2,000 miles. The descriptions of nine successive specimens afterwards ~ arranged in order are as follow: — Host’s red cells, 10°5 pw. x 5D p. ; nucleus; 7:2 (go xe come (1). Very minute form; clear; as yet no pigment. (2). Pale-coloured; 3° 6 p. in size; three small melanin grains. (3). About same size as (2); at one end of host cell; no pigment. (4). A little larger; at one end; small granule of melanin. (5). At one end; 6°3 p. long; edge of parasite well defined, centre clear, 2 granules in centre. (6). Half-grown ; clear ; small pigment granules along side towards host’s nucleus and several in middle. (7). Half-grown; pale; melanin along edge next host’s nucleus (? artefact). (8). Length of host’s nucleus, but thinner ; well stained ; several melanin granules all at one end. 3 105 (9). Occupying more than three-fourths of red cell (whole of one side and both ends) ; nucleus of host pushed a little to one side; stains fairly well, finely granu- lar ; its nucleus not stained; melanin as one large . and two smaller masses in centre. HALTERIDIUM, sp. from MELITHREPTUS ATRICAPILLUS, Lath. (Syn. M7. lunulatus, Shaw), (Fam. Meliphagide). Plate xxv., figs. 6-10. Halteridia were detected in films from a bird shot in the Sydney district in July, 1909. The parasites, though rather large, did not displace the host nucleus. Their protoplasm was very lightly stained,-the nucleus when visible being a pale-pink (Giemsa). The latter was either a narrow elongate or a rounded structure, placed medianly or nearly so. Granules were rather small and numerous in the more deeply- staining parasites, while’ they were fewer and larger in the pale forms. HALTERIDIUM, sp. from ZOSTEROPS C@RULESCENS (Fam. Zosteropide ). Plate xxv., figs. 11-17. The two birds harbouring this parasite were shot in February and in April, 1910, near Sydney. SBlood-films from them were, unfortunately, ill-prepared, so that the structural peculiarities of the parasite were not readily distinguishable. The chief points noticed were its large size, occupying often five-sixths of the available space in the erythrocyte. The host cells themselves often showed definite enlargement with dis- tinct displacement of the nucleus. THE TRYPANOSOMES OF AUSTRALIAN BIRDS. TRYPANOSOMA ANELLOBI®, n. sp. from ANELLOBIA CHRYSOP- TERA, Lath. (Syn. A. mellivora, Lath., Fam. Meliphagide). Plate xxvi., figs. 6, 11. We are indebted to Dr. T. L. Bancroft for sending us blood-films from eleven birds belonging to this species shot near Brisbane. In four of these no parasites were detected, in three large microfilarise were present; in two there were two species of microfilarie, a small form in addition to the larger (vide infra); while in two others there were two kinds of filarial embryos as well as a few trypanosomes. Dr. Ban- croft detected the presence of these hematozoa in some of the films before sending them down to us. 106 The trypanosomes, very few of which were seen, were about 0°035 mm. in length, the maximum breadth being 0002 mm. Their form was elongate, the middle portion - being uniform in breadth, but gradually narrowing anteriorly and posteriorly, each end being pointed. The anterior ex- tremity was longer and narrower than the posterior. The kinetonucleus was situated at 0°003 mm. from the posterior — end. The part between this and the end was only slightly stained, whereas the rest of the body was deeply coloured (Giemsa). The nucleus could not be detected. The undulat- ing membrane was extremely narrow, and appeared to be very short. A flagellum was not recognized. = The cccurrence of trypanosomes in Australian birds does not seem to have been recorded previously, consequently Dr. Bancroft’s discovery is of considerable interest. A typical film has been donated to the Trustees of the Australian Museum, Sydney. Protozoa (?) present in the blood of ZostERops CCERULESCENS. Plate xxv., figs. 18-20. In a film from one of the specimens of Zosterops ceru- lescens in which Halteridia were detected, peculiar bodies were present in considerable numbers. Whether these are protozoa or not we are unable to decide. They had a superficial resemblance to the leucocytozoa of birds, but a definite relation- ship to any of the cells of the blood could not be established, though they were frequently found in close proximity to injured red cells. That they were adventitious bodies, acci- dentally incorporated in the films when these were made, seems unlikely, as the slide was practically free from extran- eous dirt. The bodies varied considerably in size and appearance, but presented in general an elongated spindle-shape and a deeply-stained blue body (Giemsa’s stain). The length was from 0°008 mm. to 0°0133 mm., and the maximum breadth 00025 mm. to 0°004 mm. Im some cases one end was gradu- ally pointed and the other bluntly truncated. No definite nuclear apparatus was detected, but in all large, rounded, deep-blue granules were present. Sometimes a dozen or so of these were present, grouped around a central paler area; in others they were fewer and scattered ; and in two elongated forms they were present as two deep-blue, spore-like bodies surrounded by paler areas, a little distance on each side from the centre. Sometimes, attached to the more pointed end by a delicate strand, was an almost isolated smaller mass. 107 -MICROFILARLZ IN THE BLOOD OF AUSTRALIAN BIRDS. Dr. T. L: Bancroft, in 1889, communicated a paper ‘dealing with the occurrence of filarial embryos in the blood of the following birds from Queensland : — Eurystomus pactficus, Lath. (in 9 out of 9 examined) ; Strepera graculina, White (in 1 examined); Gymnorhina tibicen, Lath. (in 3 out of 4); Cracticus destructor, Temm. (in 12 out of 23); Chibia bracteata, Gould (in 1 out of 4); Myiagra rubecula, Lath. (in 2 out of 4); Serreulus chryso- cephalus, Lewin (in 3 out of 10); Oriolus sagittarius, Lath., ‘syn. Mimeta viridis, Lath. (in 2 out of 5); Corone australis, Gould (in 2 examined); Pomatorhinus frivolus, Lath. (in 5 out of 14); Myzantha garrula, Wath. (in 15 out of 16); Entomyza cyanotis, Lath. (in 4 out of 10); Anellobia chrysop- tera, Lath. (in 3 out of 4); Trichoglossus nove-hollandie, Gmel. (in 3 out of 6); and Podargus strigoides, Lath. (in 2 examined). We have studied microfilariz from three of these species, namely, Gymnorhina tibicen, Corone australis, and Anellobia chrysoptera. _ It may be pointed out that the bird referred to by Dr. Bancroft and one of us as Anellobia lunulata is really A. chrysoptera, Lath. (syn. A. mellivora, Lath.), as the former is only found in Western Australia.) The two species, how- ever, very closely resemble each other. LARVAL FILARIZ (MIcROFILARIA sp.) in the Blood of the BLAcK-BACKED Macpir or Pipinc Crow-SHRIKE (Gymnorhina tibicen, Lath.). In the blood of Gymnorhina tebicen, shot near Syd- ney in March, 1910, the presence of larval filariz was noted. The parasites were short, with the anterior end blunt and rounded, the posterior narrowed slightly and also blunt. There was no sheath. The cuticle showed well-marked, delicate, transverse annulations. The body protoplasm stained a deep purple with Giemsa’s solution, showing granular masses; one or two of these were isolated at the anterior end, a small clearer’ area surrounding them, and occupying the extreme anterior end of the parasite. Two, three, or four clear spaces (5) Bancroft, T. L., Proc. Roy. Soc., Queensland, vi., 1889 (1890), pp. 58-62. (6) Johnstons gl rl, Jour. Proc. "Roy.\Soc:, N:S-W., xliv., 1910, pp. 109, 111, 114. (7) Matthews, E., ‘‘Handlist of the Birds of Australasia,’ in Emu, vii., 1908, Supplement, p. 99. 108 were noted in the protoplasm. The length was about 0°11 mm., and the maximum breadth 0°0045 mm. le Naa _ In films taken from another bird shot near Berry, New South Wales, in August, 1910, a few microfilariz were detected. These were much smaller than the above, being only 0:045 mm. long by 0004 mm. broad. The anterior end — was,not appreciably narrowed, but appeared to be bluntly rounded, whilst the other end gradually narrowed to termin- ate in a pointed tail. The cuticle possessed fine annulations. The body stained deeply and uniformly. | LARVAL FILARIZ (MIcCROFILARIA sp.) in the Blood of the Raven (Corone australis ). In bilood-films from a raven, Corone australis, shot near Barraba, New South Wales, in December, 1909, and for which we are indebted to Mr. A. R. MacCulloch, were found larval filariz of about 0°09 mm. in length, by 0°0038 mm. in breadth. Both ends of these were bluntly rounded, the pos- terior being narrowed slightly. There was no sheath. The cuticle possessed delicate annulations. The protoplasm was finely granular and stained a deep-blue. 7 LaRVAL FILaRi#(Microritarra sp.) in the Blood of the Brusu Watt Le-BirD (Aneéllobia chrysoptera, Fam. Meliphagmde). In July, 1907, Dr. T. L. Bancroft, of Brisbane, Queens- land, was good enough to forward us blood-films from eleven specimens of Anellobia chrysoptera, shot near Brisbane, and accompanied this with a letter stating that in these films would be found apparently two species of filaria and a trypanosome. On examination we found that in four birds the two forms of filaria were present, in three only the larger, and in four none. Two of the birds harbouring both forms were also found to possess trypanosomes. The two microfilarie, which appear to us to belong to different species, have characters as follows: — (1). Larger Form.—The parasites were relatively large, being from 0°16 mm. to 0°19 mm. long by 0°0045 mm. broad, with a blunt anterior end and a. gradually finely-pointed posterior end. There was no sheath. The cuticle showed well-marked trans- verse striations. The body cells stained pale-blue with Giemsa, and were finely granular. The anterior end remained almost unstained, except for the presence of a few partly-isolated masses suc- ceeded by a clear space. The V-spot was well 109 behind the head; there was a tail spot near the posterior end. (2). Smaller Form.—The parasites were considerably shorter and smaller, being from 0°06 mm. to 0°09 mm. in length, by 0°0045 mm. in width. The anterior end was blunt; the posterior gradually slightly narrowed, and was also blunt. There was no sheath and no noticeable cuticular striation. The protoplasm of the body cells, stained with ' Giemsa, assumed a deep-purple tint, and was coarsely granular. There was a large, square, clear space at the junction of the posterior and middle thirds; the V-space (?) was a little in front of the centre. The difference between the two forms after staining by Giemsa’s method was very striking, the larger assuming a pale- blue colour, the smaller a deep purple. LIST OF AUSTRALIAN BIRDS EXAMINED FOR HAMATOZOA. The following is a list of 139 Australian birds, belonging to 77 species, whose blood has been examined by us for hematozoa with negative results. In addition to the name of each species we have appended its number in Matthew’s “Handlist of the Birds of Austral- asia,” published in “The Emu,” vol. vii., 1908, supplement. We desire to acknowledge the courtesy of Mr. A. J. North, of the Australian Museum, Sydney, who was good enough to identfy those specimens about which we were uncertain : — List I. 30. Lopholemus antarcticus, Hawkesbury River, November, £909: 37. Phaps chalcoptera, Sydney, December, 1909. 125. Sterna bergu (3 specimens), Perth, W.A., January, 1909. 133. Anous stolidus (Noddy), Abrolhos Island, W.A., Janu- ary, 1908. 137. Larus nove-hollandie, Abrolhos Island, W.A., January, 1908. 149. Zonifer tricolor (2), Adelaide District, May, 1910. 151. Charadrius domimicus, Sydney, March, 1910. 157. Hgialitis ruficapilla, Perth, September, 1909. 158. M#gialitis melanops (2), Adelaide District, May, 1910. 161. Himantopus leucocephalus, Tailem Bend, S.A., May, 1909. 199. Xenorhynchus asiaticus, Lath., Sydney Zoo, August, 1910. 204. 237. 258. 267. 280. 307. 308. 343. 354. 361. 376. 407. 412. 429. 433. 438. 440. 443. 444, 446. 449. 459. 487. 493. 504. 526. 557. 568. 569. 574. 575. 582. 586. 593. 110 Notophoyx nove-hollandiea, Hawkesbury River, ec 1910. Phalacrocoraz carbo, Hawkesbury River, April, 1910. Astur fasciatus (2), Sydney, March, 1910; Adelaide District, May, 1910. Haliastur sphenurus, Adelaide District, May, 1910. Cerchneis cenchroides, Bathurst, December, 1909. | Glossopsittacus concinnus (2), Berry, July, 1909. Glossopsittacus porphyrocephalus, Adelaide , District, May, 1910. | Platycercus eximius (2), Orange, July, 1909; Bowral, May, 1910. Psephotus hematorrhous, Moree, October, 1909. Psephotus hematonotus (2), Orange, July, 1909. Podargus strigoides, South-East Queensland, July, 1910. Cacomantis flabelliformis (2), Hawkesbury River, fg ember, 1909; Berry, August, 1910. cae Chalcococeyx plagosus, Perth, September, 1909. Hirundo neoxena, Sydney, March, 1910. 7 Micreca fascinans (3), Sydney, April, 1909, ox 1910; Bowral, May, 1910. Petreca Legge, Adelaide District, May, 1910. Petreca phemcea (3), Adelaide District, May, 1910 (2) ; Bowral, May, 1910. Petreca rosea, Hawkesbury River, June, 1909. Petreca Goodenovu (2), Adelaide District, May, 1910; Tailem Bend, 8.A., May, 1910. Petreca bicolor, Adelaide District, May, 1910. Smicrornis brevirostris (2), Tailem Bend, S.A., May, 1910. Pseudogerygone fusca, Berry, Sly, LOLO: Rhipidura tricolor (8); Sydney, April, 1909 (2); June, 1909. Sisura inqueta, Tailem Bend, 8.A., May, 1910. Coracina robusta, Berry, August, 1910. Psophodes crepitans, Sydney, April, 1910. Origma rubricata (2), Hawkesbury River, June, 1909. Acanthiza pyrrhopygia, Tailem Bend, S.A., May, 1910. Acanthiza lineata (4), Sydney, November, 1909, (2), August, 1910; Adelaide District, May, 1910. Acanthiza chrysorrhoa, Berry, August, 1910. Acanthiza reguloides, Bowral, May, 1910. Sericorms frontalis, Sydney, April, 1910. Serscornis maculata, Adelaide District, May, 1910. Malurus cyanochlamys (4), Orange, July, 1909 (2); Adelaide District, May, 1910 (2). ° 111 . Malurus lamberti (2), Hawkesbury River, September and October, 1909. 5. Artamus superciliosus, Bathurst, December, 1909. . Artamus tenebrosus, Sydney, March, 1910. . Collyriocichla harmonica (3), Sydney, March, 1909, June, 1910; Hawkesbury River, October, 1909. . Grallina picata, Sydney, June, 1909. . Falcunculus frontatus, Tamworth, October, 1909. . Pachycephala pectoralis, Hawkesbury River, June, 1909, February, 1910. . Pachycephala rufiventris (3), Tamworth, October, 1909 ; Hawkesbury River, October, 1909, November, 1909. . Eopsaltria australis .(3), Sydney, May, 1909, August, 1909, August, 1910. . Aphelocephala leucopsis, Adelaide District, May, 1910. . Clumacteris picumna (4), Moree, October, 1909; Sydney, March, 1910; Adelaide District, May, 1910; Bowral, May, 1910. . Clumacteris scandens (2), Sydney, March, 1909, April, 1909. . Zosterops Gouldi, Perth, September, 1909. . Pardalotus punctatus (2), Hawkesbury River, June, 1909. . Melithreptus brevirostris (4), ByaReY April, August, November, 1909, March, 1910 . DB eaaiharhanche: Pe eiestt (2), “Sydney, May, 1909; Hawkesbury River, February, 1910. . Glycyphila melanops (3), Sydney, April, November, 1909, April, 1910. . Meliphaga phrygia, Hawkesbury River, April, 1909. . Ptilotis chrusotis (4), Hawkesbury River, June, Decem- ber, 1909 (2), April, 1910. 2. Ptilotis sonora, Adelaide District, May, 1910. . Ptilotis leucotis (5), Hawkesbury River, April, June, October, 1909; Sydney, March, 1909, ‘March, 1910. . Ptilotis melanops (3), Hawkesbury River, April, 1909 ; Sydney, April, 1909, August 1910. . Ptilotis penicillata, Orange, July, 1909: . Meliornis pyrrhoptera, Adelaide District, May, 1910. . Meliorns sericea (4), Sydney, March, 1909 (2), March, July, 1910. . Myzantha garrula, Orange, July, 1909. . Myzantha flavigula, Moree, October, 1909. . Anellobia chrysoptera (2), Hawkesbury River, Senin ber, 1909; Sydney, March, 1910. 2. Anthus australis, Sydney, April, 1909. 112 ; 838. Aigintha temporalis (7), Sydney, March, 1910, April, 1910 (2); Berry, August, 1910 (4). oe 850. Ortolus sagittarius (2), Hawkesbury River, April, 1909; Berry, August, 1910. _ 883. Corcoraz melanorhampus, Berry, May, 1910. List II. The following is a list of eight birds belonging to five species introduced into Australia in all of which blood exam- inations for hematozoa were negative : — Turtur suratensis (Indian dove), Sydney, November, 1909. Sturnus vulgaris (common starling), (2), Sydney, April, 1909; Berry, May, 1909. Fringilla chloris (greenfinch), Sydney, March, 1910. Carduelis elegans (goldfinch), (3), Adelaide District, May, 1910. Merula merula, Linn. (syn. Turdus merula), (blackbird), Adelaide, May, 1910. List III. List III. comprises those Australian species in some mem- bers of which we have detected hematozoa. It consists of thirteen species, represented by fifty-six specimens, twenty-two of which harboured blood parasites. In some specimens, ¢.g., Anellobia chrysoptera, both filarie and trypanosomes were © present. Halteridia were found by us in the following eleven species : — 227. Nettium castaneum, Broughton Island, N.S.W., 1907 (in 1 examined). , 283. Ninox boobook (?) South-East Queensland, July, 1910 (in 1 examined). 490. Myiagra nitida, Hawkesbury River, November, 1909 (in 1 examined). 530. Pomatorhinus superciliosus, Hallett’s Cove, near Ade- laide, May, 1910 (in 1 examined); Tailem Bend, S.A., May, 1910 (2, nil). 544. Oreocichla lunulata, Bulli, N.S.W., April, 1909 (in 1 examined). 712. Zosterops caerulescens, Sydney, May, 1909, February, 1910 (in 1 out of 2), April, 1910 (in 1 out of 2), June, 1910 (4, md), July, 1910 (2, nil), August, 1910 (2, nil); Adelaide, May, 1910 (2, ni). 733. Melithreptus atricapillus, Sydney, July, 1909 (in 1 out of 2). 113 775: Ptilotis chrysops, Hawkesbury River, April, 1909 (in 1 out of 2 examined); Sydney, July, 1909 (1, nd). 787. Ptilotis plumula, Perth, W.A., 1909 (in 1 examined). 799. Meliornis nove-hallandie, Sydney, March, 1909 (in I out of 2), August, 1909 (1, nd), April, 1910 (1 nz), July, 1910 (1, nd), August, 1910 (2, nd). 818. Tropidorhynchus corniculatus, Hawkesbury River, April, 1909 (in 1 examined). Trypanosomes were found in one species : — 810. Anellobia chrysoptera, Hawkesbury River, September, 1909 (1, nil); Sydney, March, 1910 (1, nal); South- East Queensland, July, 1910 (trypanosomes found in 2 out of 11 examined). Microfilariz were found in three species : — 647. Gymnorhina tibicen, Berry, May, 1909 (1, nil); Bowral, May, 1910 (, nil); Sydney, March, 1910 (in 1 examined); Berry, August, 1910 (in 1 examined). 810. Anellobia chrysoptera, Hawkesbury River, September, 1909 (1, nil); Sydney, March, 1910 (1, nel); South- Kast Queensland, July, 1910 (in 7 out of 11 ex- amined). — 847. Corone australis, Barabba, N.S.W., December, 1909 (in 1 out of 2 examined). List IV. List IV. includes an introduced species, in two members of which we have found hzematozoa (Plasmodium PAasseris, Johnston and Cleland) :— Passer domesticus (sparrow), Richmond, N.S.W., May, 1909 (1, nj; Sydney, May, 1909 (an 2 examined) ; Adelaide, May, 1910 (2, nil). It will be seen from the above lists that of 195 Aus- tralian birds examined, representing ninety species, Halteridia were found in twelve birds belonging to eleven species. The percentage of infected hosts was thus about six. The pereentage of species found to be infected was about twelve. Trypanosomes were found in two individuals belonging to one species, the infection being about 0°5 per cent. of the total number of specimens examined. In regard to microfilariz, we found them in ten birds belonging to three species. Thus about 5 per cent. of the total number of birds examined were found to harbour filarial embryos. Bancroft ‘) An 1889 examined 114 birds belonging to fifteen species harbouring (8) Bancroft, T. L., Proc. Roy. Soc., Queensland, vi. (1889- 1890), pp. 58-62. 114 microfilaria in Queensland, and found sixty-seven to be in- fected, the percentage of infected birds in the species thus being nearly sixty. He did not give a list of those species in which microfilariz were not found by him. | Amongst thirteen specimens of introduced birds belong- ing to six species, plasmodia were found in two birds belonging to one species. ADDENDUM. A paper entitled “Notes on Blood-parasites” by Gilruth, Sweet, and Dodd has recently appeared in Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, Xxill. (n.s.), pp. 231-241. A Plasmodium (P. bizeure, n. sp.) is described from a musk duck ( Biziwra lobata) (pp. 231-4), and microfilarie (I. gymnorhine, n. sp.) from a magpie (Gymnorhina tibicen) in Victoria (pp. 236-9). We have refrained from attaching names to the microfilariz ex- amined by us, as a name given to the larva becomes the correct. specific name for the adult when found, and, more- over, it is not an easy matter to refer a particular larva to a particular adult. It seems to us that the different types of microfilarie in one host may belong to different species of filariide, and the naming of all the embryos from one host under one name may thus lead to confusion. DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Prats XXV. All the figures have been drawn to the same scale. Fig. 1. Normal erythrocyte of Pomatorhinus superciliosus. 2 2- 5. Halteridium, sp.,in red cells of P. superciltosus. 45 6. Normal erythrocyte of Melithreptus atricapillus. a. 7-10. Infected erythrocytes of Melithreptus atricapillus. eee 11. Normal erythrocyte of Zosterops cerulescens. ,, 12-17. Infected erythrocytes of Zosterops cerulescens. », 18-20. Protozoa (?) from blood of Zosterops cerulescens. Pratt XXVI. Fig. 1. Normal red cell of Myiagra mtida. a 2- 5. Infected red cell of Myiagra nitida. se 6,11. Trypanosoma anellobie, from Anellobia chrysoptera. 7. Nermal erythrocyte of Owl. 2 8-10. i Infected red cells of Owl. , 16. Normal erythrocyte of Ptilotis plumula. , 17-22. Infected erythrocytes of Ptilotis plumula. 115 INOTES ON SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MARINE MOLLUSCA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.—PART XIII.— By Jos. C. Verco, M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.). {Read October 4, 1910.] PLATES XXIX. AND XXX. This paper consists of full notes on the South Australian species of the genera Scissurella, Schismope, Pyrene, and Turritella, and of occasional notes on species belonging to several other genera. I am indebted to Mr. Hedley, Mr. W. L. May, Mr. Gat- liff, and Mr. Gabriel for specimens given or loaned and sug- gestions made. The usual difficulty was found in dealing with the mass of material in the genus Pyrene, owing to the varia- tions in each species. Pace, in his preliminary paper on the Columbellide (in Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1902, vol. v., p. 39) regards the colour markings as of considerable value in distinguishing species, and I set myself the task of studying these very closely ; but I cannot say they proved of very great or very definite use, though of some assistance. My conclu- sions are not altogether in accord with those of other Aus- tralian workers, and are intended rather as suggestions for further advances. I found great difficulty, too, in dealing with the deep-sea Turriteilas, especially the larger forms be- longing to the group of T. runcinata and T. accisa, Watson. He has several species from Australian waters which I cannot recognize with certainty, and my examples show so much varia- tion in sculpture as to make splittmg them up into species too dangerous, and to render their accurate description as varieties too difficult and laborious at present. Scissurella australis, Hedley. Scissurclla australis, Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus., 1903, part 6, vol. iv., p. 329, fig. 63. Type locality—‘‘63 to 75 fathoms off Port Kembla, New South Wales.’’ Gatliff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1910, vol. xxiii. (N.S.), part 1, p. 95, ‘‘off Wilson’s Promontory.”’ Dredged in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 4 dead; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 1 good; in 200 fathoms, 1 good; in 300 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 4 dead. Identified by Mr. Hedley from his type. Scissurella obliqua, Watson. Scissurella obliqua, Watson, ‘‘Chall.’? Reports, Zool., vol. xv. 1886, p. 116, pl. viii., fig. 5. Type locality—‘‘Kerguelen Island 116 shore.”’ Pilsbry, Tryon,,Man. Conch., 1890, vol. x1ii., 58, pl. lxv. 2 20 and 21; Pritchard and Gatlif, Proc. Roy. eace Vic- toria, 1903 (1902), vol. xv. (N:S.), part 2, p. TS8i: Victorian coast. Gulf St. = beach. Schismope atkinsoni, Tenison-Woods. Scissurella atkinsoni, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas- mania, 1877 (1876), p. 149. Type locality—Blackman’s Bay, Tas- mania, 6 to 10 fathoms : G. F. Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1878, D. 869, ‘“Holdfast and Aldinga Bays.” Pilsbry, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1890, vol. xil., p. 66; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi. epe40Gs Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1903 (1902), vol. xv. (N.S. ), part 2? p. a Victorian coast ; Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus., 1903, vol. iv., p. 329, off Port Kembla, New South Wales ; also, Records Lea Mus. ., 1905, vol. vi., part 2, p. 42; Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus., 1908, vol. vii., No. 2, ip: 109, 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania. Schismope carinata, Watson,. ‘‘Chall.’’ Reports, Zool., 1886, FOL KV, p. LO) cpl: cyanea phi@eb: Type locality—Port Jackson, also off Cape York, North- East Australia. Pilsbry, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1890, vol. Kili; p. 68; pl. bev) (xviii), figs: 47 to fo: This is a very variable little shell in its sculpture. There may be no carination except that of the slit fasciole (is this S. tasmanica, Petterd, Jour. of Conch., 1879, p. 104; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. Xxvl., part 3, p. 407, pl. xxiv., fig. 23 2), or only one keel, or two or three. The spiral lire around the umbilicus may be valid, when the three keels are marked, continuing their series as lesser keels to the edge of the umbilicus; or they may be distinct and lamellose when the keels are absent. Spiral striz are present from suture to umbilicus, and these vary much in their visibility. Then the axial strie are sometimes obso- lete, sometimes rather distant, sometimes distinct, crowded, and erect, especially between the suture and the slit fasciole, but also sometimes between the keels at the base. Dredged in 20 fathoms Investigator Strait, 1 alive; Gulf St. Vincent, depth unrecorded, 13 alive and dead ; 35 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 2 good; 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 11 dead; also 62 fathoms, 4 dead. Schismope beddomei, Petterd. Schismope Beddomei, Petterd, Jour. of Conch., 1884, vol. iv., p. 189, No. 16. This species was recorded in Adcock’s Handlist of the Aquatic Mollusca of South Australia, 1893, No. 375, p. 9, and in the Report of the Malacological Section of the Royal Society of South Australia in Trans. Roy. Soc., South Aus- tralia, 1906, vol. xxx., p. 367, No. 49. I cannot confirm this di ive record. The species is not represented in Tate’s cabinet or mine by shells collected in South Australia. Schismope putchra, Petterd. Schismope pulchra, Petterd, Jour. of Conch., 1884, vol. iv., p. 139, No. 17. Type locality—Tasmania, North-West coast. Pilsbry, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1890, vol. xii., p. 68; Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1900, vol. xxv., part 4, p. 726, fig. 5; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. Xxvl., part 3, page 407; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 19038 (1902), vol. xv. (N.S.), part 2, page 182, Western Port; also, op. cit., 1906, vol. xvili., part 2, p. 65; Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus., 1908, vol. vii., No. 2, p. 109, 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania. Taken on beach at Robe and Venus Bay. Dredged in ‘Gulf St. Vincent, 5 good ; in 35 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 1; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 16 dead; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 4 good; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 2 good. Leiostraca joshuana, Gatliff and Gabriel. Leiostraca joshuana, Gatliff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc., Vic- toria, vol. xxi. (N.S.), part 1,-1910, p. 83, pl. xviti., fig. 4. Type locality—San Remo. Dredged in 5 fathoms in Gulf St. Vincent, 37 living and dead. Vanikoro quoyiana, A. Adams. Vanikoro quoyiana, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1853, p. 175, pl. xx. fig. 4. Type locality—Chusan; Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1867, p. 212, No. 168, Port Jackson; Pritchard and Gatliff; Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1900 (1899), vol. xi. (N.S.), part 2, p. 197, ‘‘Hobson’s Bay.”’ This name is given by E. A. Smith as a synonym of /. garmardi, H. and A. Adams (Genera Moll., 1858, vol. i., p- 375), in Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1908, vol. viii., No. 2, p. 108. It was placed as V. quoyz, Adams, as a synonym of V. Orbignyani, Recluz, by Tryon, Man. Conch., 1886, vol. vill., p. 70; but E. A. Smith denies their identity. As V. Orbignyani, Recluz, it is recorded from Tasmania by Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvl., p. 376. As Narica ligatu, Recluz, it is recorded for South Australia in Adcock’s Handlist of Aquatic Mollusca, 1893, p. 6, No. 176. Taken on the beach at Aldinga and Fowler Bay by Tate. Dredged in 20 fathoms Yankalilla, 6 alive on 1 piece of polyzoan coral; dead in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 2; in 45 fathoms east of Neptune Island, 1; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 74 quite fresh but very small; in 62 fathoms, 4; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 poor; in 130 fathoms off Cape 118 Jaffa, 2 poor; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 1 poor. It ‘is evidently alive in water up to 55 fathoms. The protoconch is prominent, consisting of three well- rounded whorls, of which the first two are smooth, the. third gradually develops four spirals of tiny tubercles. It ends abruptly, and then the very bold axial costate sculpture of the spire-whorls begins. The protoconch may be wholly light- brown or only its third whorl. Vanikoro vincentiana, Angas. Adeorbis Vincentiana, Angas, Proc. Zool: Soc., London, 1880, p4l7)-plitxi. fio 9. Type locality—Aldinga Bay, Gulf St. Vin- ‘cent. "Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc., South Australia, 1880, vol. iii., p. xlix.; Pilsbry, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1888, vol. x., p. 86, pl. EXX., fig. 100; Adcock, Handlist Aquatic Moll., South Australia, 1893, Poo, NOn292: Pritchard & Gathiff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1900, vol. xiii. (N. S.), part 1, p. 140, ‘‘Sorrento”’ Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New. South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi. .» part 3, p. 390, ‘‘Devonport,’’ Tasmania; also p. 458, description of protoconch and young shell, Vanikoro vincentiana, Angas, KE. A. Smith, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1908, vol. viii., p. 116. Venihoro denselaminata, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., South Aus- ‘tralia, 1909) vol, xxxiil., p. 334, pl. XKKIX:, fier ‘and 3. Mr. Gatliff has suggested that this is the juvenile state of V. vin- centiana, Angas, as may also be gathered from Tate and May’ s note, and this is confirmed by my examination of a series of Angas’ s species; so I place my name as a synonym and add the following observations : Some examples show spirals in the whorl immediately following the protoconch, in others these are obsolete. In the later portions of the adult shell, the axials become obsolete, and crowded spirals may become quite valid. Taken on the beach at Reevesby Island, Spencer Gulf, and St. Francis Island. Dredged in Backstairs Passage and Gulf St. Vincent, depth unrecorded. It appears to be a com- paratively shallow water form, not having been taken by me at any greater depth than 22 fathoms. Turritella subsquamosa, Dunker. Turriteila subsquamosa,.Dunker, Malak. Blatter, vol. xviii., pay 152) | Type locality—Bass Strait: Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus., vol. iv., part 6, 1908, p. 347, off coast of New South Wales in 40 to 100 fathoms; Pritchard and aie Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1906, vol. XViii. (NS), part 2, p. 53, Victorian coast; Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus. 7908, vol. vii., No. 2. p. 110, 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania. Turritelia lamellosa, Watson, Jour. Linn. Soc., 1880, vol. xv., 229. Type locality—38 to 40 fathoms off East Moncoeur Island, Base Strait. ‘‘Chall.’’ Reports, Zool., vol. xv., 1886, p. 474. pl. xxix., fig. 6; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Vic- toria, 1900 (1899), VOL. X1t. (Nee). part 2, p. 2038; Tate and ‘May, —— Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part ate ioe : 119 -- - Durritella acuta, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania,. 1876, (1875), p. 143. Type locality—Long Bay, Tasmania (non M. C. Mayer, 1859, Jour. de Conch., vol. vii., p. 298, pl. xi.,. fig. 7); (Torculaj, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1886, vol. vill., p. 206, pl. Ixiv., fig. 10; Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1897, Band i.,. Abt. xxvii., p. 56, No. 70, pl. xviii., fig. 5; Adcock, Handlist Aquatic Moll. of South Australia, 1893, p. 6, No. 189; recorded. for South Australia. | Turritella oxyacris, Tate (num. mut.j), Trans. Roy. Soc.,. South Australia, 1897, vol. xxi., p. 41; Pritchard and Gatliff,. Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1900 (1899), vol. xii. (N.S.), part 2,. ‘pi 202; recorded for Victoria. Dredged alive in 20 and 22 fathoms in Backstairs Pas- ‘sage, and in 20 fathoms Gulf St. Vincent. Dredged dead from 13 fathoms upwards; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 60- large and small, mostly worn; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 57, up to an inch long; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 16 in. moderate condition; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 6 very poor; in 200 fathoms off Beachport, 1 fragment. It appears to live at about 20 fathoms, not in the very shallow nor in the. ‘very deep water. Some of the shells from 40 fathoms have axial lines, about 16 in a whorl, which seem like cracks in the. deeper layer of the shell substance, and become visible as the- outer scabrous covering is worn off. ‘On the base there may be as many as twelve distinct spiral’ lire, or only three or four obsolete threads near the periphery.. Generally three or four larger threads encircle the middle. third of the spire-whorls; sometimes twelve or fourteen of nearly equal size are distributed over the whorl. The peri- pheral cord may be very stout, and project considerably beyond’ the suture, so imbricating the whorl below; or it may not project at all, and the whorls may be uniformly sloping or dis-. tinctly convex. Turritella clathrata, Kiener, Turritella clathrata, Kiener, Icon. Coq. Viv., p. 38, pl. xiv.,. fig. 1. Type locality—Shores of New Holland. Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1849, vol. v., pl. vili., fig. 37; (Torcula), Tryon, Man.. Conch. 1886, vol. viii., p. 206, pl. lxiv., fig. 2; Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Hid. Kiister), Band i., Abt. xxvii., 1897, p. 26, No. 35, pl. vi.,. fig. 5, and pl. vii., fig. 5; Adcock, Handlist of Aquatic Mboll., South Australia, 1893, p. 6, No. 190, recorded for South Aus- tralia; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1900 (1899), vol. xii. (N.S.), part 2, p. 202, ‘‘South-west Victorian ‘eoast’’?; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 378, recorded for Tasmania. Kiener in his description and plate represents the species ‘as quite smooth. But actually besides the two prominent -keels there are seven to ten spiral striz, generally one more above the carina than below. In addition there are, crossing these, very fine lamellar strie, following the curve of the- 120 ‘border of the aperture. So also the base, which he gIVeS as ‘smooth, has crowded fine curving radial growth. lamella, CTOss-: - ing about 2 dozen concentric spiral strie. He figures rightly the two spiral ribs as about equal ; the central is usually more ‘salient, but in different specimens it may be less and less valid ‘until it is no more than a distinct angulation. In other indi- viduals the lower, supra-sutural, spiral cord, which is usually quite valid and imbricating, may be less marked and even ‘absent, only the prominent central carina remaining. In one example, three whorls in the middle of the shell are markedly medially angulate, and not only lack the suprasutural cord, which is present in the earlier whorls, but are quite constricted here, and afterwards the cord gradually appears in the whorls below. The protoconch of two smooth glistening whorls with ‘its pointed apex and the earlier spire-whorls are so alike in this ‘species and 7'. swhsquamosa, Dunker, that the tips of the two are indistinguishable from each other. Kiener’s type had a length of 48 mm., but the species may attain 53 mm. As ‘Tryon says, there are obscure oblique fulvous stripes over the whorls with spots on the paler keels; but sometimes the living shell is of a uniform dark-purplish-brown, with Bac brown encircling ribs. It is taken along all the South Australian ae as far west as Point Sinclair. Dredged alive in 20 fathoms in Gulf ‘St. Vincent, and at all shallower depths; dead in 35 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 3 very poor; and in 45 fathoms. off Nep-— tune Islands, 1 poor, half an inch long. It evidently does ‘not inhabit such deep water as its very close ally 7. swb- -squamosa, Dunker. Turritella kimberi, Verco. Turritella ee Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., South Australia, 1908, vol. xxxil. 349, pl. xv., figs. 14 and 15. Type locality— Backstairs Dae Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, 1 good; and in 15 to 20 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 1 good. Turritella neptunensis, 0. sp. Pl. xxx., fig. 7. Shell imperfect, elongate-turreted, of twelve whorls, in- cluding a papillate protoconch with a projecting apex, of three convex whorls, the first two smooth, the third faintly axially striate. The following six spire-whorls are markedly medially -angulate and minutely carinate, otherwise smooth. The next two whorls become quite convex, and have about seven obso- lete flat spiral lire, most marked near the carina, which forms ‘the central and largest one. The rest of the shell is broken 121 away. Suture distinct, faintly margined. The accremental striz indicate a slightly concave outer lip. Dim.—Length, 6 mm.; breadth 1°4 mm. Loeality.—Type dredged in 104 fathoms 35 miles south- west of Neptune Islands, with three others, all imperfect. Diagnosis.—Though incomplete, its characters are so dis- tinct as to readily separate it from all other South Australian forms. It resembles 7’. kumberi, Verco, in its long narrow form, its simple mouth and spiral strie; but 7. kumberi has a very acute apex, its whorls are all convex, and its spirals are narrower and higher. It differs from 7. atkinsoni in its smaller size, narrower form, and the roundness of its later whorls. Type in my collection. Turritella smithiana, Donald. Turritella (Colpospira) A ae Donald, Proc. Mai. Soc., London, 1900, vol. iv., p. 55 1, pl. v., figs. 1 and le. Type locality—410 fathoms off ferecy, Hedley,’ Memoirs Austr. Mus.,,. 1903, vol. 1v., part 6, p. 349, is ‘‘not Australian, but probably an Atlantic form’’; Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus. 1908, vol, vil. No, 2, p: 110; in 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania ; Gathff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1909, vol. xxii. GN:S:), “part 1, p. 39, San Remo. Dredged in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 good; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 1; in 200 fathoms, 1; in 300 fathoms, 32 -good, but all dead. Turritella mediolevis, n. sp. Pl. xxx., figs. 5 and 6. Shell small, elongately-turreted, narrow, of eleven whorls, including a slightly eccentric protoconch of two convex smooth whorls. The spire-whorls at first are flat and sloping, but later gradually become more convex, until they are quite round. The suture is distinct, subcanaliculate in the earlier part. The base is round. Aperture nearly round, widely effuse in front. Outer lip thin, with a deep central sinus; inner lip thin, rather expanded over a minute perforation. The upper spire-whorls are smooth but for two indistinct bands, one below and one above the suture. In the fifth whorl each of the bands divides into two, and these increase in number in successive whorls, leaving the central part smooth (whence the specific name) but gradually narrowing, until in the penultimate there are about eight somewhat un- equal low flat spirals encircling the whole surface. In the body-whorl there are about fifteen flat spirals from the suture to the base of the shell. They are crossed by sinuous axial strie, shaped like the outer lip. Colour white, light-brown at the base and below the suture. 122 Dim.—Length, 5°2 mm.; breadth, 15 mm.; another example of thirteen whorls is 6 2 mm. long. Locality.—Type, 62 fathoms off Cape Borda, with very many others; and at 55 fathoms, 2; in 40 fathoms off Beach- port, many; in 104 fathoms off the Neptunes, many. Diagnosis.—From T. smthiana, Donald, by the smooth upper whorls and the more numerous and. less valid ‘spirals in the later whorls; from 7. kimberi, Verco, by the blunt two-whorled protoconch; from 7’. accisa, Watson, by its nar- rower smaller form, its more convex later whorls and their less valid spirals. -Type in my collection. Turritella opulenta, Hedley. Turritella opulenta, Hedley, Records of Austr. Mus., 1907, vol. vi., part 4, p. 292, pl. liv., fig. 9. Type locality—80 fathoms off Narrabeen, New South Wales. Hedley and May, op. evt., 1908, vol. vii., No. 2, p. 110,‘ 100 fathoms. off Cape , Pillar, Tasmania. Dredged in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 6 small, good; identified from specimen sent by Mr. May from Cape Pillar. Turritella runcinata, Watson. Turritella runcinata, Watson, Jour. Linn. Soe., vol. xyv., 1881, p. 217. Tupe locality—38 to 40 fathoms off East Moneoeur Island, Bass Strait. “Chall.’”?. Reports, Zool., vol. aye fase. p. A75, No. 14, pl. xxx., fig. 3; Miss Donald, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1900, p. 47, pl. v., figs. 7 and 7a; Pritchard and Gathff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1900 (1899), vol. .xii. (N.S.), part 2; p. 203; Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., South Australia, 1907, vol. xxxi., p. 308, pl. xxix., fig. 14,0f the radula. Watson’s dimensions are: Height, 1:25 in:; breadth, 0°4 in.; least, 0°38; but they may reach 1°8 in. by 0°5 in.” | The colour may be a deep uniform chestnut-brown or a pure white with light-brown apex, and spots and flecks of light- yellowish-brown. There is also a lilac-tinted variety, with a pale diffused broad lilac hand over the central third, extend- ing sometimes as far as the lower suture. This species 1s quite common as a dredged shell. It has been taken in 16 fathoms, and at all greater depths up to 23 fathoms, in Gulf St. Vincent and Backstairs Passage, alive and dead 106 examples; in 25 fathoms Thorny Passage, 5 good up to 20 mm.; in 35 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 22 good; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, over 800 mostly im- mature, but ranging up to.37 mm.; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 640 with some hundreds of tips; in 62 fathoms off Cape Borda, 82 good up to 25 mm.; in 90 fathoms off Cape 123 Jaffa, 16 up to 15 mm. and over a hundred tips; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 adult and 191 up to 20 mm.; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 42 up to 7.mm.; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 17 up to 15 mm.; in 200 fathoms off Beach- port, 8 poor and small. The finest examples, as to size and condition, are found in water from 15 to 25 fathoms; beyond that depth, though much more abundant, they are immature or smaller. Turritella accisa, Watson. Purritelia accisa. Watson, Jour. Linn.’ Soc., London, 1881 (1800), vol. xv., p. 220. Type locality —Off Hast “Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait, 38 to 40 fathoms; also ‘‘Chall.’’ Reports, Zool., IS865 vol... Xv.s.ps 476;No..,15, pl. KKXx., fig. 4; Pritchard and Gathff, Proc. Roy. Soc.., Victoria, 1900 (1899), woluo oti, (NaS). part Dy p. 203; Tate and May, ‘Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi. , part 3, ine 379; Hedley and } May, Records Austr. Mus., 1908, vol. vii.. , No. 2p. 110, in 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania. Turritella higginsi, Betlerd, Jour. Conch., 1884, p. 1385. Type locality—Tamar Heads, Tasmania, teste Tate and May, loc. cit. Dredged in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 211 of all sizes to adult; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 3 young fresh, 3 adult perfect; in 62 fathoms off Cape Borda, 69 quite fresh up to full grown and 9 perfect adult; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 24 good, well coloured, 32 immature; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 22 good adult, 28 immature; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 11 immature : in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 2a° in moderate condition up to adult, 16 immature fresh; in 200 fathoms off Beachport, 11 poor and immature. The habetat of this species differs somewhat from that of 7’. runcin- ata, Watson, which attains its maximum size and is abundant in water from 15 to 25 fathoms. T'. accisa has not been taken by me at shallower depths than 40 fathoms; it did not accom- pany 7. runcinata in 35 fathoms off St. Francis Island. Turritella circumligata, n. sp. Pl. xxx., figs. 3 and 4. Shell solid, of thirteen whorls, including a protoconch of two smooth convex whorls with a prominent round apex. The - first three spire-whorls are smooth but for faint growth lines, and are very slightly convex. The fourth has four spiral cords very faintly marked, which become very stout in the later whorls. The suprasutural cord, the strongest, is round and projects beyond the suture, so as to imbricate the shell ; the infrasutural is as wide, but not so high, and slopes from the suture; close to this cord is a much narrower and less prominent one, and further removed from this and closer to the suprasutural cord is another round spiral. In the last 124 two whorls a fifth small cord appears above the suture.. The base is flatly rounded, with five flat low spiral cords. The aperture is squarely round, slightly effuse near the columella, which is curved; inner lip, a broad glaze; outer lip simple, smooth inside, corrugated outside by the spirals, with a deep broad sinus well rounded at its depth between the two smaller _ cords; growth lines corresponding in outline with the outer lip constitute the only other sculpture. It has a pale-yellow- brown tint, with darker brown spirals between the cords, and a broad brownish spiral over the middle of the base. Dim.—Length, 17 mm.; breadth, 6 mm. Locality.—Type in 110 fathoms off Beachport, with 11 others good; in 150 fathoms, 8 poor; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 9 good. It may reach 22°5 mm. in length. The suprasutural and infrasutural cords may each split in the later whorls at its upper part to form a small secondary spiral. Diagnosis.—Its alliance is with 7. australis, Lam., from which, however, it differs in its more numerous and non- tuberculate spirals; from the Tasmanian variant, 7. granu- lifera, Tenison-Woods, it differs in the absence of nodulation, and the relative disposition of the ribs, and of numerous spiral threadlets. It is of interest to note that neither of these forms is found in South Australian waters, though taken at Western Port, Victoria, and in Tasmania abundantly. . Type in my collection. Turritella atkinsoni, Tate and May. Turritella tasmanica, Tenison-Woods (nen Reeve), Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, 1877 (1876), p. 140. Type locality—Long Bay, Tasmania. Turritella atkinsoni, Tate and May (nom. mut.), Paak Roy. Soc., South Australia, 1900, p. 95; also Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 378, pl. xxiii., figs. 15, 16, and 17; Gatliff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1909, vol. xxii. (N.S.), part 1, p. 38, Bass Strait. Var. Turritella godeffroyana, Donald, Proc. Mal. Soc., Lon- don, 1900, vol. iv., p. 53, No. 3,.pl. v., figs. 6 and 6a. Type locality—Bass Strait. Tate and May regard this shell, which Miss Donald described as a new species, as a variety of Tenison- Woods’ species; and Hedley, in Memoirs Aust. Mus., 1903, vol. iv., part 6, p. 349, points out that her name has some months’ priority over that of Tate and } May. Dredged in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1; in 110 fathoms of Beachport, 2; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2; im 150 fathoms off Beachport, 15 good up to 16 mm. in length; in 200 fathoms off Beachport, 2 good. 125 Turritella atkinsoni, Tenison-Woods. Var. medioangu- lata, n. var. Pl. xxx., figs 8 and 9. Shell rather thin, turriculate, of twelve whorls, including a shghtly mamillate blunt protoconch of two convex smooth whorls. Suture distinct, linear. Whorls medially strongly angulate and feebly carinate, sloping to both sutures, con- cavely to the lower, and feebly swollen midway to the upper. The first and second whorls are bicarinate, the lower carina is the rather less valid and gradually decreases to an obsolete spiral stria. In successive whorls new striz arise, so that in the pen- ultimate there are three in the upper and four in the lower half of the whorl, but all obsolete. The body-whorl has a round cord-like carina forming the periphery at the suture, beyond which the base is nearly flat, slightly concave, and with numerous sublenticular spiral strive. Aperture roundly hexagonal, with a wide effuse base; outer lip thin, roundly angled at its centre (the carina ceasing some distance from it), with a wide deep sinus having its centre at the angula- tion. Columella curved. Colour yellowish-brown, lighter along the suture, the earlier whorls translucent- white, tinted brownish along the angulation. Dim. — Length, 12°99 mm.: breadth, greatest 3°6 mm., least 3 mm. Locality.—Type in 104 fathoms 35 miles south-west of Neptune Island, with more than 80 others; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 7 fresh, 4 poor; in 150 fathoms, 39 good; in 200 fathoms, 29 large but poor, only 2 good; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 24 good and alive, 55 small; in 300 fathoms, 15 poor and small. It would seem, therefore, to favour 90 to 200 fathoms, and to be essentially a deep-water form. I have not taken a specimen at any less depth. Variations.—It may reach a length of 17°75 mm. and have fourteen whorls. The angulation may be provided with a distinct carinating cord. One of the spiral strie just behind this may also become a valid cord, and together with these, in ‘other specimens, the peripheral spiral may appear just above the suture, with another valid spiral close behind it. These differences suggest conspecifity with 7. atkinsoni, Tenison- Woods, although my typical shell, and the boldest-ribbed examples of his species, are very unlike. But he described his type as having “two principal keels”; TJ. godeffroyana, Donald, has three, and Tate says T. atkinsoni has four. The two figures drawn by Tate and May in Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, Joc. cit., show two very dissimilar forms, 126. and my figure gives an extremely aberrant variety of the same. species. shtae in my collection. Strebloceras cygnicollis, Hedley. Strebloceras cygmicollis, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1904, part 1, p. 189, pl. vili., figs. 12 to 14. Type locality: —Port J ackson. Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1906, vol. xviu. (N.S.), part 2, p. 56, recorded for Victoria. Dredged in 55 fathoms north- gos of Cape Borda, 4 alive, 1 dead. . The smooth glassy embryonic Re itin beyond the marked’ varix is not equally thin-walled throughout, but the spire and the proximal fifth are solid, and then the very thick walls. gradually thin towards the varix. Triphora tasmanica, Fehiset Woods. Var. lilacina, Verco ; ' var. aureovincta, Verco, This exquisitely pretty little shell was taken in perfect: condition in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda. it has a golden band like 7’. regina, Hedley, but in-- stead of colouring the most anterior spiral of pearls, it orna- ments the smooth spiral plait in front of this, and so is found’ in the suture and on the base of the body-whorl. Its proto- conch is that of 7’. tasmanica, and has not the spicular form of T. regina. It is very deeply-coloured purple, like the var. hilacina, Verco. One example, perfect, of eight whorls, was: taken. Type in my collection. Triphora novapostrema, n. sp. Pl. xxx., figs. 1 and 2. Shell immature, of eight whorls, including the. proto-- conch of two whorls, the first nearly smooth with a round projecting apex, the second with two stout prominent keels, gradually becoming nodular. In the first spire-whorl arises- a faint third spiral, posterior to the others (whence the specific name), which continuously enlarges till it nearly equals them in size. They are crossed by axial lire, about fourteen in the- last whorl, both axials and spirals being well marked, the latter the stouter, and being tuberculate at their intersection. The peripheral spiral is prominent and subtuberculate, it is’ visible in the earlier sutures, but not in the later; two flat ebsolete plaits curve round a base. Colour white. Dim.—Length, 3:1 mm.; breadth, 1°2 mm. The largest example, immature, is 5°2 ‘mm. Locality. —Dredged in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, type with 7 others, some quite fresh, all immature; in Gulf St. Vincent, 1. 127 Dragnosis.—Its special characters are its blunt proto- conch with two carine, and the third spiral arising behind the others ; in most Priphora it arises “between them as in T. angasi, tasmanica, cana, etc. Type in my collection. Pyrene versicolor, Sowerby. Columbella versicolor, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1832, p. 119. Type locality --Annaa, Philippine Islands (Cuming). Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. 1857, proliévspets, pl \xxxvii., figs. 41-46; Reeve, cam ons 1858, pk. x. 3 bhies: ‘51 @ and bis Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1867, p. 194, "New South Wales: Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. ae 1883, D. 110, pl. xlv., figs. 84-96; (Pyrene) Hedley, Ne dtetlnciad Association for the Adv: ancement of Science, 1909, Queensland. Gelebeili scripta, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim., sans Vert., ed. 2, vol.x.,p.,240 (non Linn.). ae Garunbelle bidentata, Menke; Moll. Nov. Holl., 1843, p. 28, No. 108; Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol:, 1, - 184/ 2m 8a. peek. pe xxxvyu., figs. “52 and 54 . Columbella arenosa, Kiener; coronata, Duclos; athadona, Duclos; tigrina, Duclos; aspersa, Sowerby; nivosa, Reeve; per- tusa, Reeve, are synonyms, according to Tryon ( loc. co a This species, a tropical form, appears to come some dis- tance down the Eastern coast of Australia, but not to reach Victoria or Tasmania. It is found along the Western coast of Australia, and at Albany on the southern coast. I have a recent shell from St. Francis Island, and Dr. Torr one from Wool Bay. At Murat Bay, in a subfossil form in a kind of con- glomerate on the beach, they are found in great numbers bearing their colour markings with Meleagrina fimbriata, Dunker, and Barbatia trapeza, Deshayes, neither of which is found in our waters alive, and in the same condition they -occur along the South Australian coastline to the east. Pyrene varians, Sowerby. Columbella varians; Sowerby, Proc. Zool.. Soc., London,. Lee p. 118. Type locality—Gallapagos Island (Cuming). Thes. Conch Fear] vol Wisp. Wi) pk xxxvii., figs. 47 "tol a0GReeve, Conch. Icon., 1358, pl. xvii., sp. 91; Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. v., 1883, '?[p. 110, pl. xlv. , gs. 97 and 2, and pl. xlvi., figs. 3 5, and 6, ‘also “Philippines and New Guinea’’: Hedley, Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science, Brisbane, 1909, p. 368, recorded “for Queensland. In Tate’s cabinet is an example from Wauralti, in Spen- -eer Gulf, named and its locality certified by himself. I have not yet taken it on the South Australian coast, nor has any ‘other collector to my knowledge. | 128 Pyrene semiconvexa, Lamarck. Buccinum semiconverum, Lamarck, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., 1822, vol. vat , p. 272, a fig., locality unknown ; powers Thes. Conch., vol. 1847, 1 , §P- 45, pl. XXXViii., figs. 1 LO3: and 104, “Port sent Agatennne? Var. C. strigata, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1859, 7 xi., pl. xxv., fig. 154, locality unknown. Var. rosacea, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1859, vol. xzi., am XXIX., fig. 183, locality . unknown. Var. Yorkensis, Crosse, Jour. de Conch., 1865, p. fo, pla) fig. 6. Type locality—Yorke Peninsula. Dredged alive in 12 fathoms, and immature alive up to fathoms Backstairs Passage. There may be no markings, the sheli being wholly white, or yellow, or rose-tinted, or whitish-purple, or dark-brown. There may be zig-zag axial red-brown markings throughout, or throughout the spire and just below the suture on the last whorl, the rest unicoloured. An infrasutural and a peripheral narrow articulated white-and-brown band may encircle it, the rest uniformly brown, or minutely white spotted. It may be dark-brown, almost uniformly punctuated with white; or dark-brown with a rather wide infrasutural white articulated band, and beyond this crowded spirally elongate narrow arrow-headed interrupted brown lines, forming a spiral reticu- late pattern, recalling (. dictua, Tenison-Woods. 2 bo Pyrene austrina, Gaskoin. Columbella austrina, Gaskoin, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1851,. p.. 9. > Type locality—Australia. Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. Xi, 1858, pl. xix., fig. 100, Australia ; Tryon, Man. Conch., vol... Vs, 1883, p. 126, pl. xlix., fig. 99; Pritchard ‘and Gatlhiff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1899 (1898), vol. xi., p. 198, Victoria ; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., p. 365, Tasmania. Dredged alive in 10: to 12 fathoms off Rapid Head, 1; and in 17 fathoms Investigator Strait, 2; occurring all along the coast; abundant and large on the shore of St. Francis Island ; faleen at Rottnest, Western Australia. Neither Angas ‘nor Hedley records it for New South Wales, but it is found in Tasmania and Victoria. How far north does it extend along the Eastern and Western Australian shores? Pyrene menkeana, Reeve. Buccinum acuminatum, Menke (non Col. acuminata, Nut- tall), Moll. Nov. Holl., 1843, p. 20, No. 87. adits erica Beste Conch. Icon., 1858, vol. xi., pl. , figs. 69a and b. Type locality—Australia. Ooiumbella (Mitrella), Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1865, p: 166, “Gulf St. Vincent” ; Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. Wes 129 p. 120, pl. xlviii., fig. 66; Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Hd. Kiister), Band 3, 1897, Abt. 1.Dx (pe 110, No. 89, pl. xvi., figs 12 to 14; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1899 (1898), vol. xi. (N.S.), Part 2. p. 198, Victorian coast; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc , New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 365, Tasmania. Columbella xavieriana, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas- mania, 1877 (1876), p. 134. Type locality—North coast, Tas- mania (Mitrella); Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. v., p. 187, pl. l., fig. 50; Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1897, Band iii. Abt. 1.B, p. 218, pl. xxix., mo AOL Some. are uniformly light-brown, with a broad infra- sutural band, well defined anteriorly, articulated blackish- brown and white; the white areas may be the larger, or the brown, or both may be very narrow and numerous. The white areas may consist of white dots. In addition to the infrasutural band there may be a very distinct narrow peri- pheral articulated white-and-brown spiral line, its spots varying much in length. The infrasutural white areas may extend down to this line, the brown being of their usual extent, or these may reach it as well. These areas may both be continued from the suture obliquely to the extreme end of the shell, and be united in a narrow brown area behind the notch (P. xavierianu, T. Woods). In these last two variations the brown may be more or less completely flecked with tiny white dots. The shell may be uniformly light-brown, or very light-brown or white, with a narrow brown-black line imme- diately above the suture, and encircling the body-whorl, or pure white. The shell may be very pale-brown, flecked all over with white dots, and have two broad delicate purple spiral bands, one just below the centre of the spire-whorls, the other below the periphery of the body-whorl; or there may be an infrasutural narrow articulated band, then a light- brown band, then the purple band, then a peripheral brown band, then the basal purple band. ‘This purple variety, which is an exquisitely pretty shell, I call var. purpureo- — cmncta. Taken along the whole of the South Australian coast- line. Dredged alive in 9 and 12 fathoms Gulf St. Vincent ; 15 fathoms Point Marsden; dead in 17 fathoms Backstairs Passage, several, and in 20 fathoms; in 25 fathoms Thorny Passage, 2 fresh; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 6 nearly bleached; none at greater depths. It is plainly a shallow- water form. Pyrene axiaerata, n.sp. PI. xxix., fig 4. Shell fusiform, spire elate, apex subacute, whorls seven, feebly convex. Sutures distinct, simple. Shell immature, # 130 mouth not formed. Last whorl much compressed at the base, with a rather long contracted snout. Aperture narrowly oval, canal short, feebly sinistral. Columella slightly con- vex, and originating about fifteen oblique spiral lire to curve over the back of the snout. Almost smooth; sublenticular accremental, and spiral strie. Glistening. First four whorls faintly pink, iehaiaes from the apex; ground colour a bluish-gray; ornamented with bronze- or amber-coloured axial bands, slightly narrower than their interspaces, about twelve to a whorl, from suture to suture, splitting into three or four threads forming a spiral band of hair lines below periphery, and then continued as fewer and rather wider flames over the base. Dim.—ULength, 10°4 mm.; breadth, 3°7 mm. Locality.—Type in 40 fathoms off Beachport, with 5 others quite fresh, all immature. In some the bands below the periphery, instead of form- ing the spiral of hair lines, will coalesce, two to form one basal flame. Its affinity seems to be with P. menkeana, Reeve, but its whorls are more convex, and it has not a similar body- whorl; but then it is immature. Type in my collection. Pyrene lincolnensis, Reeve. Columbella lincolnensis, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1859, pl. xxix., figs. 1844 and b. Type locality—Port Lincoln, Australia. —C. (Mitrella), Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1865, p.1).266, Na. 64: .-also., -op. cit.< 1867, ps atio: Port Jackson ; ‘Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. v.. Dd. Teel. xXiviii.. fig. 65; (Atilia) Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Kd. Kiister), Band iii. 1897, Abt. 1.D, 134, No. 118, pl. xix., figs. 15 and 16; (Columbella ) Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1899, vol. xi. (N.S.), part. deen, Opin a bo 18 Victorian coast ; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 365, Tasmania ; Hedley, Memoirs Aust. Mus. 1903) vol. iv. part. 6, spiy uae 99 to 59 fathoms off the coast of New South Wales. Taken all along the South Australian shore. Dredged alive in 5 fathoms off Edithburgh, many; in 7 fathoms, 1; in Backstairs Passage 17 fathoms, 3; in 24 fathoms off New- ‘land Head, 1: dead, many at all depths to 22 fathoms; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1. This seems to be a shallow- water shell. Its ornament varies greatly. One variety is quite white, with a narrow black spiral line just above the suture and circling the body-whorl. 131 Pyrene lineolata, Tryon. Columbella (Mitrella) lineolata (Pease), Brazier, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. v., p. 138, pl. li, fig. 53. Type locality—New South Wales. Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1897, Band iii., Wit i.e, p. 2IA, pl. xxsx., fig. 12. Columbella cevmetaides Kiener, Angas (non Kiener), Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1865, p. 167, No. 65, Port Lincoln; also op. cit., 1867, p. 195, 5 fathoms Port Jackson. Oulinnbels maculosa, Pease, (non Sowerby), American Jour. Conch., 1871, vol. vii., D. 22. Goneabele pace Pease, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1877, vol. ri p. 231 (non lineata, Pease). Columbella lineolata, Tyron, Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1899 (1898), vol. xi. (N.S.), part 2, p. 199, Vic- torian coast. Columbella lineolata, Brazier, Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 366, Tas- mania. Taken on beach at Port Elliot and Port Lincoln, rare. Pyrene miltostoma, Tenison-Woods. Columbella miltostoma, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas- mania, 1877 (1876), p. 134. Type locality—North coast, Tas- mania; referred to C. semiconvera, Lamarck, as a small form by Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. v., p. 125, pl. xlvii., fig. 93, a by Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), Band iii. 1897, Abt. , pp. 81, 82; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soe. , Victoria, 1899 (1898), vol. xi. CNES:), part 2). po 200: “Flinders, San Remo.’ Columbella (Mitrella) unisulcata, Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1897 (1892), Band i11., p. 119, No: "100, pl. xvii., figs. 15 and 16. Type locality--Tasmania. Misidentified as Columbella saccharata, Reeve, by Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. XXV1., part 3, p. 366. Taken in Streaky and Fowler Bay (Tate), and on St. Francis Island. Dredged in 15 fathoms Investigator Strait, 1 perfect; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 dead, immature. It is rare in South Australia. Pyrene tenuis, Gaskoin. Columbella tenuis, olen Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1852 (1851), p. 2, Hab. (?); Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1859, pl. xxxv., fig. 224 ; Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. jes: 997, pl. pd pc mg Frese Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1897 (1892), Band iii., Abt. Pp and &, p. 20 Nov 109, pl. xvili., figs, 15 and)16; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1899 (1898), vol. xi. (N.S.), part 2, p. 201, Victorian coast. Columbella pulla, Gaskoin, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1852 C851), p..:6: Type locality—Unknown. Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1858, vol. xi., pl. xix., fig. 106; (Mitrella), Angas, Proc. Zool. 22 132 Soc., London, soe p. 195, Port Jackson; Tryou, Man. Conch.,. 1883, vol. v. idee pl. xlix. , figs. 4 to 6; Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Kd. Kiister), Pig97 (1892), Band iii., Abt. i. D, .p. 105, Ne. 84 pl. xv., figs.:15 to 18; Adcock, Handlist Moll., South Australia, 1893, p. ae No. TTT. Cola neta nuz, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1859, vol. x1. , pl. EXXV., fig. 227. Type locality—-‘‘Port Adelaide, New Holland.’ Columbella badia, Tenisou-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, 18764675), p. 151. “Type locality—-‘‘Swansea, East coast.” Columbella. roblini, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas- mania, 1876 (1875), p. 151. Type localit y-—‘‘Storm Bay, East coast.’ : The colour variations are very many : — A. Uniform dark-brown, only columella white. B. An additional brown infrasutural line. C. A brown infrasutural and a white peripheral line. D. Dark-brcwn, spctted obscurely with white, the white columella sparsely blotched with brown. K. Like D, but with a white-and-black articulated infra- sutural line, and a peripheral spiral of white spots, varying in size and distinctness. The apex may be purplish, and the general colour purplish-brown. F. Like D, but with axial dark-brown flames, zig- zag at the periphery. G. Like A, but with dark-brown squarish flames or blotches, extending from suture to suture, or to a little below the periphery. H. With a white or more or less deep-brown cround colour there may be axial brown stripes straight, wavy, or becoming broken up. Pyrene tenebrica, Reeve. Columbella tenebrica, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1859, vol. x1., pl. xxxi., fig. 204. Type locality—Unknown. (Mitrella), Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. -v., p. 128, pl. xlix., fig: 95> Kobela, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1897 (1892), Band “Fil. Abt. ees | 119. Now, 99, (ple txvar. ohio: 14: Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, “1899 (1898), vol. xi. (N.S.), part 2, p. 202, ‘“Wes- tern Port,” Pace, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1902, vol. v., p. 148. [Cuming Coll., Brit. Mus., London. (!).] Taken on the beach at Port Elliot and dredged alive in 17 fathoms Backstairs Passage; identification confirmed by Mr. Gatliff. { think this is only the variety D of P. tenwis, Gaskoin. Pyrene infumata, Crosse. Columbella infumata, Crosse, Jour. de Conch., 1863, p. 84, pl. fig. 3. Type iocality_—Gulf St. Vincent. Angas, Proc. Zool. ee London, 1865, p. 166, ‘‘Under stones and amongst weed, Salt Creek, Yorke Peninsula?’ ; Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. v. 133 eee plaaxivyii.,. fic. 45.: Bobet, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1897 (1892); Band in., Abt. Dp. LOS5eNownos. pl. xvi, slig..) V4: Adcock, Handlist Moll., South Australia, 1893, p. 5, No. 104. Dredged in 7 signe. 1 alive; taken on Port Victor beach, typical; dredged in 9 fathoms, Port Lincoln, 1; and in Spencer Gulf, depth unrecorded, 3; taken on beach at Port MacDonnell, with an added peripheral narrow spiral line of white, dotted or continuous. I think this is most likely only a variety of P. tenuis, Gaskoin. Pyrene nubeculata, Reeve. Columbella nubeculata, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1859, vol. xi., pl. xxxvu., fig. 234. Type locality—Unknown. (Mitrella), Tryon Man. Conch., "1883, vol. v., p. 140, pl. li., fig. 55; Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Kd. Kiister), 1897 (1892), Band iii, Abt. i. ap. Lis; "No. 92, pl. xvi., fig. 18; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, T8909 (1898), vol. xi ONGS.) > par. 2... p. a 202) Victorian coast ; (nupeculata), Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., ‘New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 366, Tasmania. Columbella eee Menisen Weeds, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas- mania, 1879 (1878), pp. 34 and 35. Type locality—North Tas- mania. (Mitrella), Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. v., p. 126, pl. xlviii., fig. 96, very poor; Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1897 (1895), Band iii., Abt. i., p. 209, No. 230, pl. xxix., fig. 1. Columbella (Mitrellaj vincta, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc., South Australia, 1893, vol. xvii., p. 190, pl. 1., fig. 11. Type locahty— ‘““Rowler and Streaky Bays, Middleton, and Cape Northumber- Jand, South Australia; also North coast of Tasmania.”’ Pritchard and Gatliff make (. dictua and C. vincta synonyms of C. nubeculata, though the locality of this species is unknown. Tate and May followed them, and for the sake of uniformity I have accepted the identity. I am, however, more disposed to think that C. saccharata, Reeve, might have priority; in publication it has priority in place in Conch. Icon., its locality (Van Diemen Land) is suggestive, its size 13 mm., though larger than the majority of examples, 1s equalled by some C. vincta, and it corresponds in description with the translucent pink or salmon-red varieties to which Pritchard and Gathff refer. There are three typical colour varieties, if we exclude C. saccharata, Reeve, viz.:—the C. dictua form, the Vincta form, and a maculated form. The Dictua form, with its oblique wider or narrower brown lines coalescing into long arrow-heads, may vary as follows : -— 1. There may be a peripheral spiral of white spots. 2. A peripheral spiral of articulated white-and- brown spots, and another infrasutural. 3. An infrasutural spiral only of articulated white-and- brown spots. 134 4. A peripheral spiral of white spots, the éblidiee lines: above this thickened at intervals to form tagged brown axial flames. | 5. Purple tinted. 6. A broad amber band over the lower three- fifths of fie : spire-whorl; a white band below this, from the level of the suture on the body-whorl; below this a somewhat fainter one on the base; the amber bands formed of very crowded oblique spiral lines. They have been dredged in 17 to 22 fathoms in Back- stairs Passage, 16 alive or in good condition; in Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf at unrecorded depths, 5 dead; and taken on the beach along the South Australian coast and on St. Francis Island. Comparatively rare. | The V’incta form may vary as follows :— 1. The dark band on the spire-whorls may Per: the anterior suture. 2. There may be a white band between it and the suture. 3. The band may be scalloped, behind only, or in front also; the posterior white bands may be interrupted by the points of the scallops reaching the suture. 4. A second revolving broad band, generally lighter in colour, usually occurs on the front of the body-whorl, and may be quite separated from the first by a white band, or aes at intervals by the points of the scallops. . There may be numerous axial hair lines from the hee ‘back to the suture, and forward to the base. 6. There may be a single dark-brown band at the pos- terior suture, fading out anteriorly, and there may be in addition a double narrow line at the periphery. Middleton (Miss Stow). The maculated form :— . This is the shell which was recorded in Adcock’s Handlist of Aquatic Moll. of South Australia, 1893, p. 5, No. 117, as C. Tayloriana, Reeve, albomaculata, Angas; but it was a mis- identification, and is a variety nearly allied to C. vincta, Tate. 1. It has a row of dark-brown blotches on the spire- whorls, a second row just in front of the periphery on the body-whorl, and a narrow infrasutural row of white spots. Gulf St. Vincent, (?) depth, 1 dead; Edithburgh rocks, many alive. . 2. The second row of blotches may be absent. Gulf St. — Vincent, (?) depth, 1 alive, 7 dead; Edithburgh rocks, alive ; Venus Bay, 1 Beachport beach, I. 3. There may be a white- and-brown peripheral ho and the blotches may be broken up into short spiral splashes,. 135 or replaced by flames extending axially in a zigzag way which may be composed of narrow lines, and so approach C. dictwa. The blotches may tend to coalesce spirally, and so approximate C. vincta, Tate. This form was sent to me some time ago from North Tasmania under the name of ('. achatina, Sowerby, the type locality of which is Swan River. (Celumbella achatina, nobis, Sowerby, Thes. Conch., vol. i., 1847, p. 132, sp. 61, pl. xxxix., fig. 126.) The figure is 18°5 mm., and appears to be drawn of the natural size. An exactly similar shell I have from Rottnest Island, off Swan River. Reeve’s figure, No. 54, pl. xii., Conch. Icon., is, however, 23°5 mm. long, and no measurement is given; so if drawn of natural size this can scarcely be identical. Pyrene saccharata, Reeve. Columbella saccharata, Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1859, pl. xxix., fig. 187. Type locality—Van Diemen’s Land; Pace, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1892 vol. v., pp. 131 and 182. Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. v., p. 125, makes it a synonym of C. semiconvexa, Lamarck, and is followed by Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1897 (1892), Band ii., Abt. 1.D, pp. 81 and 82, No. 60. Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 366, make it the specific name of C. miltostoma, Tenison-Woods, and C. unisulcata, Kobelt, giving Dr. Miiligan’s shells from Oyster. Bay as the British Museum types; but Pace says these are not the types, but the Cuming Collection sheils. Tate and May give a figure, op. cit., pl. xxiv., fig. 19, of -C. maltostoma as ,their, C. saccharata. The description of CU. sac¢charata does not apply, this has sulcations only over the base: in C. muiltostoma they are as shown in Tate and May’s figure all over the body-whorl, and especially just below the suture. This shell is translucent and unicoloured, and may be typically pinkish: but it may be amber coloured, yellowish, or white. It has been taken on the beach at MacDonnell Bay: in 12 fathoms off Porpoise Head, 2; in 16 fathoms off Tunk Head, 1 alive; in 17 fathoms Backstairs Passage, 9: in 20 fathoms off Newland Head, 1 alive; in Gulf St. Vincent up to 22 fathoms, 60 alive and dead; in 40 fathoms off Beach- port, 1 good, dead. The following variations may. be met with in shells with the same translucence, sculpture, and shape, and link it to 136 Pyrene nubeculata, Reeve, of which I think it is only a variety : — 1. A whitish shell with an opaque white eeu enaone band encircling the body-whorl from the suture. 2. Or with a spiral of white dots encircling it. 3. A white-dotted peripheral spiral, and an _ infra- sutural spiral of narrow elongate brown spots; sometimes the brown spots are faint or invisible, and there are opaque white spots; sometimes white-and-brown spots articulate; some- times the space between these spirals is dotted white. 4. A white-dotted peripheral spiral, and above this a spiral of larger fewer brown blotches. 5. A white-dotted peripheral spiral, above this a spiral of brown spots, and another at the suture clouding into each other between. | 6. A white-spotted. peripheral spiral with about twelve wavy axial brown thin flames from suture to snout. 7. A distinct dark-brown hair line at the periphery, and showing immediately above the suture, or with this hair line immediately above a white-dotted peripheral spiral, or with broad light-brown distant axial flames to the suture above, or with the peripheral hair line, and above this fine oblique Dictua lines up to the suture. 8. A peripheral spiral only of narrow elongate spots, appearing just above the suture in the spire. Pyrene legrandi, Tenison- Woods. Columbella legrandi, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas- mania, | 1876 (1875), p. 152. Type locality—‘‘King’s Island, Tas-. mania.’ Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. v., p. 137, pl. lt, fig. 49; Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1897 (1895), 212, No. 237, pl. XXIX., fig. 9; Tate and. ve Proc. Linn. a ‘New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi. , part 3, p. 367; May, Proc. Roy. Soc..,. Tasmania, 1902, p. 110, fig. 5, in ee Gatliff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1908, vol. xxi. (N. S.), part) ii pe 373, Vic- torian coast (recorded op. cit., 1899, vol. xi., p. 203, as C. brun— nea, Brazier). The colouration is very variable. The shell may be uniformly rose-pink, brown, or white. There may he a. dotted white sutural line, and a peripheral white spiral, con- tinuous or interrupted. There may be white and amber- coloured axial flames from the suture to a white peripheral spiral band, or crowded opaque white axial narrow lines, or narrow obliquely spiral Dictua-like lines, either brown or opaque-white, or in an opaque white shell there may be a spiral of distant fantastic amber blotches in the spire-whorls, an amber continuous spiral above the suture, and a broad basal amber band. 137 Dredged in 12 fathoms Backstairs Passage, 1 fresh, 1 dead; in 17 fathoms, 3 alive, 10 dead; in 20 fathoms, 4 fresh ; in 22 fathoms, 3 alive, 26 dead; in 35 fathoms off St. Francis Island, 4 immature; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 6 dead; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 3 dead; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 very poor; in 150 fathoms, 2 dead, perfect ; in 200 fathoms, 1 very poor. This seems to be a fairly deep- ‘water form for the genus. Pyrene attenuata, Angas. Columbella attenuata, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1871, 14, plate 1., fig. 4. Type locality—‘‘Port Jackson (Brazier).”’ 7 aa Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. v., p. 151, pl. lii., fie 8; Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1897 (1896), Band creas Abt. ieee oe. No. 2ol; pl. xxx., Vie, for Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. ‘Soc., Victoria, 1899 (1898), "vol. xi. (N.S.), part 2, p. 203, Victorian coast ; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 365, ‘‘Pirate’s Bay, Tasmania (May)’’ ; Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus. , 1903, vol. ive, part 6; p. 37/7, 24 to 27 fathoms and 63 to 75 fathoms off -coast of New South Wales. Terebra beddomei, Petterd, Jour. of Conch., 1884, vol. iv., p. 142, No. 28. Type locality—‘‘Brown’s River, Tasmania.’’ Dredged in 24 fathoms off Newland Head, | poor; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 2 poor; in 110 fathoms, 15 good and 68 poor; in 150 fathoms, 37 dead; in 200 fathoms, 8 poor; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 10 moderate, 60 poor. This species does not appear to inhabit our shallow waters, but to be fairly common in from 100 to 150 fathoms. Pyrene angasi, Brazier. Columbella interrupta, Angas (non Gaskoin), Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1865, p. 56, pl. ii., figs. 9 and 10. Type locality— Yorke Peninsula, South Australia. Columbella Angasi, Brazier, op. cit., 1871, p. 322; a rella), Tryon, Man. Conch. 1883, vol. v. .?D. 128, ‘pl. Sle. , fig. 1 Adcock’s Handlist Aquatic Moll., South Australia, 1893, p. 5, No. 113; Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Bd. Kiister), 1897 (1895), Band Dil Abt. Li). 210, No. 233, pl. xxix., fig. 4; Pritchard and Gat- hiff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1899 (1898), vol. xi. (N.S.), part 2, p. 201, Victorian coast; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 365, Tasmania; Hedley, Memoirs Austr. Mus., 1903, vol. iv., part 6, p. 378, 54 to 59 fathoms off Wata Mooli, New South Wales. Columbella minuta. Tenison-Woods (non Gould), Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, 1876 (1875), p. 152. Type locality—Swansea, East coast of Tasmania. Columbella (Mitrella) tenison, Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. v., p., 128, pl. xlix., fig. 10, nom. mut. Mane Conch. Cab. (Kd. Kiister), 1897 (1895), Band iii., Abt. i., 210, No. 2382; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soe., Victoria, P1899 (1898), vol. xi. (N.S.), part 2, p. 901, Victorian coast. 138 This is a most variable little species, both in shape and ornament. From single specimens several species might be created, but examination of a large number of individuals combines them all into one. The shell may be comparatively long in the spire and narrow, or very short and broad; the whorls may be sloping and flat, or quite convex, and sometimes tumid beneath the suture, and the outer lip may be straight, or curved, or medially compressed. I have sought to separate a form which might be distinguished as C’. tenzsoni, Tryon, but with- out success, and have to coincide with Crosse that this species (nom. mut. for C. minuta, Tenison-Woods) is a synonym of C. angasi, Brazier. The colour markings have been studied very elaborately, and are described somewhat exhaustively below. I may say that the varying shapes may be found in: the different groups of colour ornament, hence the impossi- bility of distinguishing two or more species. ; The species show the following colour variations : — A. It has a white band round the middle of the body- whorl, appearing partly above the sutures in the spire, with bold white S-shaped marks, and a spotted white spiral over the back of the canal, with brown crescents convex forwards a little below the suture, and brown axial hair lines to the base, interrupted by the peripheral white band. . B. There may be in addition a row of brown crescents convex forwards above and below the peripheral white band between the ends of the S-shaped marks. C. There may be infrasutural brown crescents and axial brown hair lines to the base, uninterrupted by any peripheral white band. D. There may be an articulated opaque white spiral just above the periphery, and another narrower a little below it; the space between them being translucent white, and axial brown hair lines from this to the suture above and the base below. K. From te back of hie aperture the base of the body- whorl is blackish-brown, abruptly lined above by the peri- pheral white spiral, and traversed below by a white spiral line just above the engraved spirals over the canal. F. Shell white or brown or light-brown, with dark purple tips, simply pencilled axially with brown hair lines. A second series is found with quite a distinct type of colouration, the hair lines being absent. A. With axial brown or golden-brown narrow boomer- ang-shaped flames convex forwards from the suture to the periphery, and another from this over the base. 139 B. The flames may be wavy, with several curves in their total length. €. With the axial flames there may be a white spiral band beneath the suture, a peripheral spiral of white spots, and a white spiral just above the revilving lire over the canal. D. The flames may be absent and only the three white ‘spirals may remain. E. Or the lower two only. F. Or only that above the notch. G. Or the shell may be wholly white and unornamented. A third series consists of shells of a cinnamon-brown tint, or bluish or purplish-white. It is squat in shape, with convex-whorls slightly tumid below the suture, with a blackish- purple apex. A. The body-whorl is ornamented throughout with three ‘spiral rows of arrow-heads directed forwards, and formed of dark-brown rather close-set lines; the three rows are separ- _ ated along two narrow spiral lines, one just above the peri- phery and the other from the back part of the aperture. B. The arrow-head markings may be absent, the shell being otherwise indistinguishable. A fourth series has two broad pale-pink spirals on the body-whorl; sometimes the upper one is broken up into large square blotches. The upper band is defined below by a narrow spiral line of white spots; these may be narrow, transversely elongate, placed obliquely, with the anterior end slightly higher than the posterior, or club-shaped, with the wider end in front; sometimes from the narrow end of these clubs directed downwards and backwards, a narrow long white spot may extend downwards and forwards. Taken on the beach all along the coast from Beachport to St. Francis Island. Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf, many alive and dead; in 40 fathoms off Beach- port, 36, some alive; 45 fathoms off Neptune Island, 1 poor; 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 25 good, 2 poor; 90 fathoms off Cape Jafia, 1; 110 fathoms off Beachport, 2 good, 37 poor; 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 15 very poor; 150 fathoms off Beachport, 1 poor. This species extends out into quite deep water. Pyrene beachportensis, n. sp. Pl xxix., figs. 8 and 9. Shell small, solid, of five whorls, including a blunt pro- ‘toconch of two round smooth whorls ending abruptly. Suture linear, distinct, ascending at the aperture. Spire-whorls con- vex below the suture; the first two sloping towards the lower suture,- the third somewhat contracted. Body-whorl large 140 convex, roundly contracted at the base, with a moderately long pillar. ot. Aperture obliquely axially rhomboidal, with a distinct gutter below the suture, outer lip swollen below the suture corresponding with the gutter, then straight or slightly im- — pressed, anteriorly curved with a shallow infrasutural sinus in its border. Inner lip distinct, complete. Columella straight in upper half, and bent to the left in its lower. Canal open and notched. Sculpture, slightly rude axial growth lines; eleven spirals from the labium winding round the snout. ; Ornament, amber coloured, with spiral of large opaque white spots below the suture; and beneath this a narrow continuous white band, a second spiral of larger spots start- ing from the back of the aperture. The area between the continuous band and the front of this spiral row of spots being translucent white. A dark spot on the apex. Dim.—ULength, 4 mm.; of body-whorl, 2°2 mm.; breadth, 1°8 mm. . Locality.—Tvpe, 40 fathoms off Beachport, with 1 other ; 110 fathoms off Beachport, 2; 150 fathoms off Beachport, 1. Diagnosis.—It differs from P. atkinsonz, Tenison-Woods, in its blunt apex: and from P. angasi, of Brazier, and P. tenisoni, Tryon, in its swollen whorls and its large peri- pheral row of white spots, and especially in the bend of the canal. Type in my collection. Pyrene atkinsoni, Tenison- Woods. Mangelia atkinsoni, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas- mania, 1876 (1875), p. 141. Type locality—‘‘Kast coast of Tas- mania.”’ Columbella (Anachis) speciosa, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lon- don, 1877, p. 35, pl. v., fig. 3. Type locality—‘‘Port Jackson.” (Seminella), Tryon, Man. Conch., 1883, vol. v., p. 171, pl. Ivii., fig 24; Kobelt, Conch. Cab. (Ed. Kiister), 1897 (1896), Band 111., Abt. i., p. 237, No. 281, pl. xxii., fig. 7; Adcock, Handlist Aquatic Moll., South Australia, 1893, p. 5, No. 119. Columbella atkinsoni, Tenison-Woods, Pritchard and Gathff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1899 (1898), vol. xi. (N.S.), part 2,. p. 204, Victorian coast; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 366. Some examples are long and narrow, while others are short and ventricose; there may be quite valid axial ribs, or none, especially in longer individuals. : There may be a spiral row of white spots immediately below the suture. In some this may be present in the upper whorls, while the later whorls show a continuous opaque white 141 infrasutural spiral, with white prolongations from it on the upper ends of the axial ribs, or even all along them. A second spiral row of white spots may occur just above the suture through all the spire-whorls and above the periphery of the body-whorl, or it may disappear from the later spire- whorls and be found below the periphery of the body-whorl. The spots may be round, crescentic, or arrow-headed, directed forward. A third spiral of opaque white spots may be pre- sent just above the canal, which may also be white. There are axial wavy fine brown hair lines from the infrasutural white spiral to the canal, interrupted by the central and basal white spirals. Sometimes in addition the shell has a well- marked brown colour, and all the margin of the aperture may have a shining dark-brown tint; one variant has a golden-brown spiral band a little below the infrasutural white spiral as its only ornament. It is taken on the beach at Murat Bay and St. Francis Island in the west. It is dredged alive in 5 fathoms Gulf St. Vincent, many; 6 fathoms off St. Francis Island, several ; 15 to 20 fathoms Investigator Strait, 4; 35 fathoms off St. Francis Island, several; dead in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 10 moderate, immature; 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 62 good, short form, 7 very poor, long form; 62 fathoms off Cape Borda, 4 very poor. Pyrene dolicha, n. sp. Pl. xxix,, fig. 1. Shell subulate of eight whorls, including a rather pointed protoconch of two smooth scarcely convex turns. Spire-whorls scarcely convex; suture distinct, subcanaliculate ; body-whorl long, cylindrical, base roundly contracted ; aperture narrowly oblong-oval, angulate behind, widely open in front, notched ; outer lip straight, minutely swollen at the suture, scarcely impressed at its centre, efluse anteriorly; inner lip distinct, thick, erect, thickened at the suture, where it roundly joins the outer lip. Smooth, except for seven spiral lire winding from the inner lip round the snout. Ornament, an infra- sutural row of axial opaque-white spots in the upper whorls, and a brown tinting of the margin of the aperture, Dim.—Uength, 4°8 mm.; breadth, 1-4 mm. Locahhty.—Gulf St. Vincent. The type is unique; its apex and general facies and ornament are those of the smooth variety of P. atkinsom, Tenison-Woods, but it is very much larger. It may be only an extreme variant. Type in my collection. 142 Pyrene remoensis, Gatliff and Gabriel. Columbella remoensis, Gatliff a abri : Victoria, 1910, vol. xxiii. (N.S.), ee eae A yet eee and 2. Type locality—San Remo, Western Port. | Fas Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, depth not recorded, 6 good, 38 dead; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 6 moderate; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 5 good, 5 poor; in 62 fathoms, 1 poor; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 good, 5 poor; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 poor; in 150 fathoms off Beach- port, 1 poor. To the author’s description I may add that there is also an infrasutural row of tiny tubercles, due to the splitting of the row of large tubercles each into two. The ornament in the living shell consists of two translucent spiral bands, one on the spire-whorls between the large tubercles and the suprasutural, and winding round the body-whorl to:the centre of the outer lip, it is edged above with a broken brown hair line, and towards the lip becomes brown; the other winds round the base and over the snout, where it is mottled and . streaked with brown. . Pyrene fenestrata, n.sp. Pl. xxix., fig. 7. Shell minute, of five whorls, including a blunt proto- conch of one convex-whorl and a half, ending abruptly by a scar. Spire-whorls shouldered in the upper third; above this sloping, below this vertical. Body-whorl voluminous, shoul- dered, subangulate at the periphery, concavely contracted at the base. Aperture rhomboidal, contracted posteriorly ; canal wide, deflected to the left; outer lip simple, thin; columella straight, feebly bidentate. Sculpture, short plicate tubercles from the suture to just beyond the shoulder, sixteen in the body-whorl; closely feebly spirally striate all over. There is a spiral row of translucent crescentic areas convex forward, just above the sutures, like windows, as though formed by grinding away the opaque outer layer of the shell, eight in the body-whorl, with the spiral striz showing like scratches in the glass. There is a second series of them just below the periphery, becoming a broad translucent band towards the lip margin. Colour opaque-white, with a small obscure pale- brown blotch in the lower half of the lower series of windows. Dim.—Length, 3'4 mm.; of the body-whorl, 2°4 mm. ; breadth, 1°65 mm. 7 Locality.—Type, Venus Bay beach, 2; St. Francis Island beach, 1. . Type in my collection. 143 Pyrene jaffaensis, n. sp. Pl. xxix,, figs. 0 and 6. Shell cylindrically fusiform. Protoconch blunt, of one whorl and a half, subconvex, smooth, ending abruptly by a scar. Whorls four, subconvex. Sutures distinct, subcanali- culate, very narrowly marginate, ascending near the aper- ture. Body-whorl oval, somewhat compressed at the base. Aperture oval, narrowed posteriorly; canal wide, notched ; outer lip thin, simple, infrasuturally feebly excavate ; colum- ella curved, obtuse- -angled at the sinistrally directed canal. Smooth, but for sublenticular minute axial and longi- tudinal crowded scratches. Dim.—ULength, 5°9 mm.; of body-whorl, 34 mm. ; breadth, 2°2 mm. ; : Locality.—Type from 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, dead, with 2 others; 40 fathoms off Beachport, | good; 110 fathoms, 4 poor; 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, 1 moderate ; 62 fathoms, 2 poor; Gulf St. Vincent, depth ‘unrecorded, 1 alive, of a light-brown colour, protoconch darker. Its generic location is questionable, but must be deter- mined by future examination of the mollusc. Type in my collection. Pyrene plexa, Hedley. Columbella plexa, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1201, part 4, p. 702, fig. 25; (Pyrene), Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., South Australia, 1908, vol. xxxii., p. 343. It has been taken by me also in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 2 good; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 3 good; and in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 8 good, 7 poor. Pyrene calva, n.sp. PI. xxix., figs. 2 and 3. Shell solid, of six whorls, including a protoconch of two convex smooth whorls, ending abruptly. Spire-whorls con- vex, sutures impressed. Body-whorl, base roundly con- tracted; aperture narrowly oblong-oval, pinched anteriorly into a notched canal with slightly reflected margin. Outer lip with three denticles inside its posterior third, the largest behind, and a small round shallow infrasutural sinus; inner lip a thin glaze. Sculpture bold, two spirals in the first spire-whorl, three in subsequent whorls, twelve in the body- whorl; their intersection with the axials, of which there are sixteen to eighteen in the penultimate, are tuberculate, except in the anterior four spirals on the snout, which are crossed only by oblique striz. Dim.—Length, 4.4 mm.:; breadth, 1°7 mm. Locality.—Type dredged in 55 fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, with 57 others, in good condition; in 6 fathoms 144 off St. Francis Island, 1 poor; in 10 to 15 fathoms, 1 poor; in 17 fathoms Backstairs Passage, 4 dead; in 22 fathoms, 6 fresh; in Gulf St. Vincent, below 25 fathoms, 37 dead and fresh; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 6 good; in 45 fathoms east of Neptunes, 1 poor; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, | 58 good; in 62 fathoms, 4 moderate; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 13 moderate; in 104 fathoms, 35 miles south-west of Neptunes, 13 moderate; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, 1 fresh, 4 moderate; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1 good, 4 moderate; in 200 fathoms off Beach- port, 1 very poor. Diagnosis.—It approaches P. gemmulifera, Hedley, Proc. Linn. -Soc., New South Wales, 1907, vol. 50.0.4 I | CEN ih p. 510, pl. XK fig. 44, but has a smooth protoconch; any axial _ sculp- ture on it, which is very rare, is only a faint striation near the upper suture, and close to the abrupt ending of the proto- conch, quite different from the ribbing of Hedley’s species. The spire-whorls are well rounded, and contain mostly three spirals. It is a larger species. Gatliff and Gabriel have recorded this shell for Victoria in Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1910, vol. xxiii. (N.S.), part 1, p. 89, as Columbella gem- mulifera, Hedley, noting the differences as varietal, which I regard as specific. 3 Variations.—When alive the shell is translucent shining uniform light-amber colour, the protoconch rather darker, or a broad whitish band may encircle the middle of the whorls, fading out before reaching the aperture; the proto- conch may be purple; generally the shell is translucent or opaque-white, probably from bleaching. Sculpture.—The axials and spirals may be well marked, but the tuberculation obsolete, giving a latticed pattern. There may be two spirals in the first spire-whorl ;- the back one may then split behind into a third, which gradually enlarges, and this may in the fourth whorl give off another one behind. There may rarely be three spirals in the first spire-whorl, and four in the second. | Type in my collection. Pyrene cominellzformis, Tate. Columbella cominelleformis, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc., South Australia, 1892, vol. xv., p. 126, pl. 1., fig. 8. Type _locality— Fowler Bay to Victoria. Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1899 (1898), vol. xi. (N.S.), part 2, p. 204, ‘‘Western Port”? ; Pace, Proc. Mal. Soc., London, 1902, vol. v., p. 68. Dredged on Yatala Shoal 6 to 10 fathoms, 1; m 15 fathoms off Middleton, 1 dead; in 22 fathoms Backstairs Passage, 1 alive, 1 dead. 145 Truncaria australis, Angas. Truncaria australis, Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1877, p. 172, pl. xxvi., fig. 5. Type locality—Port Jackson. Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Victoria, 1906, vol. xviii. (N.S.), part 2, p. 44, Victorian coast. ‘Dredged in 40 fathoms off Beachport, 2 good, 1 poor. One of these is of bluish-pink tint. —— EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PuatE XXIX. 1. Pyrene dolicha, Verco, n. sp. re a ceiva, Vierco, n. sp. 3 a »» protoconch. 4. - axiaerata, Verco, n. sp. 5. a iaffaensis, Verco, n. sp., side view. 6. e ae ventral view. 7 gs fenestrata, Verco, n. sp. a beachportensis, Verco, n. sp., dorsal view. ak hy >, mouth. Puate XXX. l. Triphora novapostrema, Verco, n. sp. 2. 5» protoconch. 3. Turritella circumligata, Verco, n. sp. 4. : 5, protoconch. 5. Mp mediolevis, Verco, n. s.p. 6. sare s» protoconch. Ue a neptunensis, Verco, n. sp. 8. a. medioangulata, Verco, ni ivan 9. ret ae », protoconeh. SS — 146 FURTHER NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES. No. XL. By the Rev. Canon Pe cee BAe [Read October 4, 19107) LAMELLICORNES. SERICOIDES. HeEtTERoNYx (continued ). GRouP ie Here commences the second of the two main divisions in which I have distributed the Heteronyces. With the excep- tion of a very small number of species, its members agree in the outline of the head (viewed obliquely from behind), con- sisting of three convex curves, the middle one being the out- line of the labrum, the summit of which usually overtops the level of the clypeus. In the aberrant species the outline of the labrum appears truncate or lightly concave, which is also the case with the aberrant species of the first main division. In the aberrant species of the first division, however, the stm- mit of the labrum does not overtop the level of the clypeus, while in those of the second main division the reverse is the case. This, no doubt, appears to be a trivial character, but I find that its adoption distributes the species affected by it much more naturally than they would be if all these aberrant species were placed in either one of the main divisions. The aberrant species of the first main division are much more numerous than those of the second. A character of considerable value for the distingrmeeann of species in this Group and the remainder is to be found in the degree of separation inter se of the three convexities that form the “‘trilobed outline” of the front of the head. In some species, the middle convexity (7.e., the labrum) from a certain point of view is seen to be wholly free from the lateral con- vexities, so that it springs from (on either side) the base of a lateral convexity and the outline appears as trilobed in the strict sense of the term. When that is the case I call the trilobed outline “divided.” In other species the outline does not present that appearance from any point of view, but the middle convexity appears as an arch springing on either side 147 from slightly below the swmmt of the arch of a lateral con- vexity, so that the outline is seen as a trisinuate curve rather than as three separate and independent lobes. This character (the “division” of the trilobed outline) is not one that can — be used with advantage to constitute primary or even second- ary aggregates in a tabulation, owing to the numerous species in which the outline might be considered intermediate between the two forms; but in some instances where an already small aggregate requires subdivision, and there happen to be no ‘species among them with the trilobed outline of intermediate form, it is of value for tabulation. I find this character to be remarkably constant and reliable within specific limits. This Group contains fewer known species than any other, only five being attributable to it (of which two are now described as new). The two that I have placed at the begin- ning are closely allied eter se, the others all isolated forms resembling the rest and each other in little more than the structural characters that assign them to the Group. The following table differentiates the known species :— A. Middle lobe of trilobed outline of head not or scarcely more than half each lateral lobe. B. Pronotum more closely punctulate capillatus, Macl. BB. Pronotum less closely punctulate placidus, Blackb. AA. Middle lobe of trilobed outline much more than half each lateral lobe. B. Elytra not set with long erect hairs zalotus, Blackb. BB. Elytra set with long erect hairs C. Elytra opaque, granulate, scarcely visibly punctulate ... Lindi, Blackb. CC. Elytra nitid, areely rugulosely punctulate hes maculatus, Blackb. ff. piacidus, sp. nov. Modice dlonesns, postice leviter dila- tatus; minus nitidus; castaneus; supra pilis brevibus adpressis et nonnullis erectis minus crebre vestitus ; clypeo (hoc antice late leviter emarginato) fronteque crebre rugulosis, planum fere continuum formantibus; labro clypei planum vix attingenti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo, parte mediana quam laterales fere duplo angustior1; antennis 8-articulatis ; prothorace quam longiori ut 19 ad 11 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra subfortiter minus crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 17 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis) sat rectis, basi bisinuata, margine basali ad latera perspicue magis elevato; elytris subgranulatis crebre subtiliter squamose punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30); pygidio sat crebre nec profunde punctulato; coxis posticis quam metaster- 148 num sat brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 24" sat longioribus; femoribus posticis sat dilatatis; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2¥S paullo breviori see 34s paullo longa, unguiculis bifidis. Long., 5 1.; lat., 24 L. This species is very close to 7. ‘Babar Macl., and is dificult to distinguish from it by characters suitable for tabulation. The four specimens of it before me are notably lighter in colour (perhaps variable), with the frons more coarsely rugulose, the punctures of the pronotum larger and less close (in capillatus there are about 22 in the length of the segment), the pronotum less convex viewed from the side, the hind coxe less closely punctulate, the hind tone consider- ably more dilated. North-West Australia; Roebuck Bay. H. zalotus, sp. nov. Elongatus, postice vix dilatatus; minus nitidus; testaceus; supra pilis perbrevibus adpressis et nonnullis erectis sparsim vestitus ; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice late nonnihil emarginato; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales vix angustior}) ; fronte concinne minus crebre punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 8-articulatis; pro- thorace quam longiori duplo latiori, antice sat angustato, supra subtilius nec crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 15 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) postice rotundato-dilatatis, angulis anticis minus acutis modice productis posticis (superne visis) rotundatis, basi haud sinuata, margine basali subtili ad latera haud magis elevato; elytris crebre subtilius punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 27); pygidio crebrius subtilius nec profunde punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum paullo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2"™ gat longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 24s sat breviorl quam 3% parum longiori; unguiculis bifidis. Maris segmento ventrali 5° in medio transversim carinato. Long., 34 1.; lat., 14 1. An extremely isolated species of unusually narrow and elongate form. The hind coxz, though not very much shorter than the metasternum, leave a wide ene of the Ist ventral segment exposed. Western Australia; Swan River (Mr. Lea). H. submetallicus, Blackb. When I described this species I expressed some doubt as to its being really distinct from H. Lindi, Blackb. Since that time I have seen several more specimens of both forms, and find that the colour distinctions 149 are not constant, and that the difference in the hind angles of the prothorax is too slight to be rightly treated as specific. The prothorax (and indeed the whole body) of swbmetallicus is a trifle broader than that of Lindi, and to that perhaps is due the slightly blunter appearance of the hind angles when viewed from above. I am now satisfied that swbmetal- licus is the female of Lindi. Group VI. The division of this Group into primary aggregates (A, AA, and AAA) is very satisfactory. All the species in A have hind coxz either fully as long as the metasternum, or (if not quite so long) covering what I have called the Ist ventral segment (it is really the 3rd, the basal two being very short and entirely concealed under the coxz), at least so nearly that only its linear hind edging is visible. In AA the hind coxe are in every instance notably shorter than the meta- sternum. In all of them the portion of ventral segment ex- posed beyond their hind margin is considerably more than the mere linear hind edging. The species of AA have hind coxe quite evidently (usually much) longer than the 2nd exposed ventral segment, but two of them are near the border line between AA and AAA, having the hind coxe so slightly longer than the ventral segment in question that one has to give more than a passing glance before being satisfied that its place isin AA. Of these 1. tridens, Blackb., differs notably from all those that I have placed in AAA by the very much coarser puncturation of its dorsal surface and the extremely narrow middle lobe of the trilobed outline of its head; and H. mgellus, Er., in AAA would stand beside H. campestris, from which it differs by the middle lobe of the trilobed outline notably narrower, the antennz of dark colour, etc., etc. The character that I have used chiefly for breaking up the primary into secondary aggregates is that of the punctura- tion of the dorsal surface. I am not altogether satisfied with this character for the purpose, inasmuch as there are species near the border line of all the aggregates formed by its use, but I have not been able to discover any more genuinely struc- tural distinction by which more than much smaller aggregates of species could be formed, and in dealing with so large a number of species as those contained in this Group, it is in- convenient to make the secondary aggregates numerous. For- tunately, however, the Heteronyces do not appear to be vari- able within the limits of a species in respect of puncturation. I have carefully compared—in respect of a good many species —the puncturation of numerous individuals taken in com- pany and under circumstances that allowed no doubt of specific 150 identity, and have found it always the case that their punctura- tion was practically identical. Females are apt to be punc- tured a little more coarsely than males, which causes the punc- tures to be a little closer to each other in the former sex; but if the punctures be counted there is scarcely any variation in number. I think, therefore, that this character is of practical value for forming secondary aggregates, although I find it quite necessary to preface the tabulation with a note on each aggregate of this nature calling attention to the species which are near the border line. In the aggregate A there are no species calling for remark in this respect, no member of C approximating in puncturation to CC. In the aggregate AA, under the heading CC, I have divided the species into three sub-aggregates, according as the punctures of the pronotum are (D) very numerous and close, 10 from the front not nearly reaching the middle; (DD) moderately so, 20 or more in the whole length, 10 from the front reach- ing the middle; and DDD decidedly sparse, 16 or less in the whole length, 10 from the front reaching. well beyond the middle. In D no species can rightly be deemed near the border line. In DD the punctures of the pronotum are per- haps a little close in H. maurulus, 10 from the front scarcely reaching the middle of the segment, but in all the species under D the punctures of the pronotum are very evidently much closer still. In the aggregates founded on the elytral puncturation there are few, if any, species of doubtful posi- tion. It will, however, be well to note that the position of yiugarnensis in the aggregate having the elytral punctures ‘close perhaps calls for the remark that the elytral punctures of that species are a little less close than in its companions, 12 from the suture reaching not far from the middle of the elytron. It is, perhaps, hardly necessary to remind the student that some of the characters indicated in the descriptions must not be relied upon as exactly correct for speci- mens other than those on which the descriptions were founded without its being borne in mind that not all the types can be depended upon to be ordinary types of fresh examples. Specimens taken, often by non-scientific collectors, in remote parts of Australia frequently occupy a long time in travel before reaching the describer, and when they reach him may have suffered more or less from abrasion and other casualties, so that by that time some characters—especially the degree of hindward dilatation of the elytra, the density of the vestiture, and the colour—may not be quite as they are in a perfectly fresh specimen. 151 I have made but little reference to sexual characters in the descriptions of species of this and the following Groups. The fact is that I have in almost all cases failed to discover any well-marked sexual characters at all, and even the char- acter of the less convexity of the ventral segments in the male (which is, I think, fairly constant) is in many cases not very apparent in specimens that are not fresh and well preserved. For the sake of clearness I may, perhaps, say that in descriptions of the basal edging of the pronotum the phrase “ad latera magis elevatus’’ means that the edging becomes more elevated at the ends of the basal margin than it is in other parts of its length. The number of names (including those mentioned below as doubtful, and therefore excluded from the tabulation) of Heteronyces attributable to this Group hitherto published is, I believe, 37. Of these I have been able to place 32 in my tabulation. I now add 14 new species, bringing the number of identifiable species to 47 (one of which, however (dH. nigricans, Burm.), is excluded from the tabulation for the reason mentioned below). The following table indicates distinctive characters of the species known to me oi this Group, below which will be found notes on some of the previously-described species, and then descriptions of new species : — A. Hind coxe as long as metasternum, or if scarcely so long at least all but covering Ist ventral segment. B. Joint 3 of antennz not or scarcely shorter than joint 2. C. Elytral punctures not very fine and close (about 12 from suture reach to or beyond middle). D. Labrum (viewed from in front) strongly concave longitudinally, and not transverse ... fervidus, Blackb. DD. Labrum (viewed from in front) an almost equilateral triangle nasutus, Blackb.. PDD. Labrum (viewed from in front) very strongly transverse. i. Labrum (viewed from in front) deeply sulcate longi- _ wadinally sa + ane em oUSeE Black b.. EE. Labrum not as E. F. Hind angles of prothorax (viewed from ie strongly defined .. comes, Blackb. FF. Hind angles. of “prothorax (viewed from above) quite rounded off. G. Middle lobe divided from lateral lobes... transversicollis, Macl. GG. Middle lobe not divided from lateral lobes ... .... vicinus, Blackb. 152 CC. Elytral punctures fine and close (12 from suture not nearly reach- ing middle) . ‘intrusus, Blackb. BB. Joint 3 of antennz much shorter than joint 2. C. Middle lobe scarcely more than half a lateral lobe ... granulifer, Blackb. CC. Middle lobe much more than halt a lateral lobe. D. Hind angles of prothorax (viewed from above) well defined, rect- angulars:... (6s. SSeS... ... -normaliss aaa DD. Hind angles of prothorax (viewed from above) quite rounded off. E. Elytra non-striate outside sub- sutural stria . brevicornis, Blackb. KE. Each elytron with 5or 6 ‘quite distinct striz ... pygmeeus, Blackb. AA. Hind coxe notably shorter than meta- sternum or (if less notably shorter) leaving Ist ventral segment widely exposed. B. Middle of ventral segments geeane, with close fine asperity ... anceps, Blackb. BB. Ventral segments not as B. () C. Front face of labrum quite strongly and closely rugulose, or even granulate. D. Elytral punctures not extremely close (20 from suture reach at least to middle). E. Prothorax fully twice as wide as long s piger, Blackb. EE. Prothorax distinctly less than twice as wide as long. F. Elytral punctures close (15 from suture not passing middle). — G. Elytra transversely thick- ened close to apex; there- ve ee declivous at ; [Blackb. Bt ... consanguineus, GG. ieee normal | raucinasus, Blackb. FF. Elytral punctures not close (15 from suture consider- ably pass middle) ... «. glabratusy fae DD. Elytral punctures extremely close (20 from suture not nearly ; reaching middle)... ... . mulwalensis, Blackb. CC. Front face of labrum not rugu- lose, usually finely punctulate and more or less nitid. D. Punctures of pronotum close (10 from front not very _ nearly reaching middle). (1) H. glabratus, Er., is somewhat intermediate in respect of this character. 153 E. Elytral punctures close (12 from suture do not reach middle). F. Elytral punctures extremely close (20 from suture not reaching middle). G. Joints 2 and 3 of antenne of about equal length. A. Jomtee4 hot -antennze strongly triangular, transverse Te ee ee HH. Joint 4 of antenne scarcely triangular, not transverse GG. Joint 3 of Pi canis “very Bas. 8a much shorter than 2 FF. Elytral punctures less close (20 from suture pass middle strongly). G. Joint 4 of antenne strongly transverse . GG. Joint 4 of antenne not or scarcely transverse. H. Clypeus and frons on an almost even plane _... HH. Planes of clypeus and frons very different ... EE. Elytral punctures not close (12 from suture reach middle) (2)DD. Punctures of pronotum not close (about 10 from front reach or pass middle). Hi. Trilobed outline sharply divid- ed, its middle lobe less than half a lateral lobe. F. Club of antennez testaceous. G. Elytra strongly rugulose, in strong contrast to Pie O- notum at yee GG. Elytra not as G. H. Hind coxe considerably longer than 2nd ventral segment. I. Marginal edging ot clypeus_ interrupted in middle. J. Joint 2 of antennez short globular, not longer than 3 JJ. Joint 2 of antenne not globular, dis- pureely longer than Ii. Marginal edging of clypeus continuous .. HH. Hind coxe very little longer than 2nd ventral segment . . SG ee marecidus, Blackb. Blackb. Blackb.. proprius, punctipennis, constans, Blackb. yilgarnensis, Blackb.. Blackb. validus, erinitus, Blackb. Biackb.. Sloanci, Blackb. pinguis, Blackb. Blackb. agricola, auricomus, tridens, Blackb. (2)In H. maurulus a tr ide (Gbsee. 154 FF. Club of antenne dark ... nigellus, Er. (?) EE. Middle lobe of trilobed out- : line more than half a lateral lobe. F. Elytral punctures close (12 from suture not nearly reaching middle). G. Sides of clypeus project laterally well beyond the eyes. H. Pronotum viewed ob- liquely from side has no trace of a basal angle. T. Punctures of elytra small, scarcely larger . than in H. jubatus ... Cunnamulle, Blackb. Il. Punctures of elytra notably larger — decorus, Blackb. HH. Hind angles of pro- thorax (viewed ob- liquely from side) at least quite perceptible I. Labrum (viewed from in front) has a well- defined erect front face distinct from the lower plane’ .:. granulatus, Blackb. II. Labrum searcely hav- ing an erect front face distinct from lower plane... maurulus, Blackb. GG. Sides of clypeus do not project later ay beyond the eyes ... cygneus, Blackb. FF. Elytral punctures not close (12 from suture reach or pass the middle). G. Punctures of pronotum not sparse (about 20 in length of segment) ... dubius, Blackb. GG. Punctures of pronotum very sparse (15 or less in length of segment). ~H. Basal edging of pro- notum not or scarcely more raised at ends; hind angles quite rounded off. I. Apical half at least of elytra conspicu- ously granulate. J. Punctures of elytra very bpee and coarse. crassus, Blackb. JJ. Punctures of ‘ely tra notably smaller and less coarse ... ... Augustze, Blackb. II. Elytra not or scarce- ly granulate... ... electus, Blackb. 155 HH. Basal edging of pro- notum notably raised at ends; hind angles well imaeked <.. .. V 22iraserensis, Blackb. AAA. Hind coxe not longer than 2nd visible ventral segment. B. Frons not perpendicularly declivous in front. C. Pronotum closely punctulate (20 or more punctures in length of segment). D. Clypeus and poe on an even continuous p!ine austrinus, Blackb. DD. Planes of c!ypeus and frons very different, latter very con- vex Peete | on vole elitiusem be Laelob: €C. Pronotum “sparsely punctulate ; 15 or 16 punctures down middle line. D. Frons quite strongly (somewhat coarsely) rugulose ..:_ ....... campestris, Blackb. DD. Frons smoothly, finely, and not closely punctulate. E. Basal edging of pronotum well defined ef) ies Ge ad ehilhisepata cleo: EE. Basal edging of pronotum ~ extremely fine (scarcely dis- tinct) jejunus, Blackb. BB. Frons perpendicularly declivous at the clypeall suture/’).. 9.2. °... ».. .dentipes, Blackb. HT. raucinasus, Blackb. I believe that there are before me two distinct species extremely close to rawcinasus and to each other, but as I have more than a single specimen of only one of the three, it seems better to regard them for the present as possibly varieties. The type is from South Australia, and has non-granulate elytra, with puncturation finer and notably less squamose than the other two. Of the others, one is from South Austraha, and is fairly plentiful; besides the different elytral sculpture already noted its prothorax is quite evidently more transverse and less narrowed in front. The third is from the Dividing Range in Victoria, and is a little smaller than the last mentioned, with its prothorax even more nar- rowed in front than that of rawcinasus. Hf. constans, Blackb. This South Australian species is very close to H. yilgarnensis, from Western Australia. The puncturation of the dorsal surface is quite distinctly closer, especially about the apical region of the elytra; but the best distinction that I have observed is that noted in the tabu- lation. H. nigellus, Hr.(?). I have already pointed out and discussed the AGU of identifying this species (Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1889, p. 157). I am not able to throw any 156 fresh light upon the subject. The elytra vary in colour from black to rufous in the species which I take to be mgellus. H. Auguste, Blackb. This species forms with crassus, Blackb., and electus, Blackb., a trio of species not very easy to distinguish by characters that lend themselves to tabula- tion. The coarse, sparse puncturation of the elytra of crassus (only about 18 punctures across an elytron) is, however, very distinctive. Of the other two, e/ectus is evidently the nar- rower and less robust, is invariably (so far as I have seen) very much lighter in colour, with prothorax less narrowed in front and less rounded on the sides, and with elytra non- granulate or with at most an accidental two or three granules, the granules of Auguste being plentiful and distributed over the whole surface of the elytra. H. nigricans, Burm. There is a specimen in the Macleay Museum at Sydney bearing this name. I examined it when I was writing my former Revision of Heteronyxz, and thought it correctly identified. When I visited the Macleay Museum with a view to the preparation of this present memoir, I acci- dentally omitted to re-examine the said specimen, and as my description of it in my former Revision does not mention all the details needed to be known before the species can be placed in the tabulation of this present memoir, I am obliged to pass it by for the present, and must content myself with referring to Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1889, pp. 142 and 151, for infor- mation concerning it. It should be noted that in my former Revision (loc. cit.) I accidentally called this species nigricans, Sie in eTtor. H. obscurus, Le Guill. I have not seen the original description under this name. Burmeister states that the Bpecies is identical with H. nigellus, Er. The name and habi- tat taken together are suggestive of the statement being probably correct. The name, however, cannot stand, A. obscurus, i et Jacq. (Blanch.), having precedence of date. H. spadiceus, Burm. It is probable that this is a mem- ber of Group VI. It is from the Swan River, and is described as entirely glabrous (iiberall haarfre:). I conjecture that the description was founded on a badly-abraded insect. The structure of the claws is not. mentioned. H. unicolor, Blanch. This species also probably apper- tains to Group VI. The want of information concerning the claws renders it possible (as in the case of the preceding species) that it is a member of Group V. It could ‘be iden- tified only by comparison with the type, or by means of a specimen from Tasmania agreeing with the description. = | 157 H. apertus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; modice nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis minus elongatis erectis minus crebre vestitus ; clypeo crebre rugu- loso, antice late subtruncato; labro longitudinaliter pro- funde late sulcato, clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales paullo angustiori); fronte sat grosse vix crebre punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana manifeste dis- paria visis; antennis 8-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2"s sublongiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latior1, antice leviter angustato, supra sat fortiter nec crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 13 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) modice arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis) obtusis bene definitis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali latera versus magis elevato; elytris granulatis, squamose sat sparsim nec subtiliter nec profunde punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 20) ; pygidio crebrius minus for- titer punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum vix brevioribus ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 245 fere triplo, quam 34 sat multo, breviori; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 44 1.; lat., 22 1. The peculiar form of the labrum, as well as the great elongation of the second joint of the hind tarsi, renders this Species easy of identification. Western Australia; Perth, etc. Hf. comes, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat dilatatus; sat nitidus; niger, antennis (harum flabello testaceo) pedi- busque nonnihil rufescentibus; supra pilis brevibus pallidis adpressis sparsim vestitus; clypeo (hoc antice subtruncato) fronteque planum sat continuum przben- tibus, fortiter sat qualiter rugulosis; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat multo angustior1); antennis 8-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2"S vix breviori; prothorace quam longicri ut 8 ad 5 latiori, antice minus angustato, supra sat fortiter vix crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 19 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis subacutis modice productis posticis (superne visis) rectis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris subrugulose subgrosse sparsius punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 17); pygidio fere ut pronotum punctulato; coxis posticis quam meta- _sternum nonnihil brevioribus sed segmentum primum visibilem fere totum tegentibus; tarsorum posticorum 158 articulo basali quam 2"5 multo, quam 325 - paullo,. breviori; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 4 1.; lat., 21. In some respects not unlike the species that I have regard- ed as being //. nigricans, Burm., but readily distinguishable from it by, inter alia, its longer hind coxe and the much larger: and less close punctures of its elytra. Each elytron has faint indications of two longitudinal coste. Western Australia; Albany. H. vicinus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat dilatatus ; sat nitidus; fuscus, antennarum flabello testaceo; supra. pilis pallidis minus brevibus erectis minus crebre vestitus ;. clypeo antice subtruncato, fortiter minus crebre ruguloso ; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo- oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana promin- enti quam laterales sat angustior1); fronte convexa sat grosse sat crebre punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana disparia visis; antennis 8-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2us vix breviori; prothorace quam longiori duplo latiori, antice vix angustato, supra sat grosse minus sparsim punctulato (puncturis circiter 11 in segmenti longi- tudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis, angulis. anticis obtusis vix productis posticis (superne visis): rotundatis, basi haud sinuata, margine basali sat equali ; elytris minute granulatis, subrugulose sat grosse nec erebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 16) ; pygidio sparsius nec subtiliter punctulato; coxis posticis metasterno longitudine sat equalibus; tarsorum posti- corum articulo basali quam 2" paullo breviori, quam 3¥5: sublongiori; unguiculis appendiculatis, parte basali ad apicem spiniformi. .Long., 2#1.; lat., 121. This very small species has much the appearance to a casual glance of a dwarf H. transversicollis, Macl., but differs from it also by, iter alia, the very much wider and more prominent middle lobe (labrum) of the trilobed outline of its: head (in transversicollis not more than half a lateral lobe) and the closer puncturation of its elytra. South Australia; near Adelaide (Mr. Griffith). H. intrusus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat dilatatus ;: minus nitidus; ferrugineus: supra pilis brevibus ad- pressis sat crebre vestitus; clypeo fortiter ruguloso, antice subtruncato; labro clypei planum_ superanti ; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo- (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustiori); fronte fortiter rugulose sat crebre punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana paullo disparia visis; antennis 8-articulatis,. 159 articulo 3° quam 2" vix breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice parum angustato, supra minus fortiter subcrebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 16 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis minus productis pos- ticis (superne visis) rectis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera magis elevato; elytris crebre subtilius punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30) ; pygidio sat fortiter sparsius punctulato, longitudinaliter in parte antica leviter carinato; coxis posticis quam metasternum vix brevioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2°S duplo, quam 34% sat multo, breviori; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 33 1.; Tabi le). Very easily distinguishable from all the species to which it is structurally a close ally by the much finer and close puncturation of its elytra. The trilobed outline of the head is divided, but not strongly; the middle lobe has about two- thirds the span of a lateral lobe. Western Australia; Perth (Mr. Lea). H. pygmaeus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice parum dila- tatus ; minus nitidus ; rufescens, elytris pallidioribus ; supra pilis sat brevibus adpressis sat crebre vestitus; clypeo sat crebre sat grosse ruguloso, antice subtruncato; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales parum angustior1); fronte subrugulose sat fortiter sat erebre punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana paullo disparia _visis; antennis 8-articulatis brevissimis, articulo 3° quam 248 multo breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 12 ad 7 latiori, antice minus angustato, supra subtiliter sat crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 19 in segmenti longi- tudine), lateribus (superne visis) fortiter rotundatis pone medium manifeste dilatatis, angulis-anticis obtusis vix productis posticis (superne visis) obtuse rotundatis, basi haud sinuata, margine basali subtili equali; elytris manifeste substriatis, crebre subtiliter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30); pygidio subtilius minus crebre punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum haud brevioribus ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2s vix breviorl, quam 3" paullo longiori; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 24 1.; lat., 141. | This very small species is closely allied to H. brevicornis, Blackb., from which, however, it is easily distinguishable by, anter alia, its elytra very evidently substriate. The trilobed 160 outline of the head is divided, but not very conspicuously, the middle lobe prominent and nearly as wide as a lateral lobe. Western Australia; Yilgarn (Mr. French). H. proprius, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice parum dila- tatus; minus nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus adpressis sat crebre vestitus ; clypeo sat crebre ruguloso, antice leviter emarginato; labro clypei planum superanti ; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustiori) ; fronte for- titer sat crebre vix rugulose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 8-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 24s et quam 4s paullo breviori; pro- thorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice sat angus- tato, supra crebre subtilius punctulato (puncturis circiter 25 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne isis) modice arcuatis, angulis anticis minus acutis minus pro- ductis posticis (superne visis) rotundato-obtusis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali latera versus magis —elevato; elytris crebre subtilius punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 32), minute plus minusve crebre granu- latis; pygidio sat crebre minus subtiliter punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ sat longioribus; tarsorum posti- corum articulo basali quam 24S sat multo quam 3% paulloe vel vix Freviorl; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 42 1. ; lat ou2e%, 1 vax): Among the species of this Group with hind coxe of inter- mediate length, the front face of the labrum nitid and finely punctulate, and the pronotum and elytra closely punctulate, this species is easily distinguishable by the antennal characters indicated in the tabulation. The fourth joint of the antennz longer than the third is an unusual character. The trilobed outline of the head is feebly developed and not divided, the middle lobe about two-thirds of a lateral lobe. Western Australia; Perth, etc. (Mr. Lea). H. validus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat dilatatus ; sat nitidus; obscure ferrugineus, antennis dilutioribus ; supra pilis brevibus adpressis minus crebre vestitus; clypeo crebre minus fortiter ruguloso, antice late emar- ginato; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales multo angustiori1); fronte crebre rugulose sat fortiter punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana valde disparia visis; antennis 8-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2u8 yix breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra crebre minus fortiter 161 punctulato (puncturis circiter 24 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis) obtusis, basi nonnihil bisinuata, margine basali latera versus magis elevato; elytris sat crebre minus fortiter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30); pygidio longitud- inaliter subcarinato, sat crebre subtilius leviter puctu- lato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2"™ sat longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2's sat multo breviori quam 35 sublongiori; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 42 1.; lat., 24 1. Rather near to H. yilgarnensis, Blackb., but, wter alia, notably smaller, with the head very different, elytral sculpture smoother, basal joint of hind tarsi shorter in proportion to second joint. The trilobed outline of the head is well defined, divided; the middle lobe not more projecting than the lateral lobes, and scarcely larger than half a lateral lobe. Victoria (Mr. Griffith). H. crinitus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice parum dila- tatus: modice nitidus; niger, antennis pedibusque pleeis ; supra capillis elongatis fulvis erectis sat crebre vestitus ; clypeo (hoc antice leviter emarginato) fronteque confertim subtilius rugulosis, ut plana sat disparia visis; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat multo angustiori); antennis 8-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2S sat multo breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 5 ad 3 latiori, antice minus angustato, supra crebre minus fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 24 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) modice arcuatis, angulis anticis minus cutis minus _ productis posticis (superne visis) obtuse rectis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali sat zequali; elytris obsolete substriatis, sat fortiter minus crebre nonnihil rugulose punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 20): pygidio crebre minus for- titer punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2U™ sat longior- ibus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2¥s sat multo previori, 3° sat equali; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 45 1.; lat., 21 1. Easily distinguishable from all near allies by colour and vestiture. The puncturation of the pronotum much finer and closer than of the elytra also furnishes a conspicuous character. Tasmania ; Mount Wellington (Mr. Griffith). ¥ 162 H. agricola, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; sat nitidus; obscure ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus adpressis minus crebre vestitus : ; clypeo (hoc | antice emarginato) fronteque crebre minus fortiter rugu- losis, ut plana manifeste disparia visis; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) — tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam lateralium dimidium angustiori); antennis 8-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2s parum breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 11 ad 6 latiori, antice sat angustata, supra minus crebre minus fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in seg- menti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcu- atis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne isis) subrectis, basi bisinuata, margine basali ad latera paullo magis elevato; elytris minus crebre vix fortiter plus minusve squamose punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 25); pygidio erebrius subtiliter punctulato, longitudinaliter nonnihil subcarinato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevior- ibus quam segmentum ventrale 24™ sat longioribus; tar- sorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2™S sat breviori, 3° sat equali; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 54-6 1. ; lat., 22-3 1. The form of the trilobed outline of the head renders this species very easy to distinguish from almost all to which it bears any notable general resemblance. It is nearest to H. pinguis, Blackb., which has a similar trilobed outline of the head and a similar clypeus; but pingwis differs from it by numerous characters, especially the antennal structure (which seems to furnish the most convenient character for tabulation), the head notably smaller in proportion to the prothorax, colour much darker, form notably more depressed with more hindward dilatation, elytral puncturation not at all of the squamose type, clypeus and frons notably less near to forming an even plane. Compared with H. agricola, Blackb., H. auricomus, Blackb., is much smaller, its colour much lighter, its clypeus with a continuous raised edging across the front, etc. The trilobed outline of the head in agricola is fairly strongly defined, though notably less so than in Hf. Sloaner, Blackb., and is divided, with the middle lobe slightly less than half a lateral lobe. Sloanet is easily distinguished from agricola by its strongly rugulose elytra, etc. New South Wales; Emu Plains (Mr. Sloane). H. Cunnamulle, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice nonnihil dilatatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus adpressis minus crebre vestitus; clypeo crebre minus 163 fortiter ruguloso, antice leviter emarginato; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tri- pliciter convexo (parte mediana quam lateralium dim- idium paullo latiori); fronte crebre fortius ruguloso- punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis ; antennis 8-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 24S sat breviori ; prothorace quam longiori ut 20 ad 11 latiori, antice sat fortiter angustato, fortius minus crebre punctulato (punc- turis circiter 18 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis pone medium nonnihil dilatato- rotundatis, angulis anticis sat acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis) rotundato-obtusis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris crebre minus fortiter sat squamose punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30), pygidio minus fortiter sat crebre punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ sat longioribus; tarsorum posti- corum articulo basali quam 24S sat breviori, 3° sat a unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 5 1.; lat., TOM ao Although the hind angles of the prothorax when viewed from directly above the segment appear (owing to the con- vexity of the segment concealing the true margin) to be not quite rounded off, yet when looked at a little from the side obliquely (so that the true margin is seen) they cease to be traceable, and are an even curve with no definite place of meeting of the base and lateral margin. That is not the case with any other of the near allies of this species except decorus, Blackb., which, however, is a larger, broader, and more robust insect, with the punctures of the elytra notably larger. The trilobed outline of the head of this species is well developed and divided (but not very strongly), the middle lobe about two-thirds of a lateral lobe. Queensland; Cunnamulla (Mr. Lea). H. granulatus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice modice dilatatus; sat nitidus; obscure ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus adpressis sat sparsim vestitus ; clypeo (hoc antice subtruncato) fronteque crebre sat fortiter rugulosis ; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustiori); antennis 8-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 24s paullo breviori; prothorace quam longiori ut 14 ad 8 latiori, antice modice angustato, supra fortius minus crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti longi- tudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis modice productis posticis (superne visis) F2 164 sat acute rectis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine. basali ad latera summa paullo magis elevato; elytris crebre minus fortiter squamose punctulatis (trans elytron punc- turis circiter 30), granulis minutis nitidis permultis in- | structis; pygidio longitudinaliter subcarinato crebre subtilius punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2°™ sat longioribus ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2% paullo breviori, 3° subequali; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 421.; lat. » 2y5 1. | Resembles ( ‘unnamulle, Blackb., in general appearance, but can be readily distinguished from it by the difference in the form of the prothorax (already discussed under Cunna- mule). ‘The trilobed outline of the head is feebly developed, scarcely divided: the middle lobe about two-thirds of a lateral lobe. The puncturation of the elytra becomes very fine and close near the apex. New South Wales; Sydney, Galston, Blue Mountains. H. maurulus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice vix dila- tatus ; minus nitidus; niger, elytris piceis, palpis antennis tarsisque rufescentibus; supra pilis brevibus adpressis vestitus ; elypeo crebre ruguloso, antice emarginato ; labro clypei planum superanti, toto longitudinaliter concavo ; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales paullo angustiori) ; fronte crebre fortiter ruguloso-punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana minus disparia visis ; antennis 8-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 25 parum breviorl: prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice sat angustato, minus fortiter vix crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 21 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) modice arcuatis, angulis anticis minus acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis) rectis nonnihil retrorsum productis, basi bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris nonnihil sub- striatis, crebre subtilius aspere punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30); pygidio sparsius subtilius punctu- lato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ sat longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2" sat breviori quam 3"s sat tt tae ; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 4 L.: lat., 2 1. . A very distinctive character of this species is found in the shape of the labrum, which does not appear to have an erect plane (distinct from a lower plane sloping away more or less horizontally hindward from the lower edge of the erect plane). In most Heteronyces, of Groups V.-VIII. (¢.g., H. elongatus, Blanch., of this memoir), the erect plane of the 165 labrum is conspicuously present. H. jubatus, Blackb., is a species having no trace of the erect plane. In the present species the labrum is of the jubatus type, but not quite abso- lutely, as from a certain point of view there is the appearance of an extremely narrow upturned edging, which, on close inspection, is seen to be not really erect. The trilobed out- line of the head is feebly developed and scarcely divided, the middle lobe a little more than two-thirds of a lateral lobe. ‘The punctures of the pronotum are a trifle closer than in the immediately allied species (10 from the front scarcely reaching the middle of the segment), but the species could not be placed in the aggregate with pronotum closely punctured, in all of which 10 punctures from the front fall decidedly short of reaching the middle. Victoria. Hf. austrinus, sp. nov. _Modice elongatus, postice sat dila- tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus adpressis minus crebre vestitus; clypeo (hoc antice late vix emarginato) fronteque crebre rugulosis, fere ut planum continuum visis; labro clypei planum superanti ; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam lateralium dimidium paullo latiori) ; antennis 8-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2's sublongiori ; prothorace quam longiori ut 8 ad 5 latiori, antice parum angustato; supra crebre sat subtiliter punctulato (punc- turis circiter 27 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis pone medium nonnihil ampliato-rotundatis, angulis anticis sat acutis modice pro- ductis posticis (superne visis) obtusis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera summa nonnihil magis elevato; elytris crebre minus fortiter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30); coxis posticis quam meta- “sternum multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2%™ vix longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2"S sat multo, quam 3"° paullo, breviori : unguiculis -appendiculatis. Long., 42 1.; lat., 24 1. The unusually short hind coxe furnish a distinctive char- acter for this species among most of the Heteronyces of this ‘Group. From //. lateritius, Blackb. (which stands beside it in my tabulation), it may be readily distinguished by its pro- thorax being scarcely narrower in front than at the base as well as by the character cited in the tabulation. The trilobed outline of its head is fairly well developed but not distinctly divided, the middle lobe well projected, and a little less in ‘size than two-thirds of a lateral lobe. Western Australia: Swan River. 166 H. campestris, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice sat dila- tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis sat brevibus. adpressis minus sparsim vestitus; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice late leviter emarginato; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustior1) ; fronte crebre rugulose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 8 - articulatis, articulo 3° quam 248 sublongiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 24 ad 13 latiori, antice minus angus- . tato, supra minus crebre sat fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 16 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis) sub- rectis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera vix magis elevato; elytris subfortiter sat crebre granulatim punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 28); pygidio erebre subtilius punctulato; coxis posticis quam meta- sternum multo brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2um vix longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 28 paullo breviori quam 3"S paullo longiori ; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 41.; lat., 21. This species bears a general resemblance to H. granu- latus, Blackb. It is, however, easily distinguishable from that species by its notably shorter hind coxe, its pronotum notably less narrowed in front, punctures of dorsal surface evidently larger and less close. The trilobed outline of its head is well defined and divided, the middle lobe about two- thirds of a lateral lobe. The labrum presents the very un- usual character of the upper (arched) outline of the erect front face, as viewed from in front, being finely margined. New South Wales ; Sydney. Group VII. Since this Group and the next both contain numerous species which are assigned to either Group, according as their hind claws are bifid or appendiculate, and as there are un- doubtedly degrees of bifidity and appendiculation, some species being either strongly or feebly bifid or appendiculate, it 1s, of course, obvious that in dealing with these Groups very particular attention must be paid to the claws. I do not think that there are any species in either Group whose claw- structure would be likely on careful examination to be mis- taken for that of the other Group. Nevertheless, it is possible that an observer whose eye was not trained by lengthy study of these insects might feel some hesitation in confidently 167 assigning to their Group a few of those whose claw-structure is nearest to the border line. It is, perhaps, well, therefore, to repeat here the definitions of bifid and appendiculate claws with special application to the requirements of identification in these particular Groups. A typically bifid claw, then, is one in which the basal piece is conspicuously produced at its inner apex into a process more or less perpendicular to the axis of the claw, which process is at least half as large as the process of the apical piece, the whole basal piece being on the external margin much longer than (usually about twice as long as) the apical piece. A typically appendiculate claw is not produced at the inner apex of the basal piece, or is pro- duced into a minute process much less than half as large as the process of the apical piece and very much more slender, the whole basal piece being on the external margin not much longer than the apical piece. Near the border line (in respect of the claws) of Group VIII. are a few species in which the apical piece of the (hind) claws is larger than normal, or the process of the basal piece is scarcely half as large as that of the apical piece. In these possibly doubtful species one at least of the following characters is present in the claws, and is not present in those of any possibly doubtful species of Group VIII.:—(a) The process of the basal piece a wide triangular tooth-like projection, or truncate at its apex (as distinguished from the apex of the whole basal piece); (0) the intermediate or front claws (or both of them) notably more typically bifid than the hind claws. The species with hind claws least pronouncedly bifid are, perhaps, ignobilts, Blackb.; meglectus, Blackb.; Jlucidus, Blackb.; aridus, Blackb. ; and diversiceps, Blackb., but I do not think anyone would find any real difficulty even with them. It must be noticed that in order to determine the form of the claw it is necessary to look at it with its compressed surface levelly opposite the eye. Viewed with the outer margin in that position many appendiculate claws appear simple, which, I have no doubt, accounts for the statement of Lacordaire and others that some Heteronyces have simple hind claws. Viewed obliquely from in front, so that the apical piece appears foreshortened, some appendiculate claws seem to be bifid. . A remark seems desirable on a character occasionally made use of in the tabulation of this and the next Group, v2z., the lateral projection of the clypeus, which is not a mere matter of degree, for where it passes the outline of the eye, as in the majority of Heteronyces it does, it is (I think invariably) of more or less angular form, whereas in those species where it does not pass the outline of the eye there is no angulation. 168 In this Group I have made little or no use of the com- parative length, enter se, of the antennal joints, having not. found sufficient variation in that respect to call for special remark, and in not a few species the antennal joints of the stipes are very short, and are difficult to examine without dissection. External tridentation of the front tibiz is so nearly a generic character in Heteronyx that I have not burdened my descriptions with a statement of the number of external teeth on the front tibize where that number is three. , The number of names of previously-described species. clearly attributable (through either definiteness of description or my inspection of the type) to this Group is 20. One of these (H. pellucidus, Burm.) I have not been able to recog- nize among the Heteronyces known to me; it ought to be easily identified, as will appear on reference to my note con- cerning it (vide infra). Another of them (H. subvittatus, Macl., also noted below) is a synonym. I describe 14 new species in the following pages, bringing the number confidently attributable to the Group up to 33, one of them being omitted from the tabulation for the reason stated above. Besides. these 33 there are 9 names of Heteronyces which (judged by the descriptions) probably appertain to either this or the next Group, but cannot be placed definitely without inspection of the types—presumably in Europe—in either Group, because the structure of the claws is not mentioned in the descriptions. Tt is quite likely that I may redescribe some of these, but as I have not access to the types I must run that risk. They will be enumerated in the supplement. The following table indicates distinctive characters of the species known to me in this Group, below which will be found notes on some of the previously-described species, and: then descriptions of the new species : — A. Flabellum of antennz testaceous or brightly ferruginous. B. Hind’ coxze about same length as metasternum covering (or all but) lst ventral segment. C. Middle lobe of trilobed outline not more than half a lateral lobe. D. Hind claws strongly bifid, apical process not or scarcely longer than hinder process. E. Elytral punctures very close (20 from suture ihe? pa ie AMIGA ate ee .. sollicitus, Blackb. EE. Elytral punctures not ‘very close (20 from suture passing middle strongly). 169 F. Clypeus and frons form an almost continuous surface almost on one plane ... .... Darwini, Blackb. FF. Clypeus and frons very distinct; the latter sepa- rately convex... sequens, Blackh. DD. Hind claws feebly bifid, ‘apical F process much longer than hinder DEORCSS ees eS. iccvicce | Ci EOS. ~DLCHO: OC. Middle lobe of trilobed outline much wider. D. Prothorax fully twice as wide as long. E. Trilobed outline strongly Guvadete o o<.) 22) -- (jae epeeros. Blackh. EE. Trilobed outhne not or searcely divided. F. Punctures of elytra very fine and close (20 from suture not passing middle) bidentatus, Blackb. FF. Punctures of elytra not- ably less fine and close (20 from suture pass middle strongly). G. Front tibize with only two external teeth infirmus, Blackb. GG. Front tibie with three external teeth. H. Clypeal suture strongly angular; size moderate (about 33 i) viduus, Blackb. HH. Clypeal suture gently arched ; size very small (about 231.) ... pauxillus, Blackb. DD. Prothorax distinctly less than twice as wide as long. E. Clypeus and frons almost form a continuous plane; frons coarsely punctured. F. Clypeus projects laterally on either side beyond out- line of eye ... incola, Blackb. FF. Clypeus not projecting be- yond outline of eye ... neglectus, Blackb. EE. Planes of clypeus and frons very different; frons strongly convex, not * coarsely punc- tured. F. Elytra non-striate, nitid ... modestus, Blackb. FF. Elytra conspicuously stri- ate, subopaqtue ... ... ... aridus, Blackb. ‘BB. Hind coxe Saeiiaeabien shorter than metasternum (a wide strip of Ist ventral segment exposed). C. Lateral margin of pronotum con- spicuously “expanded (and its raised edging accentuated) close to front angles. 170 D. Trilobed outline divided, strong- ly developed. E. Hind angles of prothorax quite © .. rectangulus, Blackb. sharply rectangular * KE. Hind angles of prothorax (from all points of view) ob- tuse or rounded off ‘ DD. Trilobed outline very feeble, not divided. EK. Pronotum sparsely punctured (not more than 14 punctures in the length). F. Sides of prothorax well rounded (not less so than in H. jubatus) G. Labrum (viewed from in front) with a well-defined erect front face (resemb- ling that of H. elongatus) GG. Labrum not having. a distinct erect front face FF. Sides of prothorax scarcel rounded (greatest width across base). G. External teeth of front tibiz very feeble and Dlant.....; GG. External teeth of front tibize strong and acute ... EE. Pronotum much more closely punctured (about 20 fine punctures in length) es CC. Lateral margin of pronotum not expanded in front. D. Middle lobe of trilobed outline rounded. EK. Punctures of pronotum nu- merous (at least 20 in the length). F. Elytral punctures’ moderate (15 from suture passing middle). G. Prothorax but little nar- rowed in front. H. Sides of prothorax lightly arched ... HH. Sides of prothorax strongly rounded 2 GG. Prothorax very strongly narrowed in front . : FF. Elytral punctures extreme- ly fine and close (15 from suture not reaching middle) EE. Punctures of pronotum not- ably less numerous. F. Tilobed_ outline strongly de- veloped, strongly divided, middle lobe less than half a lateral lobe ... ... disjectus, Blackb. | infuscatus, Macl. rotundifrons, Blackh. lucidus, Blackb. fictus, Blackb. cribriceps, Blackb. borealis, Blackb. pauper, Blackb. sordidus, Blackb. subfuscus, Macl. . humilis, Blackb. 171 FF. Trilobed outline not as I. G. Frons closely and rugu- losely sculptured ; protho- rax considerably nar- rowed in front. H. Size moderate (33 1. or more). J. Elytral punctures sparse (10 from su- ture reach middle) ... sparsus, Blackb. IL. Elytral punctures much more ee cliens, Blackb. HH. Size very small (23 1 or less) .. lividus, Blackb. GG. Frons smoothly, coarsely and not closely punc- tured; base and front of prothorax scarcely differ- ent in width . diversiceps, Blackb. DD. Middle lobe of trilobed outline quite sharply angular ... acutifrons, Blackb. AA. Flabellum of antennee dark (black or nearly so). B. Dorsal surface subopaque, punctures very lightly impressed, elytra with conspicuous obtuse coste ... ... potens, Blackb. BB. Not as B. C. Lateral margin of pronotum widely expanded close to the front angles ee incultus, Blackb. CC. Lateral margin of pronotum | even aphodioides, Blanch. H. Darwini, Blackb. In the description of this species (Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1889, p. 435) I called the tooth- like projection of the inner apex of the hind femora “strong but not sharp.” This would be better expressed “strong but not very sharp,” the projection being, as a fact, quite evi- dently sharper than in almost any other Heteronyx known to me; it is usually feeble and blunt. H. sequens, Blackb. This species is somewhat close to 7. sollicitus, Blackb., but is a smaller insect, of lighter colour, with elytra less closely punctulate, and having the frons more convex so as to appear more distinct from the clypeus, with the clypeal suture more conspicuous. I have seen about a dozen specimens of seguens and about half that number of sollicitus. H. pellucidus, Burm. The characters assigned to this species appear scarcely reconcilable with its being a true H eterony®, especially the front claws of the male “strongly unequal,” and the front tibie with two strons external teeth near the apex and a very small tooth close to the knee. There are Heteronyces (especially in Group VIII.) having a sexual difference in the front claws, but I have not observed any 172 with the claws unequal in either sex; the description of the front tibiz reads like that of an Awtomolus rather than a Heteronyx. If those difficulties be waived it seems probable — that the hind claws are bifid as the front claws of the male are said to be, and in that case the species falls into Group VII. of Heteronyz, and is probably not far removed from H. bidentatus, Blackb. The locality assigned to pellucidus is. South Australia, where, however, I have no evidence of the: occurrence of any species near bidentatus, and certainly it would not be practicable to identify H. pellucidus except by means of a specimen taken in Burmeister’s locality. I con- clude, therefore, that this species must remain an enigma. until the type can be re-examined, or some insect agreeing with the description in respect of sexual characters can be found. fH. siccus, Blackb., and H. Cowelli, Blackb. These species: were described as having bifid claws, and, therefore, might be looked for in this Group; their claws cannot, however, be considered bifid according to the more exact definition of terms that I have adopted for the purpose of the present. Revision, and I therefore transfer them to Group VIII. dZ. Cowell is, however, as noted under Group VIII., a synonym of H. concolor, Macl. H. infuscatus, Macl. This species—the type of which I have examined in the Australian Museum—is very close to H. rotundifrons, Blackb. The distinction of labrum referred to in the tabulation is much like that between H. granulatus and maurulus of Group VI. (which is discussed under the heading of 1. maurulus), and further differences are found in the notably smaller size of H. infuscatus, the considerably better-developed trilobed outline of the head in that species, its notably more convex frons, and its front tibiz much more strongly and sharply dentate externally. HH. subfuscus, Macl. This species seems to be widely dis- tributed in tropical Australia. HT. diversiceps, Blackb. This is the only Heteronyxr known to me as occurring in Tasmania with bifid claws, and even of this species the claws cannot be called strongly bifid. As noted in the original description, this species is extremely - difficult to place satisfactorily in any Group, and in my for- mer Revision of this genus I assigned it to the “Intermediate” Group (now abolished), stating that the front of its head did not show a trilobed outline. That statement is not strictly correct, for (although from the ordinary point of view for examining the outline of the head that outline looks like an even curve) a threefold convexity is certainly visible if the head be viewed less obliquely—:.e., from more directly above 173 it—a facet which I overlooked when I described the species. It would certainly be quite out of place in Group III., to which it would have to be referred if the front outline of its head were regarded as not trilobed. H. potens, Blackb., and its allies. The species of this aggregate (of Group VII., having the antennal flabellum black) are incapable of confusion with any other //cteronyces, but are extremely closely allied, enter se, and variable—at any rate in respect of colour and size. I believe that I have before me at least six species of this aggregate, but three of them are represented by very few specimens, few of which are in satisfactory condition, and I do not feel justified in dealing with them. The species which I have called potens is usually named aphodioides, Blanch., but I think this a mistake, imas- much as its general size is larger than that Blanchard at- tributes to his species; it is one of the most opaque of the Heteronyces (Blanchard calls his species “subnitidus’’), and its dorsal puncturation is exceptionally lightly impressed. (Blanchard calls the pronotum and elytra of his species “pro- funde punctata’). I have little doubt that the true //. apho- dioides is a small Heteronyx, which I have seen only from Sydney and the immediate suburbs, and which answers very well indeed to Blanchard’s description. The three species characterized in the tabulation above are certainly all valid, and can easily be recognized by the characters cited. Besides. these, I have before me two black specimens from Galston closely allied to incultus, but of wider and more depressed form, with the prothorax larger and more transverse; three specimens from Windsor possibly identical with the two from Galston, but entirely of a bright ferruginous colour, though apparently not immature, with only the antennal flabellum black; and a single specimen (in bad condition) from the Tweed River, near potens, but likely to prove distinct when a series of specimens in good condition can be examined. 1. sollicitus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat dilatatus ; minus nitidus; ferrugineus vel obscure brunneus, anten- nis palpisque sat pallidis; supra pilis minus brevibus adpressis nonnullisque erectis vestitus ; clypeo (hoc antice late emarginato) fronteque sat equaliter subrugulose punctulatis, ut plana parum disparia visis; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam lateralium dimi- dium angustiori); antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 6 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra sat crebre minus subtiliter punctulato (puncturis circiter 24 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis 174 posticis (superne visis) rotundato-obtusis, basi sat fortiter — bisinuata, margine basali sat zequali; elytris crebre sub- tilius subaspere punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis cir- citer 36); pygidio leviter vel obsolete punctulato; coxis: posticis quam metasternum haud brevioribus, quam seg- mentum ventrale 24™ multo longioribus; tarsorum posti- corum articulo basali quam 245 sat breviori quam 3% sub longiori ; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 44-5 1.; lat., 24-22 1. This species is easily recognizable by the characters cited in the tabulation. I have before me specimens from North Queensland, Port Darwin, and North-West Australia which present slight differences, inter se, suggesting the possibility that investigation of more numerous examples may indicate their being distinct closely-allied species. In the Queensland specimen (the type) only, the pronotum is distinctly canalicu- late, while that from North-West Australia only has some traces of elytral striation. It would not, however, be wise to treat them as specifically different without further evidence. The trilobed cutline of the head in this species is strongly developed and divided. North Australia (Mr. Perkins and Mr. Griffith). H. ignobilis, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice sat dila- tatus; ferrugineus; supra pilis minus brevibus adpressis nonnullisque erectis vestitus; clypeo crebre subrugulose punctulato, antice late emarginato; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam lateralium dimidium paullo angustior1) ; fronte sat grosse minus crebre punctulata ; hac clypeoque ut plana manifeste disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 8 ad 5 latiori, antice minus angustato, supra subtilius sat crebre punc- tulato (puncturis circiter 23 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, angulis, anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis -(superne visis) rotundato-obtusis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera summa nonnihil magis elevato; elytris crebre sat subtiliter subaspere punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 40); pygidio obsolete sparsim punctulato; coxis posticis metasterno longitudine sat zqualibus, quam segmentum ventrale 2um multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2US parum brevior! quam 2S parum longiori; unguiculis bifidis (minus fortiter). Long., 41.; lat., 2 1. This species bears considerable resemblance to H. sollici- tus, Blackb., but is easily separated from it by its very differ- ent hind claws, which are somewhat near the. border line 175 between bifid and appendiculate structure, the hinder of their projections being a good deal smaller than the apical, though too distinctly in the form of a triangular tooth to allow of the claw being called appendiculate. Further differences are to be noticed in the smaller size of this species, its prothorax more transverse and less narrowed in front, and the very notably finer puncturation of its elytra. H. ignobilis also bears a general resemblance to H. Macleay:, Blackb., in Group VIII., which, however, has hind claws simply appendi- culate, pronotum less closely punctured, basal joint of hind tarsi shorter, etc. In this species the trilobed outline of the head scarcely differs from that of H. sollicitus. North Queensland (Mr. Perkins). H. wfirmus, sp. nov. Sat elongato-ovalis; sat nitidus ; brunneo-testaceus; supra pilis brevibus suberectis spar- sius vestitus; clypeo grosse rugulose punctulato, antice late vix emarginato, oculos in exteriorem partem haud superanti; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sublatiori); fronte sat crebre sat fortiter nec rugulose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori plus quam duplo latiori, antice vix angustato, supra subtilius sat crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) modice rotundatis, angulis anticis rotundatis parum productis posticis (superne visis) rotundatis, basi haud sinuata, margine basali equali; elytris nonnihil rugulosis, sub- tilius minus crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30); pygidio subtilius sat crebre punctulato ; coxis posticis metasterno longitudine sat equalibus, quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 248 parum breviori quam 34s paullo longiori; unguiculus bifidis. Long., 4 1.; lat., 12 1. The general resemblance of this species and its immediate allies is to subferrugineus, Burm., and its allies, and angustus, Blackb., and its allies, from both which aggregates their con- spicuously bifid claws separate them without difficulty. The front tibie of this insect bidentate externally (the 3rd— uppermost—tooth being represented by a scarcely discernible inequality of outline) is an unusual character. The trilobed outline of the head is feebly developed and not at all divided, the lobes overlapping strongly, the middle lobe (labrum) unusually large, slightly wider than a lateral lobe. The general appearance is frail and slender for a Heteronyz. Western Australia; Geraldton (Mr. Lea). 176 H. viduus, sp. nov. Sat elongato-ovalis; sat nitidus; brunneo-testaceus, capite rufescenti; supra fere glaber; clypeo crebre grosse ruguloso, antice subtruncato; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales vix angustior1); fronte subtilius minus crebre nec rugulose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana valde disparia visis ; sutura clypeali angulata; antennis 9-articulatis; pro- thorace quam longiori duplo latiori, antice parum angus- tato, supra subtiliter minus crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 18 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter rotundatis, angulis anticis sat acutis leviter productis posticis (superne visis) sat rotundatis, basi haud sinuata, margine basali equali; elytris nullo modo rugu- losis, sparsius subtilius punctulatis (trans elytron punc- turis circiter 24); pygidio fere ut elytra punctulato, in media parte longitudinaliter levi; coxis posticis meta- sterno longitudine sat zequalibus, quam segmentum ven- trale 2%" multo longioribus ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 245 multo breviori, 3° sat equali; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 34 1.; lat., 14 1. Structurally near the preceding (H. infirmus), but very distinct from it by the sharp well-defined 3rd (uppermost) external tooth of its front tibiez, by the much finer and non- rugulose puncturation of its frons, by its clypeus projecting outward on either side distinctly beyond the contour of the eyes, by its pronotum much less closely punctulate in the lateral parts, by its elytra non-rugulose and less closely punc- tured, by the basal joint of its hind tarsi much shorter in proportion to the second joint, etc. The trilobed outline of the head resembles that of wnfirmus, but with the middle lobe less prominent and scarcely so wide. North Queensland ; Cairns (Mr. Lea). H. pauczilus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; sat nitidus; pallide brunneo-testaceus ; supra fere glaber ; clypeo crebre fortiter ruguloso, antice subtruncato, . oculos in exteriorem partem haud superanti: labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana lateralibus sat quali); fronte subtiliter minus crebre nec rugulose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis; sutura clypeali sat arcuata; antennis 9-articulatis; pro- thorace quam longiori duplo latiori, antice parum angus- tato, supra subtiliter crebrius punctulato (puncturis cir- citer 20 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) modice rotundatis, angulis anticis vix acutis parum pro- 177 ductis vosticis (superne visis) rotundatis, basi haud sinuata, margine basali equali; elytris vix rugulosis, subtilius minus crebre punctulatis (trans elytron punc- turis circiter 24); pygidio sparsius subtilius punctulato ; coxis posticis metasterno longitudine sat equalibus, quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2S paullo breviori, 3° sat eequali; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 24 1.; lat., 1} 1. A very small fragile species. The two specimens in my collection do not bear a label of locality, and their elytra being unfortunately opened apart, I am not sure that the measurement of width or the description of outline is quite exact. A (probably) third specimen is immature and too much broken for certain identification, but is labelled “Roe- buck Bay.” This species may be distinguished among its near allies by its very small size alone, but differs also in respect of the characters indicated in the tabulation and in other characters cited in the description. The uppermost of the three external teeth on the front tibiz is very small, but sharp and perfectly formed. The trilobed outline of the head scarcely differs from that of H. viduus. Australia. H. neglectus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat dila- tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus sat erectis minus crebre vestitus; clypeo crebre sat grosse ruguloso, antice late leviter emarginato, oculos in ex- teriorem partem haud superanti; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam lateralium dimidium sat latiori); fronte sat crebre sat grosse vix rugulose punc- tulata; hac clypeoque ut plana parum disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 16 ad 9 latiori, antice parum angustato, supra fortius minus crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 16 in segmenti longi- tudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis, angulis anticis sat obtusis minus productis posticis superne visis fere rotundatis, basi vix sinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris haud rugulosis, sparsius minus fortiter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 24); pygidio sparsim minus fortiter punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum vix brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 20m multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2"s paullo breviori, 3° sat equali; unguiculis bifidis. “bows 421: lat. 2. I: I have hitherto confused this species with H. incola, Blackb., but am satisfied that it is distinct. It is a particu- 178 larly difficult species for a tabulation, because in two respects: it is near the border land between aggregates. Its hind claws are not of the conspicuously bifid type, the hinder of their two projections being much smaller than the apical; the hinder projection, however, is decidedly more defined than that in any species whose claws I have called appendiculate, and is wide, with its apex truncate, the middle and front claws being, moreover, quite unmistakably of the bifid type. The prothorax of this species is very little less than twice as wide as long; by measurement it is actually less than twice, and when placed beside a species in which the prothorax is fully twice as wide as long it is quite apparent that the pro- thorax is less transverse. It will, however, be well to note that if the species were to be mistaken for one with the wider prothorax its place would be regarded as near vidwus and pauaillus, to neither of which it bears much general resem- blance, differing from the former, inter alia, by its coarsely- punctured frons nearly continuous in plane with the clypeus, and from the latter by its very much larger size, etc. It is easily separable from incola by the clypeal character indicated in the tabulation, and in addition the puncturation of its elytra is quite evidently finer, and the basal joint of its hind tarsi is quite evidently longer in proportion to the 2nd joint. The trilobed outline of its head is fairly well defined, but not quite divided, the middle lobe about two-thirds of a lateral lobe in size. The front of the pronotum bears a foes of erect hairs, as in incola. North Queensland. H. modestus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra fere glaber, pilis perbrevibus perpaucis .erectis vestitus (exemplo typico forsitan nonnihil abraso); clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice late leviter emarginato; labro clypei planum superanti ; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales paullo angustiori) ; fronte subtiliter minus crebre nec rugulose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9-articu- latis; prothorace quam longiori ut 3 ad 2 latiori, antice leviter angustato, supra subtiliter minus crebre punctu- lato (puncturis circiter 18 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis, angulis anticis vix acutis modice productis posticis (superne visis) sat rotund- atis, basi vix sinuata, margine basali subtili equali; elytris sat fortiter minus crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 22); pygidio sparsius subtilius punc- tulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum vix brevioribus, 179 quam segmentum ventrale 2% multo longioribus; tar- sorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2%S multo, quam 3uS vix, breviori: unguiculis bifidis. henes,)0.3- 1; lat., 13 1. . | A distinct little species not likely to be confused- with any other known to me. Its unusually narrow prothorax is noteworthy. Its trilobed outline is well defined but not divided, the middle lobe somewhat strongly prominent and about three-quarters of a lateral lobe in size. North Queensland (Mr. Perkins). H. rectangulus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice paullo dilatatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis minus brevibus sparsius vestitus; clypeo crebre subtilius rugu- loso, antice late nonnihil emarginato; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustior) ; fronte fortius subrugulose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana valde disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis; pro- thorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice leviter angustato, supra sparsius minus fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 16 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) minus arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis) acute rectis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris sat fortiter minus crebre punctulatis (trans elytron punc- turis circiter 22); pygidio fortius crebrius punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ sat longioribus; tarsorum posti- corum articulo basali quam 2¥S paullo breviori, quam 3% sublongiori; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 4 1.; lat., 2 1 The sharply-defined hind angles of the prothorax of this species are unusual; viewed obliquely from in front the pro- notum is seen to be somewhat expanded and reflexed at the hind angles, but the actual raised edging is not accentuated. The trilobed outline of the head is very strongly developed and divided, the middle lobe about two-thirds of a lateral lobe in size. South Australia; Pinnaroo (Mr. Griffith). H. disjectus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus erectis sparsim vestitus; clypeo crebre subtilius rugu- loso, antice late leviter emarginato; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustiori) ; fronte crebre subtilius nonnihil rugulose punctulata; hac 180 clypeoque ut plana parum disparia visis; antennis 9- articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 16 ad $ Iatiori, antice sat angustato, supra crebrius subtilius punctulato. (puncturis circiter 19 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus _ (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, margine laterali antice dilatato, angulis anticis sat acutis parum productis pos- ticis (superne visis) obtusis, basi bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris crebrius sat fortiter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 25); pygidio crebrius fortius punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brev- loribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2"™ sat longioribus ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 24% sat breviori, quam 3% sublongiori; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 4 1.; lat., 2 1. Resembles the preceding (H. rectangulus), but with a very different prothorax, the hind angles viewed obliquely from the side being seen to be entirely rounded off, while in rectangulus they are from all points of view sharp right angles. Other differences will be noted by comparing the descriptions. The trilobed outline of the head is well defined, and is divided, but not so strongly as in rectangulus, the middle lobe a little more than two-thirds of a lateral lobe. Some specimens (apparently females) are a little broader and more ovate than the others. The type described above is a male. Western Australia; Swan River (Mr. Lea). H. lucidus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice vix dilatatus ; nitidus; piceo-ferrugineus, palpis antennisque dilu- tioribus ; supra pilis minus brevibus erectis sparsim ves- titus ; clypeo crebre subtilius ruguloso, antice late sinuato ; labro clypei planum vix superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustiori); fronte rugulose sat for- titer punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana vix disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latior1, antice sat angustato, supra sparsim minus fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 13 in seg- menti longitudine), lateribus parum arcuatis, margine laterali antice dilatato, latitudine majori ad basin sita, angulis anticis obtusis vix prominulis posticis (superne visis) sat acute rectis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine basali sat zequali; elytris fortiter minus crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 20); pygidio minus _ nitido sparsim subtilius punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ven- trale 2um sat longioribus; tibiarum anticarum dentibus 181 externis obtusis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basal quam 2S vix breviorl, quam 3% longiori; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 44 1.; lat., 24 1. This species forms with HH. infuscatus, Macl., rotundt- frons, Blackb., and fictus, Blackb., an aggregate of closely- allied species. From both the former two it differs, inter alta, very conspicuously by the nearly straight sides of its pro- thorax, which ts at its widest across the base. From /. fictus, which resembles it in the shape of the prothorax, it differs by the character mentioned in the tabulation and also by the much less coarse puncturation of its dorsal surface. The tri- lobed outline of the head, though distinct, is very feebly developed and not divided, the middle lobe a little more than half a lateral lobe in size. My specimens of this insect are from New South Wales, but I am not sure of their exact habitat: I believe they were sent to me from Mulwala by Mr. Sloane. New South Wales. H. fictus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice vix dilatatus ; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis erectis sat brevibus sparsius vestitus; clypeo crebre subtilius ruguloso, antice late sinuato; labro clypei planum vix superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustiori); fronte rugulose sat grosse punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana minus dis- parla visis; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longior! ut 13 ad 8 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra sparsim sat grosse punctulato (puncturis circiter 12 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus parum arcuatis, margine laterali antice dilatato, latitudine majori ad basin sita, angulis anticis obtusis vix prominulis posticis (superne visis) rectis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris sat grosse minus crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 18); pygidio minus nitido sparsim obsolete punctulato; coxis posticis quam meta- sternum multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2u sat longioribus; tibiarum anticarum dentibus ex- ternis acutis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2s vix breviori, quam 3% longiori; unguiculis bifidis. Eong., 41.; tat., 2 1. Closely associated with H: /ucidus in respect of its more im- portant structural characters, but differing from that species in the form of its front tibie and in the much coarser punc- turation of its dorsal surface. The three specimens before me are all of smaller size and lighter colour than any specimen 182 that I have seen of luczdus. The trilobed outline of the head is like that of lucidus, but the middle lobe is narrower— scarcely more than half a lateral lobe. New South Wales; Sydney and Jenclan Caves (Mr. fast: H. pauper, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; modice nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus adpressis minus crebre vestitus; clypeo (hoc antice leviter emarginato) fronteque crebre rugulosis, ut plana minus disparia visis; labro clypei planum leviter superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustior2) ; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice minus fortiter angustato, supra crebrius minus fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) prope medium for- titer dilatato-rotundatis, margine laterali equali, angulis anticis rectis leviter productis posticis (superne visis) rotundatis, basi vix bisinuata, margine basali equali; elytris minute granulatis crebre subtilius leviter nee aspere punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 27) ; pygidio sparsim fortius punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2um paullo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 24S manifeste breviori, quam 3¥§ paullo longiori; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 31.; lat., 121. This species is near H. borealis and sordidus. From the former it is very easily distinguishable by the very much more strongly rounded sides of its prothorax. It is much closer to H. sordidus, from which it differs, however, by its evidently wider form; its prothorax less narrowed in front, with sides even more strongly rounded, greatest width nearer the middle, hind angles quite rounded off, and puncturation evidently a little stronger and less close; its elytral punctures a little less close, less strongly impressed, and not asperate; its hind coxz very evidently shorter, etc. It bears much resemblance to several species near the end of Group VIII., from which its claws (all of them bifid) readily distinguish it. North Queensland (Mr. Perkins). H sordidus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; minus nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus adpressis minus crebre vestitus; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice leviter emarginato ; labro clypei planum vix super- anti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter con- vexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustiori) ; fronte rugulose sat grosse punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis, brevibus ; 183 prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice fortiter angustato, supra crebrius sat subtiliter punctulato (punc- turis circiter 22 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) fortiter arcuatis pone medium dilatato- rotundatis, margine laterali equali, angulis anticis obtusis parum productis posticis (superne visis)- rotundato-obtusis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali equali; elytris crebre subtilius nonnihil aspere punctu- latis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30); pygidio longi- tudinaliter carinato, sparsim grossius punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus, quam seg- mentum ventrale 2¥™ gat longioribus; tarsorum posti- corum articulo basali quam 2S manifeste brevior1, quam 34s paullo longiori; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 34 1.; lat.,. 12 1. Not very close to any other species known to me, except H. pauper, but to a casual glance of very ordinary appear- ance, with much general resemblance to those small obscure-looking species which I have placed in the latter part of Group. VIII. (#. parvulus, Macl., etc.)—a resemblance which is shared by H. imfuscatus, Macl., and several others near it in the tabulation. The sculpture of its dorsal surface and most of its other characters are much like those of Z. borealis, Blackb., but it is very distinct from that species by the shape of its prothorax (strongly narrowed in front and with the sides strongly rotundate-dilatate behind the middle) and by the notably wider and less prominent middle lobe of the trilobed outline of its head; its trilobed outline being very feeble and not divided, with the middle lobe about three- quarters of a lateral lobe in size. _ North Queensland (Mr. Perkins). H “humilis, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis adpressis minus brevibus sparsius vestitus ; clypeo sat grosse rugu- loso, antice oblique elevato-truncato ; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana® quam lateralium dimidium angustiori); fronte vix rugulose sat grosse puctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana valde disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis ; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice fortiter angustato, supra minus crebre sat fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 18 in segmenti longi- tudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat fortiter arcuatis, margine laterali quali, angulis anticis acutis sat pro- ductis posticis (superne visis) rotundato-obtusis, basi modice bisinuata, margine basali equali; elytris crebrius 184 minus fortiter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis cir- citer 28); pygidio crebrius minus fortiter punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2"™ sat longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2™S sat breviori, 3° sat zequali; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 34.1.; lat., 12 2. The form of the clypeus is unusual, the middle appearing as if a small piece had been obliquely (from the dorsal sur- | face downward and forward) sliced off, and the marginal edging following the outline of the truncature so formed. The front of the pronotum bears a fringe of long erect hairs; this is, I think, a character of some importance, but its value is discounted for practical purposes by the ease with which the hairs are rubbed off, so that it is difficult to be sure that their absence is not accidental unless one is sure that the specimen examined is not abraded. The trilobed outline of the head is strongly developed and strongly divided, the middle lobe a little less than half of a lateral lobe in size. New South Wales; Young (Mr. Sloane). H. chens, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice parum dila- tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis adpressis minus brevibus sparsius vestitus; clypeo (hoc antice rotundatim sat late emarginato) fronteque crebre sat grosse rugulosis ut plana parum disparia visis; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam lateralium dimidium sat angustiori); antennis 9-articulatis; pro- thorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice parum angustato, supra minus crebre sat fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 18 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, margine laterali zquali, angulis anticis obtusis minus productis posticis (superne visis) rotundato-obtusis, basi modice bisinuata, margine basali equali; elytris crebrius minus fortiter punctu- latis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 28); pygidio erebrius minus fortiter punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat breviorilfus, quam segmentum ventrale 2um sat longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2us paullo breviorl, 3° sat squali; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 321.; lat., 121. Easily distinguishable by the characters cited in the tabu- lation. Rather close to 7. humilis, but differing by (in addi- tion to the character cited in the tabulation) its prothorax much less narrowed in front (so that the segment looks more transverse, to a casual glance), its clypeus normally emar- ginate in front, its longer hind coxe, etc. The trilobed out- 185 line of the head is not divided, the middle lobe not projecting nearly so far as the lateral lobes. New South Wales; Queanbeyan (Mr. Lea). Group VIII. The division of the aggregate AA in this Group into two ageregates distinguished by the length of the hind coxe is not quite so easy of application as the corresponding division in the other Groups, owing to the presence of a few species (mostly of abnormally elongate form), in which the hind cox do not quite fit any formula that is satisfactory in respect of the other species. Some remarks on these two aggregates (B and BB) of the aggregate AA, therefore, seem necessary. The normal condition of species of B is: hind coxe as long (or all but as long) as the metasternum, at any rate very much nearer to the length of the metasternum than to that of the 2nd ventral segment, covering the lst ventral segment (’.¢., that which is very narrowly visible between the hind trochan- ters as apparently the lst ventral segment), or exposing only a very narrow strip of 1t (much narrower than half of the next segment). There are a few species which differ from the normal only in the exposure of an exceptionally wide strip of the Ist ventral segment, and these will present no difficulty, as. they quite obviously belong to the aggregate with long hind coxe. There is, however, one small aggregate which I have placed in B that undoubtedly seems to hover between B and BB. The species composing it are of more or less notably elongate form, the elongation being especially conspicuous in the ventral segments. The lst ventral segment is widely ex- posed in them all, and in two of them (longulus and lubricus) the hind coxz are very decidedly shorter than the meta- sternum, and, in fact, somewhat intermediate in length between the metasternum and the unusually elongate 2nd ventral segment—indeed, in /whricus they seem to be a frifle more nearly equal to the latter in length than to the meta- sternum. I think, however, that wherever they be placed they must be associated together, and as the three of them not already mentioned by name (pallidulus, Macl., flavus, Blackb., and angustus, Blackb.) have hind coxz scarcely or very little shorter than the metasternum, and, therefore, would be much more out of place in BB than longulus and lubricus in B, it seems necessary to place them all in the aggregate B. They are easily recognizable species, having two characters which are unusual (especially in combination), vtz., the outline of the eye slightly passing, or, at any rate, fully reaching, that of the clypeus laterally; and the apex 186 of the lateral margin of the hind coxe carinate and sub- spiniform. The last-mentioned character is not present in any species that I have placed in the aggregate BB. The normal condition of species of BB is: hind coxze much shorter than metasternum, and not more nearly equal in respect of length to the metasternum than to the 2nd ventral segment (in many species very little longer than the 2nd ventral seg- ment), the exposed part of the lst ventral segment half (or even more than half) as long as the 2nd ventral segment. The only departure known to me in BB from the above described condition sufficiently marked to be worthy of men- tion is in a very small number of species (e.g., H. fumatus, Er.) in which the hind coxe are unduly longer than the 2nd ventral segment, but these insects have an unusually long metasternum (very considerably longer than the hind coxz) and also have the Ist ventral segment largely exposed. The aggregate B of AA, it will be observed, is divided into two sections (C and CC), distinguished by the elytra being either very closely punctulate or notably less closely punctulate—in the former section 20 punctures from the suture not passing the middle of the elytra. The only species that can be considered near the border line between these sections is furvus, Blackb. (of the aggregate CC), in which about 17 elytral punctures from the suture reach the middle. The pronotum of many species of Heteronyz is fringed in front with long erect hairs, and I believe their presence or absence to be of value in distinguishing species, but as the hairs in question are very easily rubbed off, I have not considered it wise to make much use of the character. The pronotum and elytra are usually (probably always in fresh specimens) fringed laterally also, but I have not found that character to be of value for distinguishing species. It will be noted that in this Group I have described the claws only of the hind tarsi. In all the species all the claws are appendiculate, I believe (except in a few species whose front claws are described), but the other characters ascribed to the hind claws are not in all cases exactly reproduced in the other claws. In some species of this Group (and in some instances in other Groups) individual specimens have feeble indications of a longitudinal channel on the pronotum. Its distinctness is certainly variable within the limits of a species, and (in some species, at any rate) is dependent on the degree of maturity of the specimen. It does not seem to be a reliable character for diagnosis. 187 The number of names of previously - described species confidently attributable to this Group is 51. J add 27 new names in the following pages. There are also 10 previously- described species which cannot be confidently placed in any Group without inspection of types that are not in Australia, but which probably are members of this or the preceding - Group. They will be found enumerated in the Supplement following. Three species (of the 51 mentioned above) are not placed in the tabulation (vide wfra) as the types are in Sydney, and I have not been able to examine them. They are Hrichsoni, Blackb., marginatus, Blackb., and scutatus, Macl. Five names (of the 51 mentioned above) are synonyms, and will be found enumerated in the Supplement. The re- maining names are placed in the tabulation : — A. Male elytra black at base; pronotum clothed with long hairs in both sexes; elytra striate. B. Punctures of pronotum very close (10 from front not reaching middle), C. Antennal flabellum dark. D. Elytral interstices not conspicu- ously and evenly convex. EK. Prothorax at its widest scarcely behind middle; sides very strongly rounded ... fallax, Blackb. KE. Prothorax at its widest con- siderably behind middle; sides only moderately rounded. F. All the elytral interstices flat, striz very faint, basal black of male elytra wide dimidiatus, Hr. FF. Alternate elytral inter- stices convex, striz strong, ee eee of male. elytra jubatus, Blackb. DD. Elytral tee strongly and evenly convex .. ... striatipennis, Blanch. _ OC. Antennal flabellum testaceous ... fraternus, Blackb. BB. Punctures of pronotum much less close (10 from front well passing middle); antennal flabellum bright ferruginous as hirtuosus, Blanch. AA. eperies not combining ‘the characters oO (3) B. Hind coxez not or but little shorter than metasternum (vide supra in general remarks). C. Elytral punctures very close (20 from suture not passing the middle). (3) H. longulus, Blackb., and lubricus, Blackb., are on the border line of this aggregate. 188 D. Hind claws elongate ; apical piece not or scarcely shorter than basal, compressed and continu- ing general curve. E. Pt of large size (more than F. Labrum (viewed from in front) having a widely-erect face. G. Elytral punctures excess- ively fine (much finer than in H. jubatus). H. Punctures of pronotum excessively fine, like those of the elytra. I. Species not having a conspicuous pencil of bristles at apex of suture. J. Whole surface of ely- tra bearing sparse minute granules emitting long erect hairs JJ. Elytra not bearing (unless a few close to base) long erect hairs. K. Middle lobe of trilobed outline much more than halt oa lateral lobemres F. : KK. Middle lobe ot trilobed outline not more than half a lateral lisisone ot”. II. Elytra having a con- spicuous pencil of bristles at apex of suture ile HH. Punctures of prono- tum much larger (as large as those on elytra of H. jubatus) : GG. Elytral punctures much less fine (scarcely finer than in H. jubatus) FF. Labrum not showing an erect front face ... . EE. Species of much smaller size (less than 4 1] DD. Hind claws smaller, ‘apical piece much smaller than basal and usually much bent. EK. Punctures of pronotum very small and close (10 from front not nearly reaching middle). pustulosus, Blackbd. agrestis, Burm. scalptus, Blac kb. elongatus, Blanch. major, Blackb. rhinastus, Blackb. xanthotrichus, Waterhousei, Blackb. Biackb. 189 F. Trilobed outline of head well defined, more or _ less divided. G. Front outline of clypeus not concave clypeal suture strongly ‘aatesua laminatus, Blackb. GG. Not with characters (in z combination) of G. H. Basal joint of hind tarsi as long as 2nd joint; elytra not with long setee Get bese mee Lee Sermucmeus, Bari. HH. Not with characters (in combination) of H. I. Puncturation of head rugulose and more or less coarse (not less so than in H. jubatus). J. Elytra (at any rate near apex) bearing long coarse bristles macilentus, Blackb. JJ. Elytra not bearing long bristles ... Helmsi, Blackb. II. Puncturation of head close, very fine, and scarcely rugulose ... doctus, Blackb. FF. Outline of head feebly tri- sinuate, not at all divided peregrinus, Blackb. EE. Punctures of pronotum less close (10 from front nearly reach middle), and much larger Ef Macleayi, Bilackb. CC. Elytral punctur es much less close (20 from suture considerably pass middle). : D. Trilobed outline strongly divided, middle lobe half a lateral lobe, or_less. E. Elytral punctures decidedly sparse (12 from suture reach at least to middle). F. Stipes of antennze more elongate and slender, joint 3 quite conspicuously longer than joint 4. ie Prothorax much narrowed in front. H. Punctures of frons and pronotum similar in size. I. Lateral gutter of pro- notum in front part conspicuously dilated with its lateral edg- ing more raised... vagans, Blackh. I}. Lateral gutter of pro- notum and its edging even or almost so ... conjunctus. Biackb. 190 HH. Punctures of _pro- notum notably smaller than of frons GG. Prothorax only very slightly narrowed in front FF. Stipes of antennz short and stout, joint 3 only slightly longer than 4. G. Punctures of frons and pronotum similar in size. H. Prothorax considerably narrowed in front HH. Prothorax only very slightly narrowed in front GG. Punctures of “pronotum notably smaller than of frons: 4 EE. Elytral punctures “consider- ably more numerous (12 from suture not reaching middle) l¥’. Lateral outline of prothorax (viewed from the _ side) strongly sinuate ... ... ..- FF. Lateral outline of pro- thorax (viewed from the side) straight pit Sasaieye DD. Trilobed outline not as D. E. Size at least moderate (much more than long., 2 1.). F. Elytra not having a con- spicuous transverse sulcus in apical part. G. Not iridescent. H. Punctures of pronotum very fine and close (20 from front _ scarcely reach middle) : HH. Punctures of _pro- notum much less num- erous. I. Postero-external angle of metasternum sub- spiniform; clypeus not angulate in front of eye and not pass- ing outline of eye. J. Sutural apex strongly carinate and con- spicuously promin- ent hindward JJ. Se apex not as K. Basal _ piece of hind claws quite strongly com- pressed. castaneus, Mael. Ollifi, Blackb. Erichsoni, Blackb mimus, Blackb. farinensis, Blackb. Hackeri, Blackb. badius, Macel. moestus, Blackb. longulus, Blackb. 191 L. Elytral punc- tures more Sparse and deeply impress- ed (about 12 from suture reach middle) Elytral punce- tures conspicu- ously more close and faintly im- pressed LL. KK. Hind claws long, II. Not basal piece not compressed oa L. Apical piece of hind claws as long as basal LL. Apical piece of hind claws not- ably shorter combining the characters of I. J. Basal edging of pro- JJ. notum strongly raised in its lat- eral parts; - size large (about 6 1.) Basal edging of pro- notum not or scar- cely more _ raised laterally. K. Elytral punctures quite sparse (about 10 from suture reach middle). L. Joint 3 of an- tenne not longer than yom. 4") ee LL. Joint 3 of an- tennz consid- erably longer than joint 4 ... KK. Elytral pune- tures much more numerous. I.. Prothorax across apex of middle line not’ “or scarcely nar- rower than across base. Clypeus and frons form a continuous even and evenly sculp- tured surface angustus, Blackb. flavus, Blackb. lubricus, Blackb. pallidulus, Mael. amoenus, Blackb. siccus, Blackb. ambiguus, Blackb. planiceps, Blackb. 192 MM. Clypeus and frons very distinct and dif- ferently sculptured LL. Prothorax across apex of middle line much narrower than across base. M. Punctures of elytra numerous (30, or thereabout across an elytron). N. Joint 3 of antennse > short (much shorter than 2 and about equal 4). . Hind femora ex- tremely wide ; size larger (more than 43 1.) oe OO. Hind femora nor- mal; size smaller (less than 41.) . NN: Joint. “Saome. an- tennz longer (scar- cely shorter than 2 and notably longer than 4). MM. Punctures of elytra much less numerous (about 22 across an elytron) “GG. Iridescent pecan (dor sal surface pruinose) FF. Elvtra with a deep transverse sul- cus immediately before apex . EE. Size very small (less than 21.) . %, BB. Hind cox much shorter than the meta- sternum. C. Punctures of pean very fine and close (15 from front not or scarcely reaching middle). D. Trilobed outline divided ; middle lobe not or scarcely more than half of a lateral lobe DD. Trilobed outline not “divided ; middle lobe much larger CC. Punctures of pronotum much less num- erous. D. Basal piece of hind claws strongly com- pressed ; its inner outline quite straight, and parallel with the opposite out- ine. E. Elytral punctures not very close (about 15 from suture at least reach middle). F. Clypeus passes outline of eye and is eee in front of eye ... . Clypeus not passing outline of eve ‘and not angular ae collaris, Blackb. furvus, Blackt approximans, Blackb. ordinarius, Blackb. rusticus, Blackb. iridiventris, Blackb. posticalis, Blackb. minutus, Blackb. puncticollis, Blackb. simius, Blackb. montanus, Blackb. miser, Blackb. 193 EE. Elytral punctures notably closer. (15 from suture not very nearly reaching middle) DD. Hind claws not as D E. Punctures of pronotum very much smaller and closer than of elytra. F. Hind series of large punc- tures on hind femora well separated throughout from hind margin ss FF. Hind series of large punc- tures on hind femora fringes hind margin in an cal part EE. Punctures of pronotum ‘very much smaller and less close than of elytra... ... EEE. Punctures of dorsal surface not as E or KE. F. Lateral sulcus of pronotum close to apex conspicuously expanded, with its edging more raised. G. Elytra not clothed with long erect hairs... GG. Elytra clothed with long erect hairs - FF. Lateral sulcus of pronotum not or scarcely perceptibly expanded in front. G. Elytra glabrous or with only extremely — short (usually extremely sparse) hairs. H. Elytral punctures not very close (12 from suture reach or pass middle). I. Pronotum but _ little convex, viewed from the side. J. Hind angles of pro- notum viewed from above well marked JJ. KK. Hind angles of pronotum viewed from above round- COMO oo... «sashigeees II. Pronotum strongly convex, viewed from the side... HH. Elytral punctures much closer (12 from suture not nearly wer middle) .. GG. Pilosity of. elytra " nor- mally long and close. substriatus, Macl. nudus, Blackb. Rothei, Blackb. impar, Blackb. fumatus, Er. hirsutus, Blackb. subglaber, Macl. nigrinus, Blackb. convexicollis, Blackb. vacuus, Blackb. 194 H. Basal edging of pro- notum unusually thick © ; and strongly raised ... oscillator, Blackb. HH. Basal edging of pro- . notum fine and not raised above the gen- eral surface. I. Raised lateral edging of elytra continuous to sutural apex (apex not fringed with bristles). J. Pygidium non-car- . inate . parvulus, Macl. JJ. Pygidium longitud- inally carinate ... calidus, Blackb. II. Raised lateral edging of elytra not nearly continuous to sutural apex. J. Raised lateral edg- ing ends on ex- treme margin of eee Lateral margins of prothorax di- verge hindward much beyond middle (as much as in H. 7ubatus} inconspicuus, Blackb. KK. Lateral margins of prothorax di- verge hindward but little beyond middle. L. Elytra_ unicol- orous. M. Claws _ sub- “bid... ..:' concolor, Weer MM. Claws nor- mally appen- diculate (and very small) = subcylindricus, Blackb. LL. Suture dark suturalis, Blackb. JJ. Raised lateral edg- ing ends on apical part of elytra at base of apical membrane. K. Elytral punctures fine and close (15 from suture scar- cely reach middle) puer, Blackb. KK. Elytral punc- tures less fine and close (12 from suture reach middle) .... mildurensis, Blacih. 195 H. dimidiatus, Er., and its allies. The species forming the aggregate A in my tabulation of characters in this Group are very distinct from all other Heteronyces known to me, not only by the combination of characters indicated in the tabu- lation, but also by the presence of an unusually well-marked difference between the sexes in respect of the front claws, the basal piece of those claws bearing on the inner margin in the male a laminiform process of more or less quadrate form, which, however, is feebly represented in the female also (the basal piece in the female being of a conspicuously compressed form). The males, moreover (in all the species of which I know the sexes with certainty) differ from the females in the presence of dark colouring on the basal part of the elytra. In this aggregate must be placed a species represented by a female example in the Macleay Museum ticketed with one of Mr. W. 8S. Macleay’s labels bearing the name “Cotidia aus- tralis, Gory,” under which name there is a quasi-description in Boisduval’s memoir in the “Voyage de |’Austrolabe.”” The name ‘australis,’ however, had been used previously by Guérin for a Heteronyx from Tasmania which could not be identified or even referred to one of my Groups without exam- ination of the type, as there is no reference to the labrum in the description; but there is nothing in the brief description inconsistent with its being a member of this present aggregate. The size given by Guérin (long., 11 mm.), nevertheless, points to its probably belonging to some other aggregate (probably Group IV.), and the locality renders it improbable that in any case Cotidia australis is identical with it. Heteronyx (Cotridia) australis, Gory (apparently a MS. name adopted by Boisd.) must, therefore, be regarded as a nom. pre-occ. I described the same species (Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1889, p. 672) under the name fallax, which, consequently, must stand as its name. The species of this aggregate are for the most part easy of identification, inter se, as will be seen by a reference to the tabulation. There are two of them, how- ever, about which I am in some difficulty (H. dimidiatus, Er., and f. jubatus, Blackb.), to the extent that I am not quite certain regarding their females, inasmuch as I have not seen a female likely to be dimidiatus from the original locality (Tasmania), nor one from any other locality identical with any locality from which I have the male of dimidiatus. I have before me, however, a female from the Jenolan Cave district, and another from Armidale, which I cannot separate from male dimdiatus by any character not likely to be sexual. The males of dimidiatus, Hr., and of jubatus, Blackb., are quite easy to distinguish from each other, the former being of narrow elongate form—the prothorax especially narrow, its 62 : 196 width not more than a third of the whole length ‘of ine - insect—and its elytra with strie very faintly defined, inter- stices equal, enter se, and flat, and fully the basal third black. : The male of jubatus is a much more robust and less elongate insect—its elytra with well-impressed striz, interstices (especi- ally the alternate ones) distinctly convex, and the base only very narrowly black. The female of jubatus scarcely differs from the male except in respect of sexual characters, which ~ however, include the absence of black colouring on the elytra and variably lighter colouring in general of the pronotum and under-surface. The specimens referred to above as pro- bably females of dimrdiatus differ from the males of that species only as the females of juwbatus differ from their males, although, however, they are of a little more robust form than I should expect in female dimidiatus. Both species are fairly common. I have seen jubatus from South Australia, Victoria, and New South Wales; dimidiatus from Tasmania, South Australia, Victoria, and (if the females mentioned above are rightly identified) New South Wales. The following I regard as Varieties, but they may prove to represent distinct species: (a) jubatus, var. female, entirely ferruginous except frons and antennal flabella, convexity of alternate interstices feeble (from Murray Bridge) ; (b) jubatus, var. male, the parts usually black are pale fuscous, not much darker than the other parts, male character of claws feeble (from Sydney); dimidiatus, var. male and female (very likely to be found a distinct species when more specimens can be examined) striz more strongly impressed in both sexes, male elytra with basal half black, form a little less elongate (from Gisborne, Victoria). H. striatipennis, Blanch: Of this species I have seen only a single female, which differs from the male (the only sex previously described) as does the female of jubatus from its male. H. hirtuosus, Blackb. Varies a good deal in colouring. I described four varieties. It may be noted that all the specimens with dark colouring on the elytra are males. H. jubatus, Blackb. For notes on this species see above, under H. dimidiatus, Er. In describing it I expressed doubt of its distinctness from //. striatepennis, Blanch., which I had not then seen. It is, however, quite distinct, differing in its wider and less cylindric form as well as in the sculpture of its elytra. H. fraternus, Blackb. This species is in the unfortunate position of the type having perished. It was described on a unique example in the collection of the late Mr. J. Ander- son. During the long illness of that gentleman (by whose LST death science lost a most assiduous student) his collection fell into decay, and the specimen of H. fraternus has dis- appeared. In my own collection there is a specimen from ‘tthe same locality as the type (Port Lincoln) which I com- pared many years ago with the type and labelled “apparently H. fraternus abraded.” It must be noted that there is a doubt whether this species was rightly associated in the same aggregate as jubatus, Blackb. (where I then placed it), as | had not then observed the peculiar sexual characteristics com- mon to jubatus and its allies. If the type was a female (as my abraded specimen seems to be) it is probable that the dis- ‘covery of the male would confirm the association of the species with jubatus, but if the type was a male the species would ‘probably have to be removed from the aggregate A to AA, in which case it would stand beside H. waterhouser, Blackb., differing from it by, enter alia, the very much closer punctura- tion of its pronotum. H. pubescens, Macl. For this nom. preoce (previously used by Hrichson, Weigm. Arch., 1842, I., p. 164) I pro- pose the name Lrichsoni. H. sydneyanus, Blackb. In the original description of this species (Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1890, p. 559) it was referred to the aggregate that is now Group VIII., with a note on the middle lobe of the trilobed outline of its head not forming a convex curve. As the Groups are chayrac- terized in this present Revision that character removes the ‘species from Group VIII. to Group IV., where it will be found placed in the second subgroup. I accidentally omitted mention of this matter under the heading of Group IV. H. vagans, Blackb. When I described this species I re- ferred to it some specimens from Queensland which, however, I am now satisfied represent a distinct species. HW. vagans and its allies are among the most difficult of the Australian Heteronyces, there appearing to be at least five species so Closely allied that they could not be satisfactorily treated without the comparison of quite fresh well-mounted specimens, whereas of two of them the specimens before me are by no means in good condition. H. vagans I have not seen from any locality north of the Sydney district (the type is from Albury). It differs from the others of the aggregate, especi- -ally by, in combination, its prothorax considerably narrowed in front and the 3rd joint of its antennz conspicuously more ‘elongate. From the Tweed River I have received a species (which I describe as H. Olliffi), differing from the others by its almost black colour and its remarkably quadriform pro- ‘thorax (the width of which across the point where the middle dine meets the front margin is not appreciably less than across 198 the base); its antennz are like those of H. vagans. Speci- mens from Queensland (H. Hrichsonm, Blackb. = pubescens, Macl.) are extremely close to vagans, but with the prothorax very evidently less narrowed in front and the 3rd joint of the -antennz very much shorter. A badly-mutilated example from North-West Australia is near those from Queensland, but with the middle lobe of the trilobed outline of the head remarkably minute, the prothorax evidently more transverse, and pro- bably other distinctions in the numerous parts of the body that are wanting. Finally, a specimen taken by the Horn. Expedition in Central Australia has the prothorax of vagans, but with dorsal sculpture notably less rugulose, and the 3rd antennal joint distinctly shorter. In the original description of H. vagans the middle lobe of the trilobed outline of the head was called “about a quarter” of a lateral lobe; this somewhat unduly minimized it, and “a third” would be more accurate. : ; H. badius, Macl. I have found it necessary to tabulate the distinctive character of this species as consisting in the punctures of its elytra being more numerous than in the other species of the aggregate CC in AA, B, but not-sufficiently numerous to associate it with those of C in AA, B. The: fact is, the aggregates C and CC (badius being disregarded) are so particularly satisfactory that it would be undesirable to give them up for the sake of one species. Moreover, badwus does not really confuse the tabulation, for, although ~ its elytra are punctured much more closely than those of the other species of CC, it is not at all likely to be supposed a member of C, inasmuch as 20 punctures from the suture reach quite clearly beyond the middle of an elytron, across. the whole elytron there being just about 30 punctures. In general appearance it is distinctly suggestive of the species described below as H. Macleayi, from which, however, it differs by several characters besides the puncturation, especi- ally by its prothorax being considerably narrower in front, with front angles notably less produced. H. subglaber, Macl. The type of this species is fron North-West Australia. There are before me specimens from various localities in Northern Australia (scarcely any of them in really good condition) which I do not feel justified in de- scribing as distinct species, but among which I have little doubt there are in reality several species closely allied to swb- glaber. They all agree with swhglaber, and differ from Z. nigrinus and convexicollis in the well-defined hind angles of their prothorax, which from certain points of view might almost be called ‘“‘sharply rectangular.”’ In the description of subglaber mention is made of a fovea on each side of the pro- 199 motum near the hind angles. This appears to be merely the depression which is more or less distinctly traceable at no great distance from the hind angles in most (if not all) Heteronyces. It certainly varies in distenctness within the limits of a species, but I think there are slight differences in its exact posztion on the pronotum which are probably specific ; I have not, however, been able to regard this character as available for distinguishing species, on account of the differ- ences of position being slight and the difference in distinct- mess being so variable as itis. I have a specimen from North- West Australia (certainly swbglaber) in which the impression is scarcely traceable. H. Cowelli, Blackb. An examination of the type speci- men of A. concolvr, Macl., has satisfied me that it is iden- tical with H. Cowelli, and consequently the latter name must be dropped. HH. concolor is not identical with the species which I referred to in Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1889, p. 682, as probably that insect. HT. major, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice sat dilatatus ; minus nitidus; obscure fuscus, antennis palpisque ferru- gineis; supra pilis adpressis brevibus sat dense vestitus, pronoto antice pilis elongatis erectis fimbriato; clypeo erebre subtilius ruguloso, antice late leviter emarginato ; labro clypei planum superanti, antice late perpendicular ; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustiori); fronte ‘crebre aspere minus subtiliter punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis; pro- thorace quam longiori ut 14 ad 9 latiori, antice sat for- titer angustato, supra crebre sat subtiliter nec leviter punctulato (puncturis circiter 40 in segmenti longi- tudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis) rotundato-obtusis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris longitudinaliter vix obsolete costulatis, confertim subtiliter minus leviter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 50); pygidio crebre sub- tilius nec leviter punctulato; coxis posticis quam meta- ‘sternum haud brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2um multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2S sat breviori, 3° sat equali; unguiculis posticis elongatis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis vix Jongionmy wuomen no 1.; lat. 32. h. ‘One of the large species of the genus, and bearing much general resemblance to all the other species of the aggregate C in AA, B. It is, however, quite easily distinguishable 200 from them all by the characters cited in the tabulation. The apex of its elytral suture might, perhaps, be thought capable of confusion with that part of H. elongatus as having a pencil of bristles, but in this species similar bristles are closely placed along the whole apex of the elytra, and in elongatus are con-_ fined to the apex of the suture. The sculpture of its dorsal — surface is very widely different from the corresponding sculp- ture in elongatus. The trilobed outline of the head is well developed and is divided, the middle lobe scarcely two-thirds of a lateral lobe in size. The outline of the erect face of the labrum (viewed from in front) is that of a segment of a circle (the normal condition in species whose head shows a trilobed outline). New South Wales; Picton (Mr. Griffith). H. xanthotrichus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice minus: dilatatus; minus nitidus; obscure ferrugineus; supra pilis adpressis brevibus sat dense vestitus, pronoto antice’ pilis elongatis erectis flavis fimbriato; clypeo crebre sub-. tilius ruguloso, antice late leviter emarginato; labro clypei planum superanti, antice haud perpendiculari ; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustiori); fronte crebre subtilius leviter punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana minus disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis; pro-- thorace quam longiori ut 12 ad 7 latiori, antice modice angustato, supra confertim subtiliter sat leviter punctu- lato (puncturis circiter 40 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis): rotundato-obtusis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, mar- gine basali ad latera summa _ opaullo magis: elevato; elytris sat obsolete nonnihil costu- latis, confertissime subtilissime leviter punctulatis (trans: elytron puncturis circiter 60); pygidio crebre subtiliter punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum haud brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ multo long- ioribus ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2¥S sat. breviori, 3° sat equali; unguiculis posticis elongatis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis vix longior1. Mone: 671. 5 Mlat73 al: The form of the labrum (not turned up perpendicularly in its apical part, but having its whole direction forward and’ upward) distinguishes this species readily from the others of its aggregate (Cin AA, B). The trilobed outline of the head is well developed and is divided, the middle lobe a little more- than half of a lateral lobe in size. H. xanthotrichus is near- 201 est to agrestis, Burm., having very similar dorsal sculpture, but, znter alia, the trilobed outline of its head is better deve- loped, with narrower middle lobe. It also is somewhat close to scalptus, Blackb., in respect of dorsal sculpture, but its elytra have not the fine transverse wrinkling so evident in scalptus. The elongate hairs and bristles of its surface (¢.g., those on the tibiz and those fringing the elytra) seem to have a more definitely yellow tone of colour than in some species ; but this is, of course, a character of little importance, and may not be so conspicuous in all specimens if the general colour is at all variable. Victoria and South Australia. .H Waterhousei, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice minus dilatatus; minus nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis ad- pressis brevibus sat dense vestitus, pronoto antice pilis erectis fimbriato; clypeo crebre subtilius ruguloso, antice subtruncato, oculos in exteriorem partem haud super- anti; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales paullo angustiori); fronte subtilius sat crebre punctulata; hac clypeoque fere planum continuum efficientibus; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice minus angustato, supra subtiliter sat crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 26 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis postice nonnihil dilatato-rotundatis, angulis anticis subrectis parum prominulis posticis (superne visis) rotundato-obtusis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris subtiliter confertim punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 50); pygidio crebre subtiliter punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum vix brevior- ibus quam segmentum ventrale 2%™ multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 24S sat breviori 3° sat zequali; unguiculis posticis elongatis appendicu-. latis, parte basali quam apicalis parum longiori. Long., 32 1.; lat., 121. An isolated species resembling in respect of its general characters those of the aggregate DD of AA, B, but having claws like those of the aggregate D. Its superficial re- semblance to H. laminatus, Blackb., is very marked, but it differs (independently of the claw structure) from that species by numerous characters—e.g., middle lobe of trilobed outline much narrower and less prominent, and the punctures of its pronotum less close and considerably finer and of its elytra very evidently finer. The third (uppermost) external tooth of its front tibie is scarcely defined. The trilobed outline of the 202 head is well defined, but scarcely divided, the middle lobe a little more than two-thirds of a lateral lobe in size. I have named this species after the late Mr. G. R. Waterhouse, who did valuable work on Australian Melolonthide. Western Australia; Eyre’s Sandy Patch. H. macilentus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice vix dila- tatus; minus nitidus; obscure fuscus, corpore subtus antennis palpis pedibusque ferrugineis ; supra pilis brevi- bus adpressis et nonnullis (presertim in pronoto antice et in elytris postice) elongatis erectis vestitus; clypeo (hoc antice late perleviter emarginato) fronteque crebre sat fortiter rugulosis, fere planum continuum efficient- ibus; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales parum angustiori) ; antennis 9-articulatis ; prothorace quam longiori ut 13 ad 7 latiori, antice modice angustato, supra crebre subtiliter punctulato (puncturis circiter 32 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis modice productis posticis (superne visis) rotundo-obtusis, basi vix manifeste bisinuata, margine basali ad latera summa manifeste magis elevato; elytris longitudinaliter sat obsolete striatis, confertim subtilissime punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 50), in parte apicali summa prope suturam breviter longitudinaliter carinato ; pygidio sat crebre minus fortiter punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum haud brevioribus, quam segmentum ven- trale 2X multo longioribus ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2™S vix breviori quam 3¥%5 multo longiori; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis multo longiori. Long., 3 1.; lat., 12 1. I believe the unique type of this species to be more or less abraded; the elongate setz of its dorsal surface may be, therefore, more numerous in a fresh specimen. The sex of the type is doubtful. If it is a female there is a possibility of its being a member of the aggregate A, but that seems improbable on account of its front claws not having the com- pressed form which is quite conspicuous even in the females of the species that I have placed in A. If it were in A it would stand beside H. fraternus, Blackb., from which it differs by, inter alia, the basal joint of the hind tarsi very much longer in proportion to both the 2nd and 3rd joints. The trilobed outline of the head is well developed and lightly divided, with the middle lobe scarcely smaller than a lateral lobe. The small carina near the apex of the suture is re- markable, and may be sexual. South Australia; Yorke Peninsula. 203 | H. Macleayi, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice parum dila- _.tatus; minus nitidus; fuscus, corpore subtus antennis palpis pedibusque dilutioribus; supra pilis brevibus ad- pressis sat dense et nonnullis erectis sat brevibus ves- titus; clypeo crebre sat fortiter ruguioso, antice late leviter emarginato ; labro clypei planum superanti ; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam lateralium dimidium subangustior1) ; fronte sat crebre fortius sat rugulose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9-articu- latis; prothorace quam longiori ut 15 (vix) ad 8 latiori, antice modice angustato, supra sat crebre subfortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 22 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) modice arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis modice productis posticis (superne visis) obtusis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera vix magis elevato; elytris longitudinaliter obtuse vix manifeste costulatis, crebre subtiliter punctulato (trans elytron puncturis circiter 43); pygidio subtilius crebrius (maris minus crebre) punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum haud brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 24" multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 24S sat breviorl 3° sat equali; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis multo longiori. Long., 44-5 1.; lat., 24-24 1. I formerly supposed this species to be castanews, Mazel. (and may have reported it to correspondents as probably that insect), there being no character in Macleay’s brief descrip- tion inconsistent with that determination, but an examina- ‘tion of the type has proved the contrary. The species is very easily identified (among all known to me) by the char- acters cited in the tabulation. The trilobed outline of the head is very well developed and is strongly divided, the middle Ey. lobe scarcely half of a lateral lobe in size. The punctures of ‘the pronotum are very considerably larger than of the elytra. North Queensland; Cairns, etc. Olliffi, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice minus dila- tatus; sat nitidus; nigro-piceus, antennis palpis pedi- busque ferrugineis, corpore subtus plus minusve rufes- centi; supra pilis brevibus suberectis sat dense vestitus ; ‘clypeo (hoc antice perleviter emarginato) fronteque crebre rugulose sat grosse punctulatis, ut plana sat disparia visis; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales fere quadruplo angustiorl); antennis 9- articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2"S parum breviorl quam 4us multo longiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 204 latiori, antice perparum angustato, supra Fontes sat crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti longi- tudine), sulco laterali antice fortiter dilatato, lateribus: (superne visis) fere ad apicem sat rectis, angulis. anticis. acutis fortiter productis posticis (superne visis) rectis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera summa magis elevato ; elytris fortiter sat crebre punc- tulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 25); pygidio sparsim sat fortiter punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum paullo brevioribus quam segmentum ven- trale 2"™ multo longioribus ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2S paullo breviori, 3° sat equali; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis multo longiori. Long., 42 1.; lat., 241. A very easily recognizable species, especially in respect of the characters mentioned above under the heading of ZH. vagans, Blackb. The trilobed outline of the head is strongly divided, the middle lobe very little more than a quarter of a lateral lobe in size. New South Wales ; Tweed River (given to me by the late Mr. Olliff). H. Erichsoni, sp. nov. New name for H. pubescens, Macl. nom preoec). H. conjunctus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice minus dilatatus; modice nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus suberectis et nonnullis erectis sat elongatis ves- titus; clypeo sat grosse sat rugulose punctulato, antice late leviter emarginato; labro clypei planum superanti ; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana lateralium dimidio sat zquali); fronte sat grosse vix rugulose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 4% multo longiori ; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice modice angustato, supra sparsius sat fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 16 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) minus arcuatis, sulco laterali sat zquali, angulis anticis acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis) rotundato-rectis, basi fortiter bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris sat for- titer sat crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis cir- citer 25); pygidio sparsius leviter punctulato; coxis pos- ticls quam metasternum parum brevioribus, quam seg- mentum ventrale 2%" multo longioribus; tarsorum posti- corum articulo basali quam 2™S sat breviori quam 3us sublongiori; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis multo longiori. Long., 4 1.; lat; 22 205 Besides the distinctive characters indicated in the tabu- lation it may be noted that this species differs from most of the nearly allied species (as will be seen by comparing the descriptions) by the decidedly less numerous punctures of its pronotum. The trilobed outline of the head is well developed and is divided (but not strongly), its middle lobe just about half a lateral lobe in size North Queensland (Mr. Perkins). Hl. farinensis, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice parum dilatatus ; minus nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevi- bus suberectis et nonnullis erectis magis elongatis ves- titus, pronoto antice pilis sat longis fimbriato; clypeo (hoc antice leviter emarginato) fronteque crebre fortiter rugulosis, ut plana sat disparia visis ; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales multo angus- tiori); antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 4" vix longiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra crebrius minus fortiter punc- tulato (puncturis circiter 21 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis, sulco laterali sat quali, angulis anticis sat acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis) obtusis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, mar- gine basali sat equali; elytris sat fortiter sat crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 27); pygidio leviter minus crebre punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum paullo brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2um multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 24s sat breviori, 3° sat equali; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis multo longiori. Long., 44 1.; lat., 24 1. It is noticeable that in this species the punctures of both the head and the elytra are quite conspicuously larger than those of the pronotum. The general resemblance to H. vagans is considerable, but even apart from the dorsal sculpture the much longer 3rd antennal joint of vagans furnishes a satis- factory distinction. The trilobed outline is well developed and divided, the middle lobe very narrow (scarcely a third of a lateral lobe in size). Central Australia; Farina, etc. H. Hackeri, sp. nov. Elongatus, postice modice dilatatus ; minus nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus sub- erectis et nonnullis erectis magis elongatis vestitus (his presertim in pronoto) ; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice late leviter emarginato ; labro clypei planum superanti ; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte 206 mediana quam laterales multo angustiori); fronte rugu- “*. lose sat grosse punctulata, hac clypeoque ut plana minus disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° -quam 4us sat multo longiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra fortius minus crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti : longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis (a latere visis) sat fortiter sinuatis, sulco laterali antice sat dilatato, angulis anticis acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis) rotundatim obtusis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris squamose subtiliter sat crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 35); pygidio subtiliter vix crebre punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum haud brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2%" multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2" sat breviorl, quam 3°s sublongiorl ; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam ees sat longiori ad apicem breviter aia formi. Long., 521.; lat., 231. This species is near H. slain Macl., but is much larger, and the punctures of its pronotum and elytra are notably larger. The trilobed outline of the head is very distinctly but not very strongly divided, the middle lobe a little less than a lateral lobe in size. North Queensland; Coen (Hacker). Given to me by Mr. Carter. H. mestus, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice sat dilatatus ; minus nitidus; piceo-brunneus, antennis ferrugineis ; supra pilis brevibus adpressis sat crebris et pilis nonnullis erectis elongatis vestitus ; clypeo (hoc antice sat emargin- ato) fronteque sat crebre sat rugulose nec grosse punctu- latis, ut plana modice disparia visis; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam lateralium dimidium mani- feste latiori); antennis 9-articulatis robustis, articulo 3° quam 248 parum longiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 13 ad 8 latiori, antice fortiter angustato, supra confertim subtiliter subaspere punctulato (puncturis circiter 40 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) modice arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis modice productis posticis (superne visis) obtusis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, mar- gine basali ad latera ‘paullo magis elevato ; elytris Vix manifeste striatis, subtilius sat crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 40); pygidio subtiliter crebrius punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum vix brevior- ibus quam segmentum ventrale 2%" multo longioribus; 207 tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2" parum breviori quam 3"8 sat longiori; unguiculis posticis robustis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis parum longiori. Gong., 65 1.5 Jat., 31. Easily Peeaemiaatde by the characters cited in the tabu- lation. The trilobed outline of the head well defined but scarcely divided, the middle lobe about three-fifths of a lateral Iobe in size. New South Wales; Sydney (Mr. Lea). H. amenus, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice parum dilatatus ; sat nitidus; lete ferrugineus; supra pilis sat brevibus suberectis, et in pronoto antice capiteque nonnullis elong- atis erectis, vestitus; clypeo crebre sat grosse ruguloso, antice late leviter emarginato; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales multo angustior1) ; fronte minus crebre sat grosse vix rugulose punctulato ; hac clypecque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 9- articulatis, articulo 3° parvo; prothorace quam longiori ut 11 ad 6 latiori, antice perparum angustato; supra fortiter minus crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 18 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, sulco laterali antice sat fortiter dilatato, angulis anticis acutis sat fortiter productis posticis (superne visis) sat rectis, basi bisinuata, margine basali ad latera multo magis elevato; elytris fortiter minus crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 24); pygidio fortiter minus crebre punctulato; coxis posticis quam metaster- num haud brevioribus, quam segmentum .ventrale 2um multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 24S sat breviori; unguiculis posticis elongatis appendiculatis. Long., 6 1.; lat., 221. A fine large species, of a brene reddish ferruginous colour ; readily distinguishable by the characters indicated in the tabulation. The trilobed outline of the head is fairly well developed but not divided, the middle lobe about two-fifths of a lateral lobe in size. Western Australia; Mount Barker (Mr. Lea). H. ambiguus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice minus dila- tatus; sat nitidus; fuscus, palpis antennisque ferru- gineis; supra pilis brevibus suberectis nonnullisque sat elongatis erectis vestitus; clypeo (hoc antice late vix emarginato) fronteque (hac antice subito declivi) crebre sat grosse rugulosis, ut plana valde disparia visis; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales 208 paullo angustiori); antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 4% sat longiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 11 ad 6 latiori, antice modice angustato, supra fortiter minus crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 14 in segmenti longi- tudine), lateribus (superne visis) rotundatis, sulco laterali antice sat dilatato, angulis anticis acutis sat productis- posticis (superne visis) rotundatis, basi vix perspicue bisinuata, margine basali equali; elytris granulatis, sparsius sat fortiter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 20); pygidic sat fortiter minus crebre punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum parum brevicribus quam segmentum ventrale 24™ multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2Us paullo breviori quam 3us paullo longiori; unguiculis posticis sat elongatis, parte basali quam apicalis paullo longiori. Long., 4 1.; Tatesed: at ; Very distinct from all other species known to me except H. siccus, Blackb., which it resembles rather closely. Joint 3 of its antenne much more elongate readily distinguishes it, however, from siccus,as also its puncturation notably coarser, prothorax with sides and hind angles more rounded, longer basal joint of hind tarsi, etc. The hind cox leave more than usual of the lst ventral segment exposed, but are very little shorter than the metasternum. The trilobed outline of the head is feebly developed and not divided, the middle lobe about three-quarters of a lateral lobe in size. The pronotum is fringed with erect hairs in front. Western Australia; Coolgardie. H. planiceps, sp. nov. Hlongatus, postice sat dilatatus ; sat nitidus; ferrugineus, supra pilis brevibus adpressis et nonunullis in pronoto antice longioribus erectis vestitus ; clypeo (hoc antice subtruncato) fronteque confertim nec grosse rugulosis, plahum continuum efficientibus; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana lateralibus sat zquali); antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 4us multo longiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice parum angustato, supra subtiliter crebrius punctulato (puncturis circiter 25 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis, sulco laterali antice leviter dilatato, angulis anticis acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis) rotundato-obtusis, basi vix perspicue sinuata, margine basali sat zequali ; elytris subtilius sat crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30); pygidio subtilius sat crebre punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum vix brevioribus, quam 209 segmentum ventrale 2% multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2¥S multo, quam 3" vix, breviori; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, sat elongatis, parte basali quam apicalis haud multo longiori. Long., ols lat.> 251. A remarkably narrow elongate species, the prothorax unusually small in comparison with the elytra. Not much like any other species known to me, though structurally near collaris, Blackb., which, however, is very much smaller and less elongate, with an unusually large prothorax, joint 3 of antennz very short, basal joint of the hind tarsi as long as the 2nd joint, etc. The prothorax of planiceps, measured at the middle of the front margin, is very little narrower than at the base, the sides converging somewhat in front of the extremities of this line. The trilohed outline of the head is fairly well developed, but scarcely divided, the middle lobe about equal in size to a lateral lobe. Western Australia; Geraldton (Mr. Lea). H. approximans, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; minus nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis adpressis sat brevibus et nonnullis elongatis erectis (his presertim in pronoto antice et in capite sitis) vestitus ; clypeo crebre ruguloso antice late vix emarginato; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustiori) ; fronte fortiter sat crebre haud rugulose punctulata, hac clypeoque ut plana parum disparia visis; antennis 9- articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2"S multo. breviori quam 41s parum longiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra subtilius sat crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 25 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis, sulco laterali antice haud dilatato nec margine laterali antice magis elevato, angulis anticis minus acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis) rotundato-obtusis, basi vix bisinuata, mar- gine basali sat ezquali; elytris crebre sat subtiliter sub- aspere punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30) ; pygidio sparsius leviter punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum vix brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2um multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali 2° sat equali, quam 3% sat longiori; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis sat longiori. Long., 341.; lat., 1¢ 1. This species is not at all close to any other known to me except the following species (H. ordinarius), from which, however, it is quite easily distinguishable by, inter alia, the 210 much shorter 3rd joint of its antennz, its prothorax a little more transverse and having sides more rounded and lateral margins very different and hind angles rounded off, and its elytral puncturation distinctly asperate. The trilobed out- line of the head is feebly developed and scarcely divided, the middle lobe about two-thirds of a lateral lobe in size. 3 New South Wales; Sydney (Mr. Lea). H. ordinarius, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice sat dila- tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis adpressis sat brevibus et nonnullis elongatis erectis (his presertim in pronoto antice et in capite sitis) vestitus; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice late leviter emarginato; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales paullo angustiori); fronte sat fortiter sat crebre vix rugulose punctulata, hac clypeoque ut plana parum disparia visis ; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 2¥5 parum breviori uam 4S sat multo longiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 12 ad 7 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra subtilius sat crebre punctulatc (puncturis circiter 25 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) minus arcuatis, sulco laterali antice sat dilatato, margine laterali antice sat multo magis elevato, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis) sat rectis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris crebre sat subtiliter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30); pygidio crebrius subtilius punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum parum brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2" multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali 2° sat zquali, quam 3% sat longiori; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis paullo longiori. Long., 32 1.; lat., 14 1. For remarks on this species, see the preceding (H. ap- proxvmans). The trilobed outline of the head is like that of H. approzimans. I have before me a mutilated example of a species from Victoria which seems to be closely allied to this, but unfortunately it has lost its hind claws, and so cannot justifiably be described. New South Wales; Thornleigh (Mr. Froggat). H. minutus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice vix dilatatus ; minus nitidus; rufo-fuscus, antennis palpis pedibus cor- poreque subtus dilutioribus; supra nonnihil pruinosus, pilis perbrevibus sparsis adpressis et nonnullis elongatis erectis (his presertim in pronoto antice et in capite sitis) vestitus; clypeo crebre subtilius ruguloso, antice sub- truncato; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice 241 - “(a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana “quam laterales sublatiori) ; fronte subtilius minus crebre nec rugulose punctulata, hac clypeoque ut plana sat dis- paria visis; antennis 9-articulatis, articulis 3-6 per- brevibus sat zqualibus; prothorace quam longiori ut 12 ad 7 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra subtilius leviter nec crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 15.in segmenti longitudine) lateribus (superne visis) fortiter rotundatis, angulis anticis vix acutis modice productis posticis (sup- erne visis) rotundatis, basi vix perspicue sinuata, margine basali subtili sat equali; elytris perspicue striatis, spar- sim leviter nec equaliter punctulatis; pygidio longitud- inaliter carinato, leviter sparsim punctulato; coxis pos- ticis quam metasternum vix brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ multo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2% nonnihil, quam 3% sat multo, longiori; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis sat longiori. Long., 12 1.; lat., 2 1. Easily recognizable on account of its extremely small size. If size were disregarded and also the pruinosity of the elytra (involving, perhaps, a little iridescence), the species would have to be placed in the tabulation beside H. siccus, from which it differs by, enter alia multa, its elytra very dis- tinctly striate. The puncturation of the elytra is sparse and not symmetrically distributed, so that the counting of punc- tures is of little use, but the number may be roughly stated as averaging about 15 across an elytron. The trilobed out- line of the head is not strongly developed and is not divided, the middle lobe slightly larger than a lateral lobe. South Australia; Sedan (taken by the late Mr. Rothe). H. miser, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; minus nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus adpressis vestitus; clypeo crebre sat fortiter ruguloso, antice truncato, oculos in exteriorem partem haud super- anti; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales parum angustiori); fronte sat fortiter minus crebre nec rugulose punctulata ; hac clypeoque fere planum continuum efficientibus; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 4% parum longiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 3 ad 2 latiori, antice parum angustato, supra leviter canaliculato, subtilius vix crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) parum arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis) sat acute rectis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera vix 212 magis elevato; elytris subtilius squamose sat crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30); pygidio sparsius minus subtiliter punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 24m sat longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2S vix breviori, quam 34% sub-— longiori; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, partis basalis compresse marginibus inter se parallolis. Long., 4 1.; lat.5 2 1. (wax); Besides the character noted in the tabulation as dis- tinguishing this species from H. montanus, its clypeus is not emarginate in front (in montanus feebly so), its elytral punc- tures are smaller and more numerous and of the squamose form (in montanus about 25 across an elytron, and not squamose), and the basal piece of its claws is less widely com- pressed. The trilobed outline of the head is feebly developed and not divided, the middle lobe scarcely smaller than a lateral lobe. In monitanus the trilobed outline is notably better developed and is distinctly divided. A Heteronyx . from Queensland, in my collection, which has lost its hind claws and, therefore, cannot be confidently placed, is probably somewhat close to this species. New South Wales; Sydney. H. nudus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus sparsissimis erectis vestitus; clypeo (hoc antice late emarginato) fronteque crebre subtilius rugulosis, ut plana valde disparia visis; labro clypei planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales multo angustiori) ; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 45 paullo longiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 9 ad 5 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra sat crebre sat subtiliter punctulato (puncturis circiter 24 in segmenti longi- tudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, sulco laterali antice sat dilatato, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis) acute rectis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine basali ad latera summa magis elevato; elytris fortiter sparsius punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 23); pygidio crebre fortius punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ sat longior- ibus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2%S sat breviori, quam 3% vix longiori; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis sat longiori. Long., 44. 1.; lat., 22 1. 213 Remarkable by the punctures of its pronotum very con- spicuously finer and closer than those of its elytra. In this respect it resembles H. Rothei, Blackb., which is a consider- ably smaller species, with the hind angles of the prothorax though well defined notably less sharp than in H. nudus, the hind femora very differently sculptured, etc. The trilobed outline of the head is strongly defined and divided, the middle lobe about half of a lateral lobe in size. : Western Australia; Bridgetown (Mr. Lea). H. impar, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice minus dila- tatus; sat nitidus; niger, antennis (harum flabello testaceo), palpis pedibus corporeque subtus dilutioribus ; supra fere glaber; clypeo sat crebre ruguloso, antice late vix emarginato; labro clypel planum superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales paullo angustiori); fronte sat fortiter minus crebre nec rugulose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana valde disparia visis; antennis 9- articulatis, articulo 3° quam 44 paullo longiori; pro- thorace quam longiori ut 8 ad-5 latiori, antice sat for- titer angustato, supra sparsim subtiliter punctulato (puncturis circiter 12 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) pone medium sat fortiter rotundato- dilatatis, sulco laterali equali, angulis anticis sat acutis modice productis posticis (superne visis) rotundatis, basi vix sinuata, margine basali subtili sat zequali; elytris fortius minus crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 23); pygidio longitudinaliter carinato, fortius sparsius punctulato: coxis posticis quam metasternum sat multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2um paullo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2¥S sat breviori, 3° sat equali; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis multo longior1. Kone, of Wor lat. 15-1: The punctures of the pronotum very much finer and less close than of the elytra will distinguish this species from all others (known to me) resembling it structurally. Its small size and dark colour (if the colour is constant) are also very distinctive. The trilobed outline of the head is feebly defined, not divided, the middle lobe fully three-quarters of a lateral lobe in size. North Queensland (Mr. Perkins). H. hirsutus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra (presertim in elytris et pronoti margine antico) pilis sat elongatis erectis vestitus; clypeo (hoc antice late emarginato). 214 fronteque (hac antice alte perpendiculari) sat crebre rugulosis ; labro elypei planum superanti; capite antice : {a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam lateralium dimidium haud angustiori); antennis- 9-articulatis, articulc 3° quam 4S sat longiori; pro- thorace quam longiori fere duplo latiori, antice minus” ' angustato, supra subtilius minus crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 18 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) perparum arcuatis, sulco laterali antice sat _ dilatato, angulis anticis acutis sat productis posticis (sup-_ -erne visis) sat acute rectis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine -basali ad latera summa magis elevato ; elytris sat for- titer minus crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 26); pygidio fortius minus crebre punctulato ; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ haud multo longioribus ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 245 multo, quam 3% parum, breviori; unguiculis posticis appendicu- latis, parte basali quam apicalis sat longiori. bhi 4i1.; lat., 2241. : Very dail distinguishable from its allies by the char- acters cited in the tabulation. The trilobed outline of the head is very well developed, and is divided, the middle lobe being about half of a lateral lobe in size. The punctures of the pronotum are considerably smaller than those of the elytra, but not conspicuously more closely or less closely placed. Western Australia (exact habitat not known). H1. convezxicollis, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice parum dilatatus; sat nitidus; obscure ferrugineus, palpis antennisque dilutioribus; supra fere glaber; clypeo crebre vix grosse ruguloso, antice late leviter emarginato ; labro clypei planum vix superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angusticri); fronte sat crebre sat grosse parum rugulose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana sat dispara visis; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 4us vix longiori; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice sat angustato, supra preter solitum con- vexo, subtilius sat sparsim punctulato (puncturis circiter 18 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis, sulco laterali sat equali, angulis anticis sat rectis parum prominulis posticis (superne visis) rotundato- obtusis, basi vix sinuata, margine basali equali; elytris fortius minus crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 22); pygidio longitudinaliter carinato, sparsim 215 subtilius punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum multo brevicribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ paullo: longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam. gus sat breviori 3° sat sequali; unguiculis posticis ap- pendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis multo longiori.. Hone.,.32 |; lat. 12 1. Easily distinguishable among its nearer allies by its. strongly convex, almost subgibbous, pronotum (very much more convex than that of H. jubatus). The trilobed outline of the head is feebly developed and not divided, the middle lobe about two-thirds of a lateral lobe in size. North Queensland (Mr. Perkins). H. calidus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice parum dila- tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis minus brevi-. bus adpressis minus sparsim vestitus; clypeo crebre sub- tilius ruguloso, antice leviter emarginato; labro clypei planum vix superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustiori); fronte rugulose sat fortiter sat crebre. punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis ; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 4% paullo longiori1; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice sat fortiter angustato, supra subtilius sat crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti longi- tudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat arcuatis pone medium dilatato-rotundatis, sulco laterali equali, angulis anticis vix acutis parum prominulis posticis (superne visis) sat rotundatis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali zquali; elytris minus subtiliter sat profunde sat crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 24); pygidio longitudinaliter carinato, sat fortiter punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum multo brevioribus, quam seg- mentum ventrale 2¥™ paullo longioribus ; tarsorum posti- corum articulo basali quam 2% sat breviori, 3° sat equali ; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis multo longiori. Long., 3-35 1.; lat.. 14-13 1. This species is very close to H. inashines Macl. The punctures of its elytra are very distinctly and more strongly im- pressed, and its prothorax is less strongly rotundate-dilatate laterally behind the middle. It is, however, best distinguished by its longitudinally carinate pygidium. In both species there are differences in the pygidium which I believe to be sexual. In parvulus one sex (I believe it to be the male) has the pysiduam very faintly and sparsely punctured, with an almost obsolete tubercle in the middle of its surface; while 216 ‘in the other sex the pygidium is a little more strongly and -closely punctured, with a faint impression on either side near the apex. In calidus the sex that I regard as male has the pygidium carinate, with sparse fairly strong puncturation; - while in the other sex the pygidium is carinate, with still stronger and conspicuously closer punctures. It should also be noted that in calidus the elytra are transversely thick- -ened, quite strongly, close to the apex, while in parvulus there is scarcely any trace of such structure. The trilobed outline of the head is feeble in both species, and not divided, the middle lobe about two-thirds of a lateral lobe in size. I have a specimen from Roebuck Bay too much mutilated to be justifiably described which seems to represent a distinct species ‘very close to calidus. North Queensland (Mr. Perkins). Al. imconspicuus, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice parum dila- tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pills adpressis minus brevibus vestitus; clypeo crebre ruguloso, antice late parum emarginato; labro clypei planum vix super- anti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter con- vexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustiorl) ; fronte sat grosse parum rugulose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana minus disparia visis; antennis 9- articulatis, articulo 3° quam 4¥S parum longiori; pro- thorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice sat angustato, latitudine majori prope basin sita, supra subtilius sat crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, sulco laterali sat zquali, angulis anticis sat rectis parum productis posticis (superne visis) rotundato- obtusis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali subtili equali; elytris subtilius sat crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 26); pygidio longitudinaliter carinato, sat crebre sat fortiter punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ paullo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 24S sat breviori, 3° sat zquali; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis multo longiori. Long., 3-32 1.; lat.. 12-12 1. Easily distinguishable by the characters cited in the tabulation. The trilobed outline of the head is feebly deve- loped and not divided, the middle lobe about two-thirds of a lateral lobe in size. The fine raised lateral edging of the elytra does not continue along the apex, but ends abruptly at the extero-apical corner. — New South Wales; Sydney, etc. 217 H. subeylindricus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice vix- - dilatatus; modice nitidus; ferrugineus;. supra pilis- adpressis minus brevibus crebrius vestitus; clypeo (hoc antice sat emarginato) fronteque sat crebre rugulosis, ut plana sat disparia visis; labro clypei planum superanti ; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo: (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustiori) ; antennis 9-- articulatis, articulo 3° quam 4¥S vix longiori; prothorace. quam longiori ut 12 ad 7 latiori, latitudine majori vix pone medium sita, antice sat angustato, supra subtilius sat crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat rotundatis, sulco laterali equali, angulis anticis sat rectis vix pro-- ductis posticis rotundatis, basi vix sinuata, margine basali subtili equali; elytris crebre subtilius nonnihil aspere punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30) ; pygidio longitudinaliter carinato leviter sparsius punctu- lato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat multo brevior-. ibus, quam segmentum ventrale 24S paullo longioribus ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2¥S paullo- breviori, quam 3% sublongiori; unguiculis posticis ap- pendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis multo longior1.. lone, 3-a~ 1; lat., 1-12. 1. The fine raised edging of the elytra is as in H. wncon- spicuus, Blackb., from which the present species differs by numerous characters, especially the shape of the pro- thorax. If the prothorax be looked at from a point above, and a little in front of, the lateral margin (so that the whole lateral outline is visible) it will be seen that the point whence the curve begins to con- verge towards the apical angle and towards the extremity of the base is scarcely nearer to the base than to the apex, while in inconspicwus it is considerably nearer to the base. The trilobed outline of the head is very feeble and scarcely divided, the middle lobe fully two-thirds of a lateral lobe in size. This species is very like H. concolor, Macl., from which it differs by its form longer and more cylindric, the punc- turation of its elytra closer and subasperate, its claws norm- ally appendiculate, etc. North Queensland; Kuranda (Mr. Dodd). H. puer, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice vix dilatatus ; minus nitidus; obscure ferrugineus, palpis antennisque dilutioribus; supra pilis adpressis minus brevibus ves- titus; clypeo (hoc antice emarginato) crebre ruguloso ; labro clypei planum vix superanti; capite antice (a tergo: oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam: 218 laterales sat multo angustiori); fronte fortiter sat rugu- lose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana minus disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 4% paullo longiori ; prothcrace quam longiori ut 3 ad 2 (vix) latiori, latitudine majori vix pone medium sita, antice sat for- titer angustato, supra subtilius- sat crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat fortiter rotundatis, sulco laterali quali, angulis anticis sat rectis parum productis posticis (superne visis) sat rotundatis, basi vix bisinuata, mar- gine basali subtili equali; elytris crebre subtiliter nec aspere punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 32) ; pygidio sparsius minus subtiliter punctulato; coxis pos- ticis quam metasternum sat multo brevioribus, quam seg- mentum ventrale 24 paullo longioribus ; tarsorum posti- corum articulo basali quam 2" vix breviori, quam 3uS sat longiori; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis sub- bifidis, parte basali quam apicalis multo longiori. Long., So letats Ware eh This species is somewhat close to several others, notes on which will be found under the heading of the next species (H mildurensis); it can be identified with confidence I think by the characters indicated in the tabulation. Its sub- bifid claws and other characters cause it to resemble H. swbh- fuscus, Macl. (Group VII.), from which it is easily dis- tinguished, however, by its intermediate claws normally ap- pendiculate, its notably smaller size, the smaller size of its elytral punctures (which have no’ tendency to be asperate), etc. The trilobed outline of its head is fairly well defined but not quite divided, the middle lobe a little more than half of a lateral lobe in size. . North Queensland (Mr. Perkins). H. mildurensis, sp nov: Minus elongatus, postice parum dilatatus ; sat nitidus; obscure ferrugineus, antennarum flabello testaceo, elytris piceo-umbratis; supra pilis adpressis minus brevibus vestitus; clypeo crebre subtilius ruguloso, antice leviter emarginato; labro clypei planum leviter superanti; capite antice (a tergo oblique viso) tripliciter convexo (parte mediana quam laterales sat angustior1) fronte sat fortiter minus rugulose punctulata ; hac clypeoque ut plana minus disparia visis; antennis 9-articulatis, articulo 3° quam 4S manifeste longiori ; prothorace quam longiori ut 3 ad 2 latiori, latitudine majori vix pone medium sita, antice sat angustato, supra sub- tilius sat crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 20 in seg- menti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat rotund- "QA9 atis, sulco laterali equali, angulis anticis sat rectis parum productis posticis (superne visis) sat rotundatis, basi vix bisinuata, margine basali equali; elytris sat subtiliter vix crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 24); pygidio leviter minus crebre punctulato, longi- tudinaliter carinato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2um paullo longioribus; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2¥s paullo breviori, 3° sat equali; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, parte basali quam apicalis multo longiori, variat corpore toto ferrugineo. Long., 3 1.; lat., 12 1. The trilobed outline of the head is very feeble and not divided, the middle lobe about two-thirds of a lateral lobe in size. The species of the aggregate AA, BB, CC, DD, EEE, FF, GG, are all obscure and small insects bearing much general resemblance to each other. I believe the char- acters indicated in the tabulation as distinguishing them, inter se, to be reliable and constant, but think it desirable to add some notes on some of their other distinctive characters. ZH. concolor and suturalis have a fringe of stout bristles at the apex of the elytra which is absent in the other species. I have seen a sufficiently long series of H. calidus and incon- syrcwus to satisfy me that the fringe is constantly absent in them, but it is possibly wanting through abrasion in some of the others. The elytral puncturation is very notably closer in H. subcylindricus and puer than in any other of the aggre- gate. H.wiconspicuus differs from all the others of the aggre- gate in its prothorax being at its widest notably nearer to the base, with sides feebly arched and hind angles less rounded off. The pygidium is more or less strongly carinate in all except H. oscillator, parvulus, suturalis, and puer. H. con- color and puwer alone have hind claws subbifid. Victoria; Mildura. SUPPLEMENT. The following species must be added to Groups already treated in the present Revision. Most of them have been received since the publication of the Memoirs in which they must stand. On the pages following the descriptions some general remarks will be found, and also some notes on the described species that I have not been able to tabulate : — Group IT. H. confertus, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice sat dilatatus; minus nitidus; piceo-ferrugineus, antennis palpis pedi- busque dilutioribus; supra pilis adpressis sat brevibus 220 vestitus; pronoto pilis erectis elongatis antice fimbriato, et his in elytris prope basin distributis; clypeo (hoc antice rotundato) fronteque crebre sat fortiter rugulosis, planum sat equalem efficientibus; antennis 8-articulatis ; prothorace quam longiori ut 11 ad 7 latiori, antice for- titer angustato, supra confertim subtiliter subaspere punctulato (puncturis circiter 38 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus pone mediam partem sat fortiter rotundatis, angulis anticis sat acutis parum prominulis posticis (sup- erné visis) subacutis, basi modice bisinuata, margine basali ad latera vix magis elevato; elytris confertim sat subtiliter subaspere punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 50); pygidio crebrius subtilius punctulato; coxis” posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus, quam seg- mentum ventrale 2¥™ sat longioribus; tibils anticis extus tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2us paullo breviori quam 3¥%8 parum longiori; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 64 1.; lat., 34 1. In the tabulation of Group II. (Trans. Roy. Soc., 8.A., 1908, p. 384) this species must stand beside torvuws, Blackb., which it resembles considerably, differing, however, by, mmter alia multa, the much sharper hind angles of its pronotum and the much closer and finer punctures of its elytra. It may be placed thus in the tabulation (under A, BB, C, D):— E. Elytral punctures very close (20 from suture not reaching to middle) ... confertus, Blackb. EE. Elytral punctures much less close (20 from suture contort es peering middle) et So eRe . +. tOrVUS, Bicep It should be need that ne clypeus and frons do not present quite so even and continuous a surface as in H. tristis, Blackb., and torvus—which is also the case in H. hisyidulus, Blackb. The pronotum in H. tristzs is much less closely punc- tured than in this species and torvus. Victoria; Dividing Range. H. novitius, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; sat nitidus; obscure ferrugineus; supra pilis brevibus adpressis vestitus; pronoto pilis erectis sat elongatis antice fimbriato, nonnullis in elytris dispersis ; clypeo (hoc antice late vix emarginato) fronteque crebre sat rugulosis, planum continuum efficientibus ; labro clypei planum fere attingenti, a tergo oblique viso sat fortiter emarginato; antennis 8-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 5 ad 3 latiori, antice parum angustato, supra subtilius sat crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 22 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) minus 221 arcuatis, angulis anticis modice acutis sat productis pos- ticis (superne visis) rectis, basi sat fortiter bisinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris sat crebre granulatis, squamose subtilius crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 30); pygidio subtilius sparsius punctu- lato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2™ sat longioribus; tibiis anticis extus fortiter tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2" manifeste breviori quam 345 paullo longiori; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 42 1.; lat., 22 1. Easily distinguishable.from all the previously described members of this Group by its labrum, which is considerably projected and is erect in front, but not quite reaching the level of the clypeus, the labrum visible when the head is viewed obliquely from behind, but with a concave outline. It could be placed in the tabulation (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1908, p. 384) as DDD in the aggregate A, BB, C, thus: — DDD. Pronotum smoothly and closely, but by no means a Pee tured 3.8 mi . .) novitius, Blackb. The structure of its fe ei ‘agai not be used to char- acterize it in the tabulation without the tabulation being entirely relettered. The membranous apex of the elytra (in the unique type) is strongly developed. In my former Revision this species would have stood in Group III. (now dropped). | New South Wales; Sydney (Mr. Lea). H. coxalis, sp. nov. Sat brevis, postice sat dilatatus ; nitidus ; ferrugineus; supra glaber; clypeo crebre sat fortiter ruguloso, antice late subtruncato; labro clypei planum nullo modo attingenti; fronte fortiter minus crebre vix rugulose punctulata; hac clypeoque ut plana valde dis- parila visis; antennis 8-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 3 latiori, antice parum angustato, supra sat fortiter minus crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 12 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) modice arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis modice pro- ductis posticis (superne visis) acute rectis nonnihil de- planatis, basi leviter bisinuata, margine basali parum manifesto; elytris fere ut pronotum punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 20); pygidio crebre minus for- titer punctulato; coxis posticis brevissimis, quam seg- mentum ventrale 2" sat multo brevioribus; tibiis anticis extus bidentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali 299 quam 2¥Us manifeste longiori, quam 3" sat multo breviori ; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 3 1.; lat., 12 1. I omitted this species when I was revising Group es. because I was disposed to consider it generically distinct from Heteronyx, but on further consideration its peculiar char- acters appear to me to be only exaggerations of what is to be found in species that certainly must not be separated from Heteronyx. Its prothorax is more strongly transverse and its: hind cox shorter than those of any other Heteronyz known to me, and it is remarkable that these two characters should be present in one species. JI think there is only one other Heteronyx (fH. setifer, Blackb.) in which the basal joint of the hind tarsi is conspicuously longer than the 2nd joint. The puncturation of both pronotum and elytra is somewhat acer- vate. In the tabulation of this Group (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1908, p. 384) this species will stand next to ZH. brevi- collis, Blackb., from which it may be separated thus: — EK. Hind shee of prothorax obtuse’... brevicollis, Blackb. EE. Hind angles of BrgRnOray sharply right angles... io s.. Coxalis, “blagbpe N.B.—The type of H. coxalis is perhaps abraded, but the species is certainly one with very little if any pubescence. New South Wales; Gosford (Mr. Lea). H. costulatus, Blackb. Sat elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; nitidus; ferrugineus; sat glaber, pronoto pilis: erectis sat elongatis antice fimbriato, nonnullis in capite elytrisque dispersis; clypeo grosse sat crebre rugu- loso, antice subtruncato; labro clypei planum haud attingenti; fronte grosse nec crebre nec rugulose punctu- lata; fronte clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis; antennis 8-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori duplo- latiori, antice parum angustato, supra sparsim fortiter subacervatim punctulato (puncturis circiter 12 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) leviter arcuatis, angulis anticis sat acutis modice productis posticis (sup- erne visis) obtusis, basi vix sinuata, margine basali sat equali; elytris costulis circiter 5 (sutura inclusa, 5% subobsoleta) crnatis, fortiter subseriatim minus crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 18); pygidio subtilius minus crebre punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus quam segmentum ventrale 2um sat longioribus; tibiis anticis extus tridentatis ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 21s paulo: breviori, 3° sat quali; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long., 3 lage dab, lt ae 229 In the tabulation (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1908, p. 384) this species must stand beside spretus, Blackb., from which it differs by, inter alia plurima, the (well defined) costz on its elytra. Western Australia; Mount Barker (Mr. Lea). Group III. H. aspericollis, Blackb. This species was accidentally omitted when Group III. was revised by me in Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1909. In my former Revision of Heteronyz the species was placed in Group VI. (corresponding in general to Group VII. of the present memoir), but cannot stand in Group VII. as now characterized, on account of the middle lobe of the trilobed outline of the head not being convex, but of the same peculiar form as that of the species which I believe to be H. granum, Burm., 7.e., bisinuate with its ends angular. In the tabulation of Group III. (loc. cit., pp. 21-24) asperi- collis must stand beside granum from which it differs by, inter alia, the dark flabellum of its antenne and the hind coxz longer than the 2nd ventral segment. It also differs in ‘colouring. I have before me a fairly numerous series of both ‘species, and tind that while the pronotum of granwm is invari- ably testaceous-red in colour, that of aspericollis is invariably black, although its elytra vary in colour from red to black with an intermediate form having the suture (only) black. H. granum, Burm. It seems desirable to call attention here to the note in my former Revision on the difficulty of iden- tifying this species (Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1889, p. 1235). As Burmeister did not describe the claws of H. granum confi- ‘dent identification is impossible. The species to which I have assigned the name is variable in colour, the elytra being much darker in some specimens than in others. It is found in Victoria as well as in South Australia. Hf. alienus, Blackb. This species was accidentally over- _ looked when Group III. was revised in Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1909. Its proper place in the tabulation is in the ageregate GG on page 24, line 4. It differs from both the other species in that aggregate by its clypeus very distinctly -emarginate in front—as in 1. equaliceps, Blackb.—(very much less strongly than in 77. obesus, Burm.), by its much smaller size, its pronotum and elytra much more coarsely and less closely punctured, etc., etc. In the tabulation it should follow H. Callabonne, Blackb., thus : — HHH. Clypeus very Popeetcnausly. emar- ginate in front oo anenus, Blacky: 224 Group IV. H. ruficollis, Macl. This species should be lseea here. I have recently examined the unique type (in the Aus- tralian Museum, Sydney) which, unfortunately, is in very bad condition, appearing to have been broken and subse- quently reconstructed with gum. There are, however, some unnamed specimens in the Macleay Museum, from Cairns, which seem to be identical. Assuming their identity, the species falls in Group IV. (Subgroup II.) of the present Memoir, where it stands in the tabulation beside H. additus, Blackb., differing from that species by, iter alia, its very much smaller size, clypeus not projecting laterally beyond the outline of the eyes, and lateral sulcus of the pronotum not dilated in its front part. WH. ruficollis is extremely variable in colouring of elytra from the “black” of the type to testa- ceous, with intermediate forms in which the elytra are black with a wide discoidal red vitta, the vitta in some examples being abbreviated so as to be a mere red blotch on the middle of the base. H. grandis, Blackb. In the tabulation of the 2nd sub- group of Group IV. (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1909, pp. 44, etc.) this species might perhaps be more satisfactorily placed by transposing the lines (on p. 44) D and E, EH, so that E and EE would become D and DD, and would immediately follow C, the line now standing as D becoming H, and follow- ing next after the line now called EE. That change: would involve the alteration of the lettering on p. 47 by DD be- coming EE, and the next six lines becoming F, G, GG, H, Ey Le The change would be for the purpose of avoiding the statement that the frons of H. grandis is not perpendicu- larly declivious—a statement that cannot be made correctly without qualification, inasmuch as the frons is perpendicular for a certain distance on.either side part of its front margin and rarely is slightly so even in the middle. I have recently taken (in the original locality) a small Heteronyz (long., 44 1.) which, I have no doubt, is a dwarf of H. yrandis, and its frons certainly proves that it is possible for the declivity to be quite traceable all across the front. H. cornutus, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice sat dila- tatus; sat nitidus; ferrugineus; supra pilis adpressis minus brevibus minus crebre vestitus; clypeo crebre nec grosse ruguloso, antice ut lamina sat alta erecta angusta. reflexo, in exteriorem partem oculos fortiter superanti > labro clypei planum nullo modo attingenti; fronte sat grosse rugulosa; hac clypeoque ut plana disparia visis > antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 5 ad 225 3 latiori, antice modice angustato, supra minus crebre sat grosse punctulato (puncturis circiter 12 in segmenti longi- tudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat rotundatis, angulis anticis minus acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis) sat rotundatis, basi haud sinuata, margine basali subtili equali; elytris minus crebre sat grosse punctulatis - (trans elytron puncturis circiter 16); pygidio sparsius minus fortiter punctulato: coxis posticis quam meta- sternum manifeste brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2um sat longioribus; tarsis brevibus, posticorum articulo basali quam 2¥S paullo breviori 3° sat zquali; unguiculis posticis appendiculatis, vix subbifidis, parte basali quam apicalis multo longiori. Long., 24 1.; lat., 14 1. This and the following two species display a character which distinguishes them sharply from all the rest of the known Australian Heteronyces, in the clypeus being raised in front into an erect narrow lamina, the height of which is equal to about half the distance from its base to the clypeal suture. The claws of all three are appendiculate, but more or less (least in this species) of the subbifid type discussed under the heading of Group IV. (Trans. Roy. Soc., S8.A., 1909, p. 39). They belong to the 2nd subgroup of Group IV., and their place in the tabulation of that subgroup is indi- cated under the heading of H. pedarius, Blackb. The punc- tures of the dorsal surface in this species are not numerous, but owing to their large size they are tolerably close to one another. North-Western Australia (given to me by Mr. French). li. capitalis, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice leviter dila- tatus; sat nitidus; dilute ferrugineus; supra pilis adpressis minus brevibus minus crebre vestitus, capillis erectis sat elongatis nonnullis in capite et in pronoti parte antica dispersis; clypeo (hoc antice ut lamina sat alta erecta minus angusta refiexo, in exteriorem partem oculos haud superanti) fronteque crebre nec grosse rugulosis, ut plana disparia visis; labro clypei planum nullo modo attingenti; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 5 ad 3 latiori, antice modice angustato, supra crebre subtiliter punctulato (puncturis circiter 25 in seg- menti longitudine), lateribus (superne visis) sat rotund- atis, angulis anticis sat acutis modice productis posticis (superne visis) rotundatis, basi vix bisinuata, margine basali subtili sat equali; elytris crebre subtiliter nec aspere punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 33) ; pygidio coriaceo sparsissime subobsolete punctulato ; coxis posticis metasterno longitudine sat equalibus, quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ multo longioribus; tibiis anticis 226 extus bidentatis; tarsis sat brevibus, posticorum articuio basali quam 24s sat breviori 2° sat xquali: unguiculis posticis appendiculatis sed subbifidis, parte basali quam apicalis paullo longiori. Long., 32 1.; lat., 121. | Some remarks on the characters of this species will be found under the preceding (H. cornutus). It differs from H. cornutus by larger size, the very dissimilar puncturation of its dorsal surface, its clypeus not passing the outline of the eye laterally, its front tibie with only two external teeth, the apical piece of its hind claws notably longer, ete. The shape of the pseudo-horn of its clypeus is fan-shaped, being (when viewed obliquely along the head from behind) much narrower at the base than the apex, which has a convex outline, the pseudo-horn of cornutus having sides almost parallel and apex subtruncate. North Queensland (Mr. Perkins). H. pedarius, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice parum dilatatus ; minus nitidus; dilute ferrugineus; supra pilis adpressis minus brevibus crebrius vestitus, capillis erectis sat elongatis nonnullis in capite et in pronoti parte antica dispersis; clypeo (hoc antice ut lamina sat alta erecta minus angusta reflexo, in exterlorem partem oculos haud superanti) fronteque crebre nonnihil subgrosse rugulosis, ‘ut plana minus disparia visis; labro clypei planum nullo modo attingenti; antennis 9-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice minus angustato, supra crebre sat subtiliter punctulato (puncturis circiter 25 in segmenti longitudine, lateribus (superne visis) sat fortiter rotundatis, latitudine majori ad mediam partem sita, angulis anticis sat acutis modice productis posticis (sup- erne visis) sat rotundatis, basi perparum bisinuata, mar- gine basali subtili sat equali; elytris crebre subtiliter sat aspere punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 35): pygidio leviter sparsissime punctulato; coxis posticis metasterno longitudine sat equalibus, quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ multo longioribus; tiblis anticis extus bidentatis (dente superiori subobsoleto); tarsis minus brevibus, intermediorum articulo basali quam 225 345 que conjunctis vix brevicri, posticorum articulo basali 2° sat eequali quam 3% sat longiori; unguiculis posticis appendi- culatis sed nonnihil subbifidis, parte basali quam apicalis sat longiori. Long., 341.; lat., 12 1. The unusual length of the basal joint of the intermediate tarsi renders this species very distinct from the two others having the clypeus laminated, and its laminated clypeus dis- tinguishes it from all the rest of the genus. It is nearly 227 allied to H. capitalis, from which it differs by, wnter alia, its prothorax widest at the middle, its elytral puncturation asperate, etc. It, and the preceding two species, in the tabu- lation (Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1909, p. 48) follow pygidzalis, thus : — BBB. Clypeus raised into a narrow erect lamina in front. C. Clypeal lamina with parallel sides5 puncturation coarse and sparse ... cornutus, Blackb. CC. Clypeal lamina more or less fan- shaped ; puncturation fine and close. D. Basal 2 joints of intermediate CAESHOSUDEQUAN Esse —ce. oes. wee es DD. Basal joint of intermediate tarsi very much longer than 2nd HOMME. 20. ee pedarius, Blackb. North-Western Australia (Mr. Masters). The number of names under which species have been described as Heteronyces, or which there is reason to attribute to the genus, although differently placed by their authors, is, I think, 328, including the new species described in this present Memoir. Of these names 293 will be found in the tabula- tions above (161 as previously described species, 131 as new species). The 35 names omitted from tabulation are accounted for as follows: — Synonyms (10), vz. :— australis (Cotidia), Boisd. (nom. preocc.)= fallax, Blackb. breviceps, Blackb.=rufopiceus, Mazel. fissiceps, Blackb. =chlorotica, Gyll. hepaticus, Kr.=fumatus, Er. (vide Trans. Roy. Soc., SALOU, p..22). obscurus, Le Guill. =nigellus, Er. pubescens, Macl. = EFrichsont, Blackb. rapax, Blackb.=fumatus, Er. Cowelli, Blackh. =concolor, Macl. submetallicus, Blackb. = Lindi, Blackb. subvittatus, Macl.=subfuscus, Macl. Subsequently made the type of a new genus (1), viz. :— baldiensis, Blackb. ( Pseudoheteronyax He Species unknown to me, and not sufficiently described for confident identification (21). It seems desirable to furnish notes on these separately. They are:— rotundiceps, Blanch. (already discussed under Group He). Spadiceus, Burm. (already discussed under Groups I. and VI.). eapitalis, Blackb. H2 228 wunguiculatus, Burm. (already discussed under Group IL). piloselius, Blanch. (already discussed under Groupe TIl. and IV.). laticeps, Burm. (already discussed under Groups IIT. and IV.). australis, Guér. (already discussed under Groups IV. and VIIf.). planatus, Burm. (already discussed under Group PEN: wunicolor, Blanch. (already discussed under Group Vi). pellucidus, Burm. (already discussed under Group MIT). Carpentaria (Schizonycha), W. 8. Macleay, Dej. Cat. Quoted by Gemminger and Harold as a synonym of precox, Er., which, judged by the name, seems most improbable. The description given by Boisduval consists of five words. cervinus (Sericesthis), Boisd. In Trans. Roy. Soe., S.A.; 1907, p. 245, I mentioned having: inspected a /leteronyx in the Macleay Museum which seemed to be a cotype of this species. At a later date I could not find the specimen. holomelenus, Blanch. A member of Group VII. or VIII., according as its claws are bifid or appendi- culate. It is described as entirely black and of fairly large size (10 m.). I do not know any such species in either Group. laticollis, Blanch. Group VII. or VIII. (its claw structure not recorded). I should judge it, from the description, to belong to Group Vit. aggregate AA, B, C, D, E, in which it might be almost any of the species that I have placed there were it not that the prothorax is said to be wider than the elytra, which is not the case in any species known to me of the aggregate. nigritus, Blanch. Group VII. or VIII. (its claw structure not recorded). It might be the species which I described as H. nigrinus were it not for the words “‘elytris fere planis” in the description. The locality is given as “Eastern Australia” ; nigrinus is from Adelaide. oblongus, Blanch. Group VII. or VIII. (ats claw structure not recorded). The description fits many species in either group, and contains no 229 information by which the insect could be iden- tified. obscurus (Hombr. et Jacq.), Blanch. Group VII. or VIII. (its claw structure not recorded). De- scribed as of moderate size (9 m.) and black colour, from the Northern Territory. I do not know any black species, of either group, from that region. ovatus, Blanch. Group VII. or VIII. (ats claw structure not recorded). The description men- tions no really salient character, and fits more or ‘less closely many species in either group. pulosus (Hombr. et Jacq.), Blanch. Group VII. or VIII. (its claw structure not recorded). Habitat not recorded by Blanchard, but assigned in Mas- ters’ Catalogue to the Northern Territory. The description is not precise enough for identifica- tion with any Heteronyz. proximus, Burm. Group VII. or VIII. (ats claw structure not recorded). I do not think it would be possible to identify this insect by means of the description. rufomarginatus, Blanch. Group VII. or VIII. (its claw structure not recorded). The description of this species does not fit any Heteronyx known to me. rubriceps, Blanch. Group VII. or VIII, (its claw structure not recorded). Probably the type is immature or a variety. The description sug- gests a species of Group VIII., aggregate AA, B, C, D, E, but the description does not supply information that identifies it with any species of that aggregate. . The following species stand in this Revisicn of Heteronyx in different Groups from those in which ‘they were placed in my former Revision. For my, former Revision Sir W. Macleay was good enough to send me for inspection alleged specimens of many of ‘the species that he described, and I treated them as types. Subsequent study in Sydney of the Macleay collections has, ‘however, shown that it is not unusual for more than one species to stand in those collections under one name, and in some instances the specimen sent by Sir W. Macleay seems to ‘have been the wrong one, and that circumstance accounts for ‘some of the entries in the following list. One of the entries 230 arises from a mistake on my own part (H. insignis, Blackb.), the others from slight changes in the terms used for definitiom of certain characters (chiefly those of the claws) :— fT, ere aS rufopiceus, Macl., transferred from Group I. to LIT: . nsignis, Blackb., beatifeered from Group Bes to: Ty. . holosericews, Macl., transferred from Group III. to IV. . badius, Macl., transferred from Group I. to VIII. . concolor, Macl. . simulator, Blackb., transferred frome Group II1.. to IV . Cowelli, Blackb., already discussed under Group: VII. . siccus, Blackb., already discussed under Group. VEE. sydneyanus, Blackb., transferred eon Group: VILL. to lV: It should be borne in mind that in the first paper of my former Revision (Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1888, pp. 1321, etc.) the aggregates that I subsequently called Groups 1-1¥. were not divided into Groups, but included in one tabuiation ; also, that the aggregate which I then called “2nd section (In- termediate)” has now been cancelled, its species being dis-. tributed among the aggregates now named Groups. The following three species are not included in the tabu-. lations, as they require further study at Sydney before I can deal with them: —H. marginatus, Blackb.; scwtatus, Macel. ; nigricans (? Burm.), Blackb. . 231 ‘DESCRIPTION OF A NEW AND EXTENSIVE AREA OF PERMO- CARBONIFEROUS GLACIAL DEPOSITS IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA. By Wa.ter Howcuin, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and Paleontology in the University of Adelaide. [Read July 5, 1910.] Piares XXXII. to XLV. CoNTENTS. I. Introduction. II. Physiographical. III. Glacial— (a) Stratigraphical Divisions. (6) Mount Compass and Nangkita Glacial Basin. (c) Giles Creek and River Finniss Glacial Basin. I. INTRODUCTION. Papers have already been read before this Society on the Permo - Carboniferous glacial phenomena of Hallett’s Cove, Yorke Peninsula, Kangaroo Island, Cape Jervis, Yankalilla, the Inman and Hindmarsh Valleys, Rosetta Head, and King’s Point. The present paper deals with the extension of these glacial beds in an easterly direction, and concerns mainly the highlands and swamps situated to the south of the Wil- lunga Range, the basin of the River Finniss, and other lines of drainage which find their outlets into the valley of the River Murray. The region includes portions of the Hundreds of Kondoparinga, Myponga, Nangkita, Goolwa, and Encoun- ter Bay. The glacial beds now under consideration possess charac- teristics similar to those already described on the western side, and, at some points, these respective glacial areas are continuous. There are, however, minor points of difference between the two districts which may be mentioned. On the eastern highlands and their slopes towards the valley of the River Murray the larger erratics of granite, etc., so char- acteristic a feature in the western country, are almost entirely absent, and in the case of those erratics that do occur, granite boulders are relatively scarce. An explanation for these differences will probably be found in the contrasted topo- 232 graphical features of the respective areas as.well as in a variation of the ice-flows. It would follow as a matter of course that the higher plateaux would be covered with a thin- ner ice-sheet than the valley troughs, in which latter the- . heaviest work of ice-quarrying would take place. It is also possible that the ice-sheet which reached the eastern side of the ranges came from a somewhat different direction and — passed over different country than the western portions; and, if so, some diversity in their respective morainic material might be expected. Another possible explanation might be suggested in that the large erratics are mostly included in the true boulder clay of the Inman and associated districts, whereas in the eastern districts this lower bed has been but slightly eroded and exposed. Much light would be thrown on this part of the subject if portions of the glaciated pavement were discovered carry- ing toolmarks, which would at once settle the question of the lecal lines of dispersion. At present no such exposures of’ the glacial floor are known to occur in the district. Great thicknesses of morainic material occupy the depressions and — obscure the bed-rock, except in the greater heights which rise above the sandy country; but in such cases the immediate junction between the old rocks and overlying glacial beds is usually covered by a talus, resting on a steep slope, which prevents observations of the kind desired. The outcrops have been but imperfectly examined, and a search with this specific object in view might possibly lead to the discovery of the evidences referred to. Il. PHYSIOGRAPHICAL. The country indicated above may be regarded as a phy- siographical province, bounded by the Willunga Ranges on the north, the neighbourhood of Currency Creek on the south, Hindmarsh Valley on the west, and the River Mur- ray Valley on the east. It forms the water-parting between the east and west drainages ; the River Finniss, the Black Swamp, and Currency Creek flowing in the former direction, and the Myponga River in the latter (see map, plate xxxi). The traveller, after climbing Kernick’s Hill, from Wil- lunga, crosses the Willunga Ranges and enters a large basin which must impress even the casual observer as possessing striking features, and, in some respects, unlike any other portions of the State. A wide sandy valley is in front of him, in which the head-waters of the Rivers Finniss and My- ponga overlap each other and compete for the drainage of the- flat watershed (plate xxxii.). On the southern side of this valley there rise the rounded forms of Mounts Com- 233 pass, Effie, and Moon, consisting of Pre- Cambrian rocks, and are monadnocks of Permo-Carboniferous erosion. . Around these hills is a weird-looking country of sandy ridges and treacherous swamps, covered with a characteristic scrub “except where the settler has made a clearance and built his hut. Passing through Mount Compass Gap we get a _ better view of this remarkable basin, which forms the north-west portions of the Hundred of Nangkita (plate xxxii.). Mount Moon is directly in front, and forms a striking feature in the landscape. It rises abruptly from the plain, has a rounded ‘contour, and is sharply truncated on its western side (plate xxxiv.). Mounts Compass and Effie have also rounded outlines with abrupt sides. All these hills have been submerged by glacial waste, and as the latter js easily removed by a feeble surface drainage the locality supplies excellent illustrations of “wind-gaps.” Mount Moon, as well as most of the other elevations of ‘the district, is surrounded by swamps which converge in their drainage, forming the Black Swamp, a permanent stream of fresh-water, which finds its outlet by the lower reaches of the ‘River Finniss. The greatest elevation of the district is Mount Jagged, a rugged ridge of very siliceous white quartzite, representing ‘the same geological horizon as Mount Magnificent, the range continuing therefrom to the north-east, to Bull’s Creek and the Meadows. The quartzite of these ranges is not, strati- graphically, far above the base of the Cambrian series. Wood Cone is a slightly lower height on the northern sides of Mount Jagged, and consists of highly-metamorphosed slates which have weathered into good and deep soil. A greater contrast of physical conditions, within so short a distance, is rarely met with, as is seen on the slopes of Wood Cone. After toil- ing over loose sand, which supports a stunted scrub vegeta- tion, the traveller suddenly emerges from this desert-like country to a rich, strong soil with running waters, and the extensive and well-kept orchards of the Messrs. Hancock, at Heywood, which rise like an oasis from the sandy wastes (plate xxxv.). Mount Jagged and Wood Cone were at one time buried under soft sandstones of glacial origin, but, like the lesser prominences of Mounts Compass and Moon, they have been partially cleared by denudation of the newer deposits and now form inliers of these beds. A striking feature of this district is the numerous swamps which occupy the flats between the hills, a feature which distinguishes it from all other highlands of South Aus- ‘tralia. Before visiting the district I had a strong convic- 234 tion that these swamps possessed a special geological signifi- cance, but in what way I could not tell. On examination it was found that the water, spreading over the flats, was sup-_ ported by an impervious clay, more or less stony, and that this clay was overlain by a porous sandstone or loose sand, ~ often of considerable thickness. The origin of the swamps was thus self-evident. The absorbent sandstone of the hills stores the rain which ultimately finds it way down to the clay-bed, and the latter, being exposed by denudation along the lines of drainage, collects on its surface the waters oozing from the banks and thereby causes a swamp. The very youthful characteristics of the present drainage of the district cannot fail to attract the notice of the physio- graphist. Not only is the Mount Compass basin largely filled with incoherent or soft material, but the main streams are still flowing over soft clays on which, at present, they have made but slight impression. It is true the absorbent pro- perties of the superficial beds limit the denuding force of the rains, and the rank growth of the swamps checks the move- ments of running water, until erosion is reduced to zero, yet it is remarkable that these ancient sediments of Permo- Carboniferous age should exhibit such youthful features in their present stage of erosion. Similar evidences are afforded by the short, torrential streams which flow down the steep: sides of the Pre-Cambrian inliers, for these have but slightly incised the sides of the hills they drain, and thereby register only a relatively brief period since the removal of the pro- tecting glacial deposits and the exposure of the older rocks to atmospheric waste. | The inliers of older rocks possess rounded outlines and are lineal to the main valley as well as parallel to each other. These features, together with the absence of spurs from the sides of the ranges, establish a strong probability that the topographical outlines of the older rocks were shaped under glacial erosion. From the amount of glacial moraine still filling the de- pressions of the Mount Compass district, as well as forming parts of its watershed, it is difficult to define the main chan- nels of the old Paleozoic valley. The abundance of water at or near the surface has made it unnecessary to sink deeply for supplies, so that the thickness of the glacial clay has not been proved. Judging by the outcrops of the older rocks, the deeper parts of the Paleozoic valley lie between the Black Swamp and Currency Creek, for in this belt of country the older rocks do. not show at the surface. The regional subsidence of the southern portions of the continent, in Post-Palsozoic times, had the effect of reversing 235 the drainage. Previously to this crust-movement, the streams of the present maritime districts drained to the north, but when a southerly tilt was given to the land, as a consequence of the great submergence, the drainage was directed to the south, as at present. The Permo-Carboniferous ice-sheet travelled up the present valley of the Inman, from south to north, which is proved by the travel of erratics in that direction ; and there is little doubt that the ice which filled the basin of the Finniss also came from some points of the south, and, after blending with the great Inman Valley glacier, travelled north-westerly, till it formed a junction with the still greater ‘body of ice which filled the valley now occupied by the sea in Gulf St. Vincent. Tit. GLACIAL. (a) STRATIGRAPHICAL DIVISIONS. Lithologically, the glacial beds maintain a striking uni- formity throughout the district. They can be roughly divided into two divisions : — (1.) An upper section, chiefly arenaceous, consisting of ssoft sandstones, hard sandstones, coarse gritty sandstones, often containing rounded stones, some of which measure a foot or 18 in. in diameter; these beds weather readily when exposed, producing free sand and pebbles passing up into a light, thin, sandy soil. A thick, black, peaty soil com- monly occurs in swamps along the lines of drainage. (2.) A lower section, chiefiy clay, including more or less ‘of sand in irregular bands or patches scattered through the clay. The clay, in exposed positions, has a yellow colour, ‘but at a slight depth is blue. Pebbles occur sporadically through the clay or in pockets. The dividing line is not sharply defined between the two sets of beds, but it may be taken as a general characteristic that sands prevail in the upper and clay in the lower section. Many of the sandy ridges are capped by ferru- ginously-cemented sands and conglomerates. The ferric oxide has probably been a later introduction. The glacial district now under consideration is naturally divisible into two areas: (1) the Mount Compass and Nang- kita Basin, and (2) the Finniss Basin. (6) Mount Compass and NanexiTa GuactaL Basin. The peculiar physiographical features of this basin have already been described. So far as the clays of the lower set (1) A review of the physical features of this district in their broader aspects, and the remarkable survival of so ancient a ~physiographical cycle, will be dealt with in a subsequent paper. rr Ee 236 of beds (the boulder clay of other districts) are concerned,, they scarcely come into view. They are seen in the chan- nels which have been cut to drain the swamps, in the road cuttings near the Mount Compass township, and in some of the creeks which drain the swamps, especially those of Cle- land’s Gully and the Black Swamp. Along these lines of drainage settlers have confined the running water to definite channels which has promoted erosion and led to the deepen- ing of the beds of the creeks, thereby exposing the clay-beds, but the exposure is trifling, and but little definite informa. tion can be gathered with reference to the beds. The stones’ thrown out from the drains were carefully examined and, in some instances, were found to be ice-marked. The swamps throughout the district may be considered to represent, stratigraphically, the upper portions of the glacial clay-beds. Their principal occurrences are as follow: —(a) To the west of Mount Compass township; (0) sur-. rounding Mount Moon and extending easterly into the Black Swamp; /c) Cleland’s Gully, with its lateral branches, also: draining into the Black Swamp; (d) swamps on either side of the main road, including the Square Waterhole; and (e) on the north-east side of the Hundred of Nangkita, parallel with the Bull’s Creek Road. The Black Swamp is the natural outlet for the drainage of this country, and gives sections of the clay-beds at various points in its course. They can be studied just above the railway bridge at Black Swamp railway siding. Similar swamp country passes over into the Hun- dreds of Myponga and Encounter Bay. The Edinburgh Swamp, in the last-named Hundred, is of considerable ex-. tent, but the drainage from these Hundreds finds an outlet. to the south or west. The wpper members of the glacial series form the domin-- ant geological features of the country. From whatever stand- point the basin is viewed, the characteristic white, sandy soil can be recognized, and as the upland soils are poor it is, for the most part, still in a virgin condition covered by a thick and dwarf scrub. From the northern slopes of Mount Compass a command-. ing view is obtained of the sandy flats which form the in- appreciable water-parting between east and west, already re- ferred to (plate xxxil.). From Mount Moon, near the centre: of the basin, a panoramic view of great extent and striking features is obtained. To the west, the land rises in a sandy slope about 300 ft. in height, forming the dividing ridge: between the Hundreds of. Nangkita and Myponga (plate xxxvi.). On the south-east, between Mount Moon and Cle- land’s Gully, is a ridge of about the same elevation as the last-. 237 named composed of glacial sandstones and pebbles (plate XXXVii.); and a similar ridge occurs on the south side of Cle- land’s Gully, forming the dividing line between the Hun- dreds of Nangkita and Goolwa. Looking to the south, the same kind of country fills the whole field of vision, rising in successive ridges up to 200 ft. in height. The main South Road follows the low ground between the ridges and passes over the saddle of one of these into the Hundred of Goolwa. It was on the northern slopes of this dividing ridge, not far from the highest point on the road, that I obtained the first unquestionable proofs of glaciated stones within the area. On the western side of the road, occupying the slopes of the hills, a succession. of shallow quarries occur. The stone is a fairly hard, gritty sandstone, with pebbles irregu- larly scattered through the finer matrix (plate xxxviii.). The included stones consist mostly of rounded quartz and quartzite of varying sizes up to 2 ft. in diameter. A few granite erratics, from 9 to 12 in. in diameter, were noted; but these were in a rotten condition and disintegrating. The included stones are, for the most part, of an exceedingly hard type, not easily scratched, but are frequently polished, some very highly so. Several were found with one or more faceted surfaces forming angular boundaries with the rest of the stone, and one or two carried distinct glacial strie (plate xl.). The quarries are worked in successive steps or platforms, giving a maximum. height of about 12 ft., but in all cases the floor was in the same class of rock which to all appearance went down indefinitely. The beds showed a dip slope of 15° to the north-east, which accorded with the general slope of the hill- side. The stone is worked for road metal—a stretch of several miles of the main road is entirely maintained by the applica- tion of this material. The stone is exactly similar to that obtained from the Government Quarry, Wood’s Creek, near Yankalilla, which is also utilized for a similar purpose throughout that district. 3 The glacial beds pass southwards into the Hundred of Goolwa, occupying the upper part of the Currency Creek basin. Their southern limit, in that direction, appears to be where the most southerly branch of Currency Creek cuts the main road, about seven miles from Mount Compass township. The westerly limits of the Mount Compass basin are de- termined by a ridge which forms the watershed of the country, as well as the dividing line between the Hundreds of Nangkita and Myponga. This ridge, except where the older rocks form inliers, consists of the upper members of the glacial beds which pass over into the Myponga district and form the prevailing geological deposits of that Hundred. Near the upper part 238 of the ridge, just referred to, the glacial beds skirt the orchards of Heywood, the residence of Mr. Hancock, sen., near the summit of Wood Cone, close to Mount Jagged, where they reach an elevation of more than 300 ft. above the valley, and are within 100 ft. of the height of Mount Jagged. A small quarry has been opened in these beds near Mr. Hancock’s house (for mending the road), from which I obtained a very fine faceted and striated boulder of black quartz, 8 in. in length. There can be no doubt that Wood Cone was at one time buried under glacial waste in common with the sur- rounding district. It owes its present freedom from such ice- borne material on account of the steepness of its sides and the force of running water which has deeply scored its flanks. Mount Jagged is also free from morainic deposits, but these are met with on the southern slopes of the range, covering a large area and passing westerly into the Hundred of En- counter Bay. On the eastern side of the basin are two conspicuous ridges entirely composed of glacial sandstones (or their waste), and surrounded by swamps, as already described. Cleland’s Gully divides the two ridges and forms the main artery of drainage for the district. The ridge on the southern side of Cleland’s Gully is about 150 ft. in height, and forms the dividing line between the Hundreds of Nangkita and Goolwa. The presence of pebbles is a characteristic feature of the district. They occur 7m situ in the clay of the lower members of the series as well as in the sandstones of the upper mem- bers and in the loose sand that has resulted from the disin- tegration of the beds. They occur, moreover, at all eleva- tions, even on the summit of Mount Compass and other heights, in positions where the finer, sandy material has been entirely removed by denudation. They are mostly varieties of quartz (a black variety being not uncommon), close-grained quartzites, and a few granites. Clearly-defined examples of the local Pre-Cambrian rocks, among these pebbles, are rare. The stones are intensely waterworn, some being almost spheri- cal or oblate spheroids in shape. None of these stones per- taining to the glacial beds of the Mount Compass basin were observed more than 18 in. or 2 ft. in diameter, and stones of this size were not often met with. Pebbles were found to be specially abundant on the south side of Mount Effie. Here they had evidently been concentrated by wind action; the finer material had been carried away by the wind and the stones left behind. | Mr. Hancock informed me that the pebbles were usually more abundant on the western than on the eastern slopes of 239 the hills, the explanation of which may be that the strong and prevailing westerly winds have a tendency to bare the ground on the exposed side, whilst the wind-driven sand gathers on the eastern or lee side of the hills. (c) Tue Gites CrEEK anD River Finniss Guaciau Basin. Physiographical.—The glacial basin of the Finniss is situ- ated to the north-east of the Mount Compass and Nang- kita basin, and is continuous with it. It includes, in addi- tion to the main valley of the River Finniss, the lower portion of Bull’s Creek from the point where it emerges from the Bull’s Creek Ranges; and the still more important Giles Creek, which flows through glacial sandstones throughout almost its entire course, forming a junction with the River Finniss above Queen’s Own Town. The basin is surrounded by hills of Cambrian slates and quartzites finding their greater elevations in the Mount Mag- nificent and Bull’s Creek Ranges, Gemmell’s Hill, Giles Hull, and lesser heights near Strathalbyn. A ridge of old rocks, with Morphett’s Hill and Mount Observation as principal heights, occupy the centre of the basin, and is entirely sur- rounded by glacial beds. The basin is open to the south- east, where it presents a wide front to the Murray flats, and the glacial beds become obscured in that direction by newer deposits. The River Finniss has already been described as taking its rise on the flat and sandy watershed between Mount Com- pass and the Willunga Range. As this wide valley is occu- pied by glacial deposits, it is probable that it represents surface features that were contemporaneous with those de- posits. It is a good example of physiographical unconformity, for it is clear that the existing streams have played no part in excavating the primary valley. The River Finniss pursues a very erratic course. It first forms a loop, doubling upon itself, and then flows easterly along the base of the Mount Magnificent Range with glacial ceuntry on its southern side. On entering the Hundred of Kondoparinga it takes a northerly course, following the base of the same range till within a mile of Ashbourne, where it turns sharply to the east and, forsaking the valley, cuts a deep gorge through the old rocks of the Mount Observation Range and at right angles to the range. Instead of going through this ridge of hard rock into the soft country beyond, it turns due south again and pursues a very tortuous course down the centre of the ridge, until, nearing Mount Observa- tion at the southern end of the ridge, it becomes directed to the south-east and flows past Queen’s Own Town into the he a 240 delta of the Murray. The river, through most of its course, and especially in its passage through the hard Cambrian slates, has the characteristics of an incised meander. Its pre- sent channel must have heen determined at a time when the valley floor was at an even level with the upper limits of the - old rocks which now form the Mount Observation Range. Giles Creek takes its rise in the northern portions of the present glacial basin, and follows the eastern limits of that basin, just as the River Finniss, in the first half of its course, follows the western limits of the same. The River Finniss represents the western and southern, and Giles Creek the northern and eastern, portions of the basin. In both cases the respective tributaries of the streams are gathered from the older rocks which form a rim of highland around the glacial basins. . The same strongly differentiated botanical features seen in the Mount Compass district, between the Cambrian and glacial areas, are equally marked in the district now under consideration. The prominent ridges of old rocks carry big timber or are cultivated, whilst the glacial areas, represented by the River Finniss Valley, and more particularly by thé sandy ridge between Mount Observation and Giles Creek, are covered by a dense and dwarf scrub characteristic of the glacial country. The latter improves greatly in quality where, bordering on the outcrops of the older rocks, it receives contributions of stronger soil washed down from the adjacent hills. Glacial.—My attention was called by Mr. Jas. Stone, of Bull’s Creek (who had recognized the presence of granite boulders in the clay), to a road-cutting in glacial till in the northern parts of this basin. The cutting is situated on the Strathalbyn and Bull’s Creek Road, about four and a half miles from Strathalbyn, a little west of Gemmell’s Hill, and within the valley of Giles Creek (Section 1823, Hundred Kon- deparinga), (plate xxxix.). The section is about 80 yds. long and 10 ft. in greatest height. Numerous erratics occur in the clay, and others which were thrown out at the time of making the cutting are lying on the top of the bank. More than twenty erratics of granite, of various types, were counted within the distance occupied by the cutting, several having a diameter from 1 to 2 ft., and one that had been removed to the side of the road measured 4 ft. in length, 2 ft. in width, and 1 ft. 9 in. in height. A goodly number of schistose rocks (“bluestone”) that are commonly met with in the till at Hallett’s Cove and the Inman Valley, and which © frequently show glacial marks, were noted among the erratics 241 and carried glacial strie (plate xl.). Some of the granites and a piece of gneiss also showed glacial abrasions. The surrounding country is covered with a light, white- coloured, sandy soil, underlain by a whitish stiff clay of glacial origin. Sections of these beds can be seen in most of the creeks of the neighbourhood. At Guiles Flat, about a mile west of the road-cutting just described, Giles Creek crosses the main road, and was followed for some distance on the south side of the road, where the exposures of the glacial beds showed at the water-level a very tenacious white, blue, and pinkish clay, which, when dry, has a char- acteristic concave fracture. Resting on this clay are soft, gritty sandstones, covered with recent stream-wash. The beds in the creek, so far as they came under my BBEaaom, con- tain but few boulders. Going further west, on the same road, small erratics (up to 1 ft. in length) occur by the roadside. Just before reach- ing the Bull’s Creek Ranges the main road descends to the level of Bull’s Creek at the point where it emerges from the ranges and receives the waters of Baulderstone Creek. A dis- trict road branches off from the main road on the north side and goes up the Baulderstone Creek Valley. At the junction of the two roads a small washout in glacial clay with erratics | occurs. Following the district road for about three-quarters of a mile, a number of small erratics were found on Mr. Jas. Stone’s ground (Sections 1837 and 1839), consisting of gran- ites, porphyry, and quartzite, the greater number occurring on a low sandy ridge in Section 1837; one erratic showing a highly-polished facet. The range of hills through which Bull’s Creek has cut its gorge appears to be the limits of the glacial deposits on the north-western side of the basin. South of the junction of Baulderstone Creek with Bull’s Creek the latter flows outside of the range, on its eastern side, until it unites with the River Finniss, about a mile south of Ashbourne. The country on the eastern side of the range is comparatively low, and is characteristically glacial- sand country. The Ashbourne flats are included in the same class of country with the line of. division (separating the glacial beds from the Cambrian) running along the base of the hills on the western side of the Victor Harbour main road. At the Finniss Bridge near Ashbourne, and in the river-bed to the south, the stream has cut down into the glacial sand- stones and clays, making deep ruts, potholes, and fantastic carvings at various places. The physiographical features of Mount Ofsctetace (forming a great inlier of old rocks in the glacial beds) have 242 already been described. At about three-quarters of a mile east of the Finniss Bridge, a sharp line of distinction is ap- parent where the glacial sands and clays abut against these old slates of Mount Observation. Quarries have been worked in the glacial clays and grits for road-making. The clays are dense, whitish, and often penetrated by strings of sandy material irregularly distributed through it. Numerous rounded pebbles, some of which proved to be granitic or other stones foreign to the neighbourhood, occur in the area. The main road going south from the Finniss Bridge shows many exposures of the glacial beds in road - cuttings. The beds carry numerous stones lying at all angles to each other, while the bedding is very mixed and tumultuous in its arrangement, often showing vertical or strongly-contorted layers. The road continues to follow the glacial valley which widens out in its southerly extension, passing from the Hun- dred of Kondoparinga to the Hundred of Nangkita. Wide flats extend between the road and the River Finniss on the western side, and low scrubby hills of glacial sandstone occupy the eastern side of the road. Near the boundary of the two Hundreds the stone has been worked for making the roads. The glacial grits are here very hard, and take the form of cemented conglomerates outcropping near the summit of the ridge. There has been a considerable shed of broken material and gravel down the steep slopes of the hill, and the road metal has been largely gathered from this source. The depth of the respective workings does not exceed 2 ft. On the ex- treme summit of the ridge the old slate rocks are exposed. In several of the cuttings on the road, granite and other erratics were noted, but the granitic examples were all greatly decomposed. Resting on-the undisturbed glacial beds newer deposits of sands and gravels are frequently seen. Whilst the material in these recent beds has been largely gathered from the local glacial deposits, they can be easily distinguished from the same. The newer beds are less indurated than the glacial, and have been laid down by stream action, and are more regularly distributed and stratified. They mark the old river-levels during the excavation of the present valley of the Finniss. As the South Road passes into the Hundred of Nang- kita there is a great widening out of the old glacial area, the characteristic swamp country is met with, and the great glacially-formed Nangkita basin, already described, is within view. ; 243 The lower Finniss, or that part of the river-course mea- sured from the point where the stream emerges from the Mount Observation Gorge, and thence, eastward, to the rail- way line, possesses some interesting features. In this section of its course the river forms the dividing line between the Hundreds of Kondoparinga and Nangkita, and flows between banks of glacial sandstone and clays throughout its entire length. Excellent sections of the beds can be seen in the river cliffs at various points. About three miles up from the railway, in a straight line, on the right bank of the stream (Section 2021, Kondo- paringa), there is a. vertical wall of white glacial sandstone, 20 ft. high, resting on a Cambrian floor and covered with recent high-level river gravels. The sandstone contains pockets and wedges of gravelly material, resting at all angles, in the finer matrix (plate xli.). A short distance higher up the stream, on the left bank (Section 2329, Nangkita), is another striking outcrop. Here the beds consist of a very strong, compact conglomerate of rounded stones, including varieties of quartz, quartzite, schists, and numerous granites, the latter mostly decomposed. The arrangement of the stones, in relation to their size, is very irregular. Within the conglomerate is a large granite boulder, porphyritic in structure, and measuring 4 ft. 6 in. by 3 ft. The cement of the conglomerate is siliceous and sometimes ferruginous. Near the middle of the section is a band of finer material, about a foot in thickness, with con- cretionary ironstone nodules or “‘iron-boxes.”” Resting on the top of the conglomerate is a sandstone bed much contorted in the grain, a common feature of the glacial sandstones of the district. The beds show a dip of 15° in the direction of the valley slope (plate xlii.). In descending the river, from the outcrops just described, the beds become more uniform in texture, fine-grained (occa- sionally with coarser fragments), white to brown in colour, and very variable as to cohesion. The grain of the stone, brought out by weathering, exhibits some remarkable fea- tures. Whilst massive to the extent of many feet in thick- ness, the grain of the stone is curiously twisted, curled, and contorted. These contortions are not of the nature of colour lines, such as often develop by chemical change in some slates and argillaceous sandstones, but original lines of deposi- tion. Neither can these discordant lines of deposition be referred, in all cases, to current bedding, as they are too con- fused and irregular. They seem to give clear evidence of con- temporaneous contortion produced by the ploughing move- ment of ice-masses (plate xliii.). 244 The glacial origin of these sandstones is still further borne out by the microscopical structure of the stone (plate xlv.). In some cases, as in the main quarry (Collett’s) of the lower Finniss, the fragmental constituents are almost en- tirely angular and often mere splinters; whilst in other in- stances, as the Yankalilla sandstone, for example, there are rounded grains intermixed with the angular. There is a complete absence of interstitial cement, as ordinarily present in fragmental rocks, and the stone has been made to cohere by the interlocking of its angular particles and an infilling of very finely triturated grains of the same mineral substance as the larger fragments. This fine pasty material was pro- bably of the nature of the “rock flour,” which is characteristic of glacial erosion, and which under the effects of very great pressure has proved the cementing agent of the stone in ques- tion. The material composing the sandstones is almost ex- clusively quartz, but as casual constituents, some felspars, aluminium silicates, and iron oxides have been observed in the sections made. The sandstone, as developed in the neighbourhood of the lower Finniss, makes a fairly good building stone, and has been extensively used for this purpose. Several quarries have been worked on either side of the river above the railway bridge. The chief quarry now in operation is on Mr. Collett’s land, in Section 173, Nangkita, situated a little above the district road bridge over the River Finniss. The quarry face is about 30 ft. in height (plate xlii.), showing strong stone to within a few feet of the top. The upper portion, as shown in the photograph, is a softer stone, which, in weathering, has brought into relief strongly-contorted bedding lines. The main stone in the quarry exhibits no bedding planes, but there are close joints which intersect the stone at high angles, and, in places, are iron-stained. No quartz-veins occur, and the rock resembles, in all respects, sandstones of the same age and origin as developed at Yankalilla, Myponga, and other places. As a building stone it was used in the construction of the railway bridge across the River Finniss and many other local structures, the railway station buildings at Strathalbyn, the Bank of New South Wales in Adelaide, and the stone pillars at the entrance gates of the Adelaide University (plate xliv.). Its defect as a building stone is in its unequal hardness and tendency to weather on exposure. Some of the masses of rock that formed the outcrops of the bed were avoided by the work- men as too hard for dressing, while, on the other hand, in the case of some samples used in architecture, after thirty years of exposure, they show a marked deterioration. When re- building the pillars and coping-stones at the University 245 grounds, recently, many of these Finniss stones had to be re~ placed, on account of this excessive weathering. The same sandstone can be studied outside the immediate: valley of the Finniss. In the banks of Giles Creek (Section 2033, Kondoparinga) an outcrop can be recognized from the- public road showing strong features. A little to the north of the last locality, at the bend of the road, and also at points higher up Giles Creek, the stone has been quarried for road metal. At the south end of Mount Observation, on the north side of the Black Swamp Road (Section 167, Nang- kita), another quarry has been worked. The stone for build- ing the culvert on the south side of Gilberts railway station. was got from the banks of the stream spanned by the bridge, and the old quarry is now utilized as a waterhole (Section 173, Nangkita). A bore put down on Mr. A. HK. Henley’s land, in the south-westerly corner of Section 2057 (Kondoparinga), and situated about a mile north of Queen’s Own Town, within the limits of the glacial area, penetrated sand, sandstone, and blue clay, in which latter the bore was discontinued at a depth of 175 ft. Undisturbed glacial deposits could not be definitely deter- mined on the eastern side of the railway line. As the River Finniss nears its estuary in the labyrinth of waters of the lower River Murray, the glacial beds give place to more recent deposits which are evidently, in many instances, built up by the waste and redeposition of the material gathered from the vast glacial basins drained by the river and its tributaries. Thick deposits of river gravel occur both above and below the. railway bridge, as well as in the cuttings on the railway. Older Tertiary Outlier.—A remarkable and very re- stricted outlier of glauconitic clay, of Lower Tertiary age, occurs in the river-bed under the railway bridge that spans the Finniss, and in which the foundations of the bridge have been laid. The bed is highly fos- siliferous, and can be detected for only a short dis- tance, and for the most part below the water-level. The rock is such as occurs in the older Tertiaries of Gulf St. Vincent and some portions of the Murray Flats, but its occurrence at the Finniss was quite unsuspected until pointed out to me by Mr. Henley. It is not known in any other part of the dis- trict, nor has it been met with in the well - sinkings of the neighbourhood. It appears to be a small patch, resting un- conformably on the glacial beds, and an outlier of the older Tertiary of the Murray Plains. 246 DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Puate XX XI. Geological sketch-map of the glacial beds as preserved in the ancient Permo-Carboniferous glacial basins of Mount Compass, » Nangkita, Giles Creek, and River Finniss. fat PiLate XXXII. Sandy flat of disintegrating glacial sandstones between Mount Compass and the Willunga Ranges, which are seen in the distance. The view includes the almost level watershed of the Finniss River, Hees tele to the east, and the Myponga River, which flows to e west. Puate XX XIII. View of Mount Compass glacial basin, as seen looking south. A portion of Mount Moon appears on the left hand, Mount Com- Paes township in the centre, and hills of glacial sandstone in the istance. Puate XXXIV. End view of Mount Moon, showing abrupt termination of the hill on the west, with ‘‘wind-gap” in the foreground. PuatTE XXXYV. General view of Mount Compass glacial basin from Wood Cone, looking north, with Mounts Compass, Moon, and Effie in the mid- dle distance. These hills form rounded inliers of Pre-Cambrian rocks surrounded by glacial sandstones and clays, with swamps in the lower levels. Puatte XXXVI. Glacial standstones on the west side of Mount Compass, form- ing the watershed between the east and west drainages, and the dividing line between the Hundreds of Nangkita and Myponga. PuateE XXXVII. Cleland’s Gully Range, near Mount Compass, composed of glacial sandstones, etc., as seen from the main road on the south side. Prats XXXVITI. Quarry in glacial sandstone with erratics, situated on the main road, a little south of the Square Waterhole, and near the southern boundary of the Hundred of Nangkita. A glaciated erratic from this quarry is reproduced by photograph on Plate xl. Puate XXXIX. Two views of glacial till, exposed in a road-cutting west of Strathalbyn. 247 Puate XI. Upper figure.—An erratic of black quartz showing glacial polish, facets, and striz. Obtained im situ in the quarry near the. Square Waterhole, figured in Plate xxxviii. Half natural size. Lower figure.—Glaciated erratic of fine-grained schist, found: in situ in road-cutting of glacial till west of Strathalbyn. (See Plate xxxix.) The stone is faceted at diverse angles, and strongly scored with striz. ‘Two-thirds natural size. Puate XLI. Glacial sandstone, with irregular pockets of boulders, forming a cliff in the bed of the River Finniss, 3 miles above the railway. bridge. : Pyarr, X LIL. Another river-cliff, near the one figured in Plate xli., com- posed mostly of boulders, one of which (a granite boulder) measures. 4 ft. 6 in. by 3 ft. Overlying the boulder-bed is a glacial sand-. stone showing contorted lines of bedding. Puate XLITI. Quarry in glacial sandstone, situated in the banks of the River Finniss above the railway bridge. The upper portions of the quarry face show strongly-curved bedding planes, and the more compact stone develops similar evidences of contemporary distor- tion when weathered. (See Plate xliv.) Pratt XLIV. Photographic reproduction of the Finniss River sandstone, as exposed in the stone pillars at the entrance to the Adelaide Uni- versity grounds. The stone had been smoothly worked, but as the result of weathering the original grain has been brought into. relief, and displays broken and crumpled planes of deposition. Puate XLV. Two. microscopic sections of the Finniss River sandstone, showing the sharp and angular forms of the grains. The finer- material is of the same kind, and has the features of a glacial. “‘rock-flour.”’ Magnified 18 diameters. 248 NOTE ON A NEW LINGUATULA. By E. A. Jounson, M.D., M.R.C.S. [Read September 6, 1910.] Pirate XLVI. Linguatula dingophila, n. sp. In 1904 I made a post-mortem on a pure country dingo, ‘In order to see if the Tania echinococcus was present. How- sever, in this I was disappointed, but found a Linguathita in the nasal cavities. This on the most cursory examination was, in my opinion, ‘new to science, and on searching all available literature has justified my describing it as such, and accordingly naming it. The Linguatula rhinaria, first described by Pilger, 1802, ‘is a parasite which, under various names, is an inhabitant ‘of the nasal cavities occasionally of the dog. It is a parasite very rarely met with, even by the det helminthologist, and never, unless by accident, does the general medical practitioner see it. I have not seen it in a “museum. In the larval stage, ¢.g., as Pentastoma denticulatum, one meets it in lands ee uncooked meat is eaten, as in ‘Germany. One sees it encysted in the liver; usually one or two ‘specimens are present. It occurs far more rarely in the ‘spleen, kidney, or intestinal wall. Tenker found it in 9 out of 168 autopsies. Frerichs (Breslau), 5 out of 47 autopsies. In Switzerland it is much rarer. Klebs saw only one ‘case in 900 autopsies. In Kronstadt (Russia), 6 cases in 659 autopsies. Given an infected dog, the means by which the Linguatula is spread are as follows:— The ova (already containing an embryo) are expelled with the nasal secretion in great numbers. Those which fall on grass are swallowed by the various herbivora in their food, wz., usually rabbits and hares; less commonly sheep, 249 ated oxen, horses, goats, antelopes and fallow deer, pigs and cats ;: very rarely human beings. After being hatched in the stomach the larve bore through the intestinal wall to the liver, where they become encysted. Several moultings take place, and the second larval stage sets in; then they take on the adult form. Five to six months after ingestion the Linguatula are 4-6 mm. long, the mouth and intestine are formed, and the sexual organs mature. This larval stage has been known for a very long time, and as the parasite was regarded as a new one, the name Pentastoma denticulatum was given. These larve then he- come very active and escape into the open by means either of the intestine or bronchi, to complete their cycle by being again sniffed up into the nose of a dog, wolf, or fox, occa- sionally horse and goat, where, after being stationary for a short time, another moulting takes place, and in six weeks’ time the parasites become adults. | The Linguatula found in the dingo differs in many re- \spects from its relation in the dog. In tabular form this at once becomes apparent : — Linguatula rhinaria. Innguatula dingophila. (Dog.) Male.—White. 18-20 mm. long. Anterior portion, 3-4 mm. Male.—Not discovered. broad. Posterior portion, 0°5 mm. broad. Female.—Yellowish. Female.—Yellow, with brown: 8-13 cm. long egg ridge. 2 mm. high. 3 cm. 1 mm. long. Anterior portion, 8-10 mm. Anterior portion, 12 mm. wide. wide. Posterior portion, 2 mm. Posterior portion, 2 mm. wide. wide. The brownish eggs are seen in median line. Body. — Elongated, rather flat, shows 90 rings or seg- ments, with crenellated bor- ders, anterior end rounded. Hooks. — Round, mouth strongly curved, and are ar- ticulated to a basilar support. Eggs.—Oval, ‘09 mm. long x ‘07 broad. The surface on which the egg-ridge is placed is curved on the flat, and so if a trans-- verse section were made, since: the other surface is quite flat it would appear D-shaped. The anterior end comes to a rough point; as the parasite is. so thick and very deep in colour (preserved in Kaiserling) it is impossible to determine the mouth or hooks. Eggs.—More round _ than oval, ‘(05 mm. long x °025 wide. 250 eX DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLVI. Iinguatula dingophila. This plate is enlarged 6 times the size of the parasite, thus affording a much better idea of what is to be seen. © Both ends are pointed, the anterior portion being broad, and gradually decreasing in size till the posterior end is reached. The egg-ridge is the darkly-stained centre; this, also, is broad at the commencement, and tapers to a point. It extends three-fourths of the total length. The segments or rings are well defined. 251 ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS OF THE Royal Society of South Australia (Incorporated) FoR 1909-10. OrpinaRy Meretinc, NovemBer 2, 1909. THE PReEesIDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Exuisirs.—Mr. E. Asusy exhibited birds from Lake Frome, viz., Stiltva Isabella, Artamus personatus, Psephotus gzanthorrhous, also a possibly new Acanthiza; from the River Murray, above Mannum, Lpthianura tricolor (Gld.), a rare Southern visitor, and its nest and eggs; Myzomela nigra, with nest and eggs; also a long series of birds from North-Eastern Tasmania. Mr. Asusy also exhibited samples of tin ore, occurring in rocks, probably of Silurian age, in Tasmania, and supplied the following notes in relation to the same: — “We believe the discovery of the occurrence of tin in Silurian rocks is very rare, or possibly unique, and is, therefore, of considerable scientific interest. The mine known as the Great Pyramid is situated about six miles from Scamander, on the north-east coast of Tasmania. The rocks are described as Silurian in the Government geological maps. As far as we are aware, the nearest granite would be some miles away. The tin occurs in quartzite beds, in a steep anticline of folded slates and quartzites. The hill is about 500 ft. high above the River Scamander. On the north side the superincumbent beds have been denuded, and a bed of quartzite has been exposed which, where penetrated by the north adit, is 30 ft. thick. This quartzite bed has been broken into and sampled on the north side over a longitudinal length of 1,000 ft. and a vertical width of 100 ft. by means of deep trenches blasted out of the solid rock. Something of the probable commercial importance of the discovery may be inferred from the fact that the average result of this sampling shows the metallic tin contents of this quartzite bed to be fully 1 per cent. On the south side of the hill, several of the beds on folds that have been eroded from the northern side still exist on the bulging portion of the hill. While the beds, or folds, of slate 252 (mudstone) only carry a trace of tin, the folds of quartzite have a very fair percentage; one bed, 20 ft. thick, averages over 1 per cent. of metallic tin, and is possibly the other leg of the fold exposed on the northern side. The tin occurs in. marrow, sometimes hair-like, seams, running at right angles to the strike of the folds, ee. across the hill, and not along it. From careful examination it seems evident that the tin was deposited as alluvial tin, probably under sea or lake. The ‘occurrence on the south side of portions of several tin-bearing folds, together with the width over which this deposit occurs, indicates that the deposition was continued over a very consid- erable period on an extensive scale. The folding, together with metamorphic action that has taken place since its deposition, may have led to some alteration in the position in which the tin occurs in the beds; to determine this a careful microscopi- cal examination would be necessary. That tin-bearing rocks were exposed and subject to extensive erosion during, or prior to the Silurian age, is clearly evidenced by this dis- covery, and should be of considerable interest to geologists as well as mineralogists.” ORDINARY MEETING, APRIL 5, 1910. THe PRESIDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Exuisits.—Mr. J. G. O. Tepper exhibited the larva of a Queensland hawk-moth, Sequosa triangularis, and made some observations on hawk-moths; also, galls of a species of thrips, from the north-western district, on Acacia. The galls contain 60 to 100 larve each. Galls on Acacia amiera at Broken Hill are so numerous that they bear the trees down. Mr. Epquist exhibited Cuscuta emthyma, the dodder, found growing on red clover at the High School, from which it has spread to, and attacked, a native species of saltbush; also, an estuarine bivalve mollusc, which was quite active after eight days without water and exposed alternately in the sun and shade. The specimens exhibited opened at once on being placed in sea water. Dr. PULLEINE exhibited spiders —Nephila, to show enormous disproportion between male and female; Argyrodes commensal, in the webs of Nephila (from Sydney); Seleno cosmia, a gigantic earth-spider from Pichi Richi Pass. Dr. SwEreTarpLe exhibited a section of a chalce- donized tree-trunk from the United States of America. Mr. Howcuin exhibited a group of Archeocyathine from Wilson, South Australia: and, as Editor, announced the completion of part u., vol. he of the Memoirs of the Society, on Archeocyathine from the Cambrian of South Australia, by ‘'T. Griffith Taylor, B.Sc., B.A., ete. aid: ; rie 293 Paper.—‘“The Glacial Moraines of Permo-Carboniferous Age of Rosetta Head and King’s Point,” by WattTer How- cH1n, F.G.S. Mr. Mayo recorded that his measurement of the present height of Rosetta Head shows it to be 325 ft. OrpinaRY MeEetTine, May 3, 1910. THE PRESIDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Visitors.—C. Hedley, F.L.S., Sydney, and R. H. Rel- ton, Brisbane. | Exuisits.—Mr. W. Howcuin, F.G.S., exhibited a speci- men of Lower Tertiary fossiliferous glauconitic clay, from the railway bridge, Finniss River. He _ stated that this was a new locality for rocks of this age and type, the nearest occurrences to it being the shores ofsGulis St, Vincent, the Torrens. Valley near )Ade- laide, and the Murray Flats. Mr. Epaguist exhibited a block of firewood bored by the larve of Phoracantha recurva, a longicorn beetle, showing the capsules formed when pu- pating. Parasitic hymenopterous cocoons were also present in the borings. Dr. PULLEINE exhibited specimens showing sexual dimorphism in spiders of the genera Calenia, Eriodon, and Nephila. Mr. H. G. Griffith exhibited specimens show- ing sexual dimorphism in insects. PapEers.—‘‘Two New South Australian Nephile,” by H. R. Hoee, M.A., F.Z.8., communicated by Pror. Stiruine, M.D., F.R.S.; “Brachipods of South Australia,” by J. C. VERCco, M.D., F.R.C.S., with exhibits of specimens and diagrams. Mr. Hepiry, F.L.S., remarked :—‘‘That owing to the wide distribution of Brachiopods they are a difficult group for a local malacologist to study; also, a difficulty is presented by each species in its growth repeating its genealogical history, so that the same species in different stages of development may be referred to different species or genera.” ORDINARY MEETING, JUNE 7, 1910. THE PrResipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.8S.) in the ‘chair. Nomrnations.—Prof. Kerr Grant, M.Sc., University of Adelaide; Mr. E. V. Clark, B.Sc., University of Adelaide; Dr. EK. A. Johnson, Franklin Street; Mr. E. R. Stanley, Univer- ‘sity of Adelaide. Exuisits.—Mr. S. Dixon exhibited a specimen of Ambly- donite, from Bulla Bulling, W.A., a rare mineral, which occurred in granitic country. Dr. PuULLEINE exhibited a trap- door spider, of the genus Dyarcyops, and its nest, which pos- 254 sessed a peculiar closing mechanism half-way down the tube.. Mr. Tepper showed photographs of the sun taken’ during the recent eclipse; also, a wood-boring buprestid larva, in- festing mallee roots; also, a brenthid-like insect, described by Lea, which lives in symbiosis with Lobopelta excisa, a Queens- land ant; also, Carabide, from Mount Gambier. — Paper. —- “Descriptions of Australian Curculionide, Pars, VELL; by Aj Mil en eS: LecturE.—The meeting then adjourned to the lecture- room, and as the public were admitted there was an audience of 150 when Dr. PULLEINE gave a lantern lecture on “The Trap-door and Hunting Spiders of South Australia.” ORDINARY MEETING, Juty 5, 1910. | THE Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. Exections.—Prof. Kerr Grant, M.Sc., E. A. Johnson,,. M.D.,. M.R.C.S., E. V. Clark, B.Sc:.,: and EH. Rv Stanley were elected Fellows. Exurpits.—Mr. E. Asupy exhibited birds from South, North, and East Australia and Tasmania, including parrots, pittas, flycatchers, and honey-eaters. Dr. PuULLEINE exhibited the male of Celema excavata, being the first recorded male of any species of the purely Australian genus Calema. Paper.—‘‘Description of a New and Extensive Area of Permo-Carboniferous Glacial Deposits in South Australia,’ by Water Howcuin, F.G.S. OrpiInARY Meetine, Avueust 2, 1910. THe Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. | Exuipits.—Mr. J. G. O. Tepprer exhibited pupa cases of Inlodimorpha Bakewelli, a buprestid beetle, which had been found 3 ft. below the surface at Beri Beri, on the Murray River. Dr. VERco and Mr. Asupy also reported having ob- tained the same insect from the southern coast of Hyre Peninsula. Mr. E. Asupy exhibited a specimen of the- pouched mouse, Sminthopsis crassicaudatus, from Orroroo. Papers.—“On a New Species of Boronia,” by J. H. Marpen, F.L.S., and J. M. Buacx; “Additions to the Flora. of South Australia, including sixteen alien and five Aus- tralian Species,” by J. M. Buacx; ‘On the Enstatite Basalt occurring at Kangaroo Island,” by HE. R. Sranntey; “A Complete Analysis of Lherzolite and Olivine found at Mount Gambier,” by E..R. Stantey. THE PRESIDENT complimented’ the new Fellow on the excellence of his papers. 55) Orpinary Mrerine, SepremBer 6, 1910. THe Prestpent (J. C. Verco, M.D.,. F.R.C.8.) in the chair. Exuipits.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., exhibited butter- flies and beetles collected in Paraguay by Mr. Weidenhofer. Mr. Baker exhibited Scyllarus sculptus, a peculiar crustacean from New South Wales; also, several isopod crustaceans. Dr. E. A. JoHNSON exhibited Linguatula rhinaria, a parasitic worm from the frontal sinus of the dog, and also its larval stage, Pentastomum denticula, from man; also, a Linguatula from the Cams dingo. Papers.—‘‘Notes, on some Species of the Isopod Family, Spheromide, from the South Australian Coast,” by W. H. Baker. This paper embodied descriptions of seven new species of this family of marine scavengers, which show ex- treme sexual dimorphism and developmental variation. “Notes on a new Linguatula from the Frontal a of the Cams dingo,” by Dr. E. A. JOHNSON. THE ANNUAL MEETING, OctToBER 4, 1910. THe Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the chair. . The annual report and balance-sheet were read and adopted. ELECTION oF Orricers.—President, Dr. J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.; Vicee-Presidents, Prof. Rennie, DASets MEA rand W. Rutt, C.E.; Treasurer, W. B. Poole; Members of Coun- cul, TRS: Rogers, spe A., M.D., and 8. Dixon; Awditors, W. L. Ware and J. Lloyd, FE. L. A.S.A. The Council was ac- corded a vote of oo for the work of the past year. Exuipits.—Dr. E. A. JoHNson, a white mouse with large cancerous growth inoculated by Prof. Jensen, of Copen- hagen. Dr. Mawson showed a specimen of the first occurrence of pitchblende in Australia. This was an absolutely pure oxide of uranium, produced by the secondary deposition of an uranium-bearing mineral. The specimen came from Radium Hill, Olary, S.A. Mr. W. H. Sretway exhibited Homeria collina from Green Hill, an introduced plant hurtful to cattle. Dr. VeERco introduced Mr. Rainbow, F.L.S., as the entomologist of the Australian Museum, Sydney, who was visiting Adelaide for scientific purposes. Mr. RAINBOW drew attention to the name MJacropus, which, though given to a beetle, was preoccupied by a marsupial. Papers. “Notes on SUS Coleoptera, No. XL.,” by Canon Biacxsurn, B.A.; “Notes on Marine Mollusca of ‘South Australia, Part XIL.,” bya C. Verco, Mey 256 F.R.C.S.; “Hematozoa of Australian Birds, Part I.,” by J- B. Cietanp, M.D.C.M., and H. Jounston, M.A., B.Sc. ANNUAL REPORT, 1909-10. The Council has pleasure in reporting that the work of the Society. has been carried on successfully during the past year. Mr. W. Howcuin, F.G.S., was re-elected to represent the Society on the Board of Governors of the Public Library, ete. Liprary.——-Owing to the long illness and subsequent death of Mr. Idle, the work of arranging and classifying the library has been much interfered with. At the request of the Council Mr. Clucas, the University Librarian, furnished a. valuable report, and the services of his assistant having been secured, the arrangement and classification are now proceed- ing satisfactorily. To aid in the collation of publications for binding, a large number of pamphlet cases have been pur-- chased. In consequence of Mr. Idle’s decease and other circum- stances, the binding of publications has been in abeyance, but arrangements are now being made to have it proceeded with. An index catalogue of publications is now being com- piled under the direction of Mr. Clucas. Four new. Fellows have been elected during the year : — Prof. Kerr Grant, M.Sc., Professor of Physics in the Adelaide University; Mr. E. V. Clark, B.Sc., Lecturer on Electrical Engineering at the Adelaide University; Mr. E. R. Stanley ; and Mr. E. Angas Johnson, M.D., M.R.C.S. The last two have already contributed papers. Obituary.--Mr. H. S. Munton, a Fellow since 1884. Membership.—Honorary Fellows, 8; Corresponding Members, 6; Fellows, 63; Associate, 1. Jos. C. VeErco, President. R. H. Pues, Secretary. ‘OIBL ‘0G 19quIeydeg : ( ‘TavVM TT AA ‘fdeinsvety, ‘at00d “Gd “M econ MEY ( ‘GVOUGLIHA CUVMO —4001100 punoj pus poulmexay OL 6 Sh6F Ol 6 Sh6sF L & 98g os OT6T ‘og “Fdeg “oourreg * OL €1 PG 0 OLO ed1vyO qunooy yurg “ GCs SuUISIzIOApy “* 6 7 6 araisoa pue ‘As9eu0rze4g ‘sutuiig “ 8 6 Gl ~~ sulysry pue suryejoreg © Go 9 ol O ¢ &8 © SL &L SUINGOTLICO 9 2 0 pred qunosow we To Junoosiq 0 &1L0 Syoog JO OsvILIV7D 9 68 “* yueg ssuraeg 0) folk qv sesvQ qorydued OO yp (puny jueuMopuy) —AIeIgiy ~* yoojg ~quewUIeAOH “WS UO OO KG Sea cecmaraay —4se10,uy “ LOA ee “* UOLPNG [votrdooso.ol fy Bie) all mt fe SUOTJOVSUVIT, JO o[Bg OneOucie: #16 UOTPOS [VoLdopoox[R Oy SLeCee. te OO AG] SUNOS Sy fe RPSL TL HUNT Sh NT OY LEI GL 0) 0) 182 cad pa BUS LESILy —s1ueIn) “ Yyhog Ul suOTyeSIyseAUT OT} G BL 2. — “U9T09 1 uo sq1odey SUT}UIIg 10,7 Bl ULe6 6 oF ki 5 suryst[qnd 0 8 GZ j suorzditosqng uo € 9LO nee Bee a SUIZVAISNI]] —USUIMIOAOK) WOU} szuBIy “ OO Gs ens 2 surqultd OES TCS ee omen —sitowmeyy “‘ (oye sh eee “* UOTjIeg [votdooso.s01 Rae enGiiG Oeuses. oe * MOTJOeG [BOTSO[OOV[L IL 8 GI 6 ia oo = SULYySsT[ Nd 3 LT 61 ET O2 Sassi ete N Selene Paro O0ls Liege: 1909. BRAZIL. ‘BRAZIL MAGAZINE, anno 4, no. 43-5. Rio de Jan. 1909-10. SocrEDAD ScIENTIFICA DE Sao Pauvto. Revista, vol. 4, no. 1-4. Sao Paulo. 1909. CANADA. ‘CanaDa. Department of Mines. Geological Survey Branch. Memoirs, No. 7. Ottawa. ——— SO Report, 973, 980 and 1081, 1035, 1050, 1059, 1073, 1075, 1085, 1097, 1107. Ottawa. 1909-10. OO Summary report, 1909. Ottawa. 1910. ———_ ______ Mines Branch. Annual report, 1907-9. Ottawa. 1910. ——— -— — Bulletin, no. 2. Ottawa. 1910. ——— 1 ——— Preliminary report, 1909. Ottawa. SO Report 23, 24, 32, 47, 55. Ottawa. 1908-10. CanaDIAN InsriturE. Transactions, vol. 8, pt. 3 and 4. Toronto. 1909-10. Nova Scotian Institute or Science. Proceedings and transactions, vol. 12, pt. 2. Halifax. Royat Socrety or Canapa. Proceedings and transactions, Srd ser., vol. 2. Toronto. 1909. 264 CAPE COLONY: SoutH AFRICAN JOURNAL OF SCIENCE, vol. 6, pt. 1-10. Cape Town. 1909-10. i Souts Arrican Museum. Annals, vol. 6, pt. 3. Cape Town. ——— Report, 1909. Cape Town. 1910. Roya Society or Soutn Arrica. ‘Transactions, vol. 1, pt. 1-2. Cape Town. 1910. FRANCE. ARCHIVES DE ZOOLOGIE EXPERIMENTALE, vol. 44, no. 3. Par~ 1910. ASSOCIATION DES NaturauisTEs, L’. Annales, 1908. Par. ——— Bulletin, 1908, 3-4. Par. FEUILLE DES JEUNES NATURALISTES, La, Nos. 467-478. Par. 1909-10. SociETE ENTOMOLOGIQUE DE FRaNncE. Annales, vol. 178, trimestre 3-4; vol. 79, trimestre 1. Par. 1910. —-—-— Bulletin, 1909, no. 12-21; 1910, no. 1-14. ~ Par: 1909-10. SociETE LINNEENNE DE NormanpbiE. Bulletin, 6e sér., vol. 1. Caen. 1909. GERMANY. BERLINER GESELLSCHAFT FUR ANTHROPOLOGIE, ETHNOLOGIE,. und Urcescuicute. Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, Jahrg. 41, H. 5-6; Jahrg. 42, H. 1-4. Berl. 1909-10. DEUTSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE GESELLSCHAFT. Deutsche Ento- mologische Zeitschrift, Jahrg. 1909, H. 5-6; I1910, H. 1-4. Berl. 1909-10. GESELLSCHAFT FUR ERDKUNDE. Zeitschrift, 1909, no. 7-10;: 1910, no. 2-6. Berl. 1909-10. Herparium, no. 10-13. Lpz. 1909-10. K. BavyeriscHE AKADEMIE DER WISSENSCHAFTEN zU MUN- cHEN. Mathematisch-physikalische Klasse: Sitzungs- berichte. Jahrg. 1909, Abh. 1-19, Schlussheit; Jahrg. 1910, Abh. 1-4. Mtinch. 1909-10. K. PrRrussiscHE AKADEMIE DER WISSENSCHAFTEN. Sitzungs- berichte, 1909, 24-53; 1910, 1-23. Berlin. 1909-10- K. GESELLSCHAFT DER WISSENSCHAFTEN ZU GOTTINGEN. Nachrichten: Geschaftliche Mitteilungen, 1909, H. 1. Berl. 1909) ——— Mathematish-physikalische Klasse, 1909, H._ 2-4; ° 1910; "HT “Beriee309-10. NASSAUISCHER VEREIN FUR NAaTURKUNDE. Jahrg. 62. Wies- baden. 1909. 265 NaTURFORSCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT ZU FREIBURG. — Berichte Bae 18... 1s ,Kreiburg, 7 9095n0: NATURHISTORISCHE GESELLSCHAFT zU NurnBERG. -Abhand- lungen, Bd. 28, H. 1. Niirnberg. 1909. ‘OBERHESSISCHE GESELLSCHAFT FUR NATUR UND HEILKUNDE ZU GiESSEN. Berichte, neue Folge, Register zu den Bd. 1-34; N.F., Bd. 3, 5. Giessen. 1909-10. | PHYSIKALISCH-MEDICINISCHE GESELLSCHAFT ZU WURZBURG. Sitzungsberichte, 1908, no. 1-6. Wiirzburg. 1909. HUNGARY. Annales Muse Nationatis Hunearici, vol. 7, pt. 2. Buda Pest. 1909. INDIA. Inpia. Board of Scientific Advice. Annual report, 1908-09. Calcutta. 1909. Invia. Dep't. of Agriculture. Report of the progress of agriculture in India, 1907-8. Calcutta. 1909. Inp1an Museum. Memoirs, vol. 1, no. 4 and index; vol. 2, no. 1-3. Calcutta. 1909. ——— Natural History Section. Annual report, 1908-09. Calcutta. Pusa AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE. Bulletin, no. 16. Calcutta. 1910. ——— Report, 1907-9. Calcutta, 1909. ‘TuHurston, E., and Rancacuari, K. Castes and tribes of southern India. 7 vols. Madras. 1909. PT ALY, GIORNALE DE ScrENzE NatTuRALI ED Economiques, vol. 27. Palermo. 1909. Socreta Iraviana pi SctENzE Naturaui. Atti, vol. 48, fasc. 2-4; vol. 49, fasc. 1. Pavia. 1909-10. Socreta Toscana pi ScrenzE NAaTuRALI. Atti: memorie, vol. 25. Pisa. 1909. ——— Atti: processi verbali, vol. 18, no. 5-6. Pisa. 1909. JAPAN. Asiatic Society oF Japan. Transactions, vol. 36, pts. 2-3; vol) aimandsup.; vol. 38)) pts, 1-2.. Yokohama. 1909-10. IwprriaL Earruquake INVESTIGATION ComMITTEE. Bulletin, vol. 38, no. 1-2; vol. 4, no. 1. Tokyo. 1909-10. Kyoro Imprertat Untversity. College of Science and Engineering. Memoirs, vol. 2, no. 1. Kyoto. 1909-10. 266 MEXICO. Instituto GEoLocico DE Mexico. Parergones, vol. 3, no. 1-2. Mexico. 1909. SocreEDAD CIENTIFICA “ANTONIA ALZATE.” Memorias y — revista, tomo 25, no. 5-8; tomo, 27, no. 1-3. Mexico. 1907-8. NEW ZEALAND. AUCKLAND INSTITUTE AND MusrEum. Annual report, 1909-10. Auckland. 1910. | New Zearanp. Department of Mines. Annual report of the Dominion Laboratory, 1908. Wellington. 1909. SS Geological Survey. Bulletin, n.s., no. 8-9. Wellington. 1909-10. : New ZeaLanD Institute. Transactions and proceedings, 1909, vol. 42. Wellington. 1910. NORWAY. BERGENS Musrvum. Aarbog, 1909, H. 2-3; 1910, Ho i Bergen. 1909-10. . STAVANGER Museum. Aarshefte, 19, 1908. Stavanger. 1909. PERU. CUERPO DE INGENIEROS DE MINAS DEL PeERv. Boletin, no. 70-4. Lima. 1909-10. . RUSSIA. AKADEMIE IMPERIALE DES SCIENCES DE ST. PETERSBOURG. Bulletin, 6e sér., 1910, no. 1-11. St. Petersb. ——— Travaux de Musée Géologique Pierre le Grand, vol. 2, no. 6-7; vol: 3, no. 1. St. Petersb. 1909-10. ComMITE GEOLOGIQUE DE St. PETERSBOURG, tom. 27, no. 4; tom. 28, no. 1-8. St. Petersb. 1909. ——— Mémoires, n.s., livr. 36, 40, 43-7, 48-52. St. Petersb. 1909. KAISERLICHE MINERALOGISCHE GESELLSCHAFT. Materialen zur Geologie Russlands, vol. 24. St. Petersb. 1909. RussIscH-KAISERLICHE MINERALOGISCHE GESELLSCHAFT. Ver- handlungen, 2te Ser., Bd. 46, Lf. 1. St. Petershb. 1908. SociETE DES NaTURALISTES DE Kirerr. Mémoires, tom. 20, livr. 4; tom. 21, livr: 1. St. Petersb. 1909-10. Societe IMPERIALE DES NATURALISTES DE Moscov. Bulletin, 1908, no. 1-4. SWEDEN. ENTOMOLOGISKA FORENINGEN I StTockHotm. Entomologisk Tidskrift, Arg. 30, H. 1-4. Upsala. 1909-10. 267 K. Vuittrersets Hisroriz ocH ANTIKVITETS AKADEMIEN. Forvannen, Arg. 4, 1909. Stockholm. Reeia SocreTas ScrENTARUM UPSALIENSIS. Nova acta, ser. 4, vol. 2,no.1. Upsala. 1907-09. ) SWITZERLAND. ‘ConciLium BrsLiograPHicum. Annotationes Concilii Bio- graphici, vol. 4. Ziirich. 1908. GEOGRAPHISCH-ETHNOGRAPHISCHE GESELLSCHAFT IN Peet Jahresbericht, 1908-9. Ziirich. 1909. Institut NatrionaL Genevois. Mémoires, vol. 20. Genéve. LONG: OBSERVATIONS METEORLOGIQUE, année 1908. Lausanne. BOOT: SeciETE DE PHysIQuE ET D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE GENEVE. Compte rendu des séances, vol. 25-26, Geneve. 1908-9. Societe NEUCHATELOISE DES SCIENCES NATURELLES. Bulletin, tom. 36. Neuchatel. 1910. ScciETE VAUDOIS DES SCIENCES NATURELLES. Bulletin, no. 167-9. Lausanne. 1909-10. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. SmiTHsoNnIAN InstituTE. Annual report, 1908. Wash. EO ——— Bureau of American Ethnology. Bulletin, no. 38, 39, 41, 42, 48. Wash. 1909-10. ——— U.8. National Museum. Bulletin, no. 63-9, 72. Wash. 1909-10. ——— —-—_— Contributions from the U.S. National Her- barium, vol. 12, pt. 7-10, 12; vol. 13, pt. 1-2. Wash. 1909-10. ——— ——— Proceedings, vol. 35-36. Wash. 1909-10. So Report, 1908-9. U.S.A. Department of Agriculture. Bulletin, no. 33. Wash. ee Year book, 1908-9. Wash. 1909-10. -———— ——— Bureau of Biological Survey. North Ameri- can fauna, no. 29-30. Wash. 1909-10. ——— Geological Survey. Annual report, vol. 30. Wash. aaa Bulletin, no. 341, 356, 360, 368, 370-80, 382-93, 395-7, 399-405, 408-14, 416, 418, 421, 423, 424. Wash. 1909-10. | ——— Professional papers, no. 59, 64-7. Wash. 1909-10. ——— Water supply papers, no. 223-5, 227-36, 238, 242. Wash. 1909-10. 268 U.S.A. Library of Congress. Library of Congress and its work. Wash. 1907. ——— ——— list of publications issued since 1897 for Jan. 1909. Wash. 1909. —_——— ——— List of publications icgued since 1897 for Jan. 1910. Wash. 1910! ——— ——— Want list of miscellaneous publications. Wash. 1909. ——— ——— Want list of periodicals. Wash. 1909. ——— ——-- Want list of publications of Societies. Wash. CALIFORNIA. CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF ScrENCES. Proceedings, 4th ser., vol. 3, pp. 49-56. San. Fran. 1909. Pomona CoLLKcE. Journal of entomology, vol. 1, no. 4. Claremont. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. Bulletin, 3rd ser., vol. 3, pt. 3; ‘vol...3, pt. 8... Bexkeley-. 1910. —-—— Publications. American archaeology and ethnology, vol. 5, no. 3-4; vol. 7, no. 4-5; vol. 8, no. 5-6; vol. 9, no. 1.. Berkeley. 1909-10. ——— —-——.- Botany, vol. 4, no. 1-5. Berkeley. 1909-10. i Zoology, vol. 5, no. 4-12; vol. 6, no. 4-5, 8-9; vol. 7, no. 1; t.p. and index to vol. 5. Berkeley. 1909-10. ILLINOIS. Cuicaco ACADEMY oF SoIENcES. Bulletin, no. 3, pt. 1-3. Chic. 1909-10. FirLp CoLumBraN Musrum. Botanical ser., vol. 2, no. 7. Chic: -1909: | Fiztp Museum or Naturat Hrsrorvy. Geological ser., vol. 4, no. f.°°Chic. 1909. | ——— Ornithological ser., vol. 1, no. 4-5. Chic. 1909-10. ——-— Report ser., vol. 3, no. 4. Chic. 1910. ——— Zoological ser., vol. 7, no. 3, 7, 8; vol. 9-10, no. 1-2. Chic. 1909-10. Ixuinois State Lasoratory oF Naturat History. Bulletin, vol. 7, article 10; vol. 8, articles 2-5; t.p. and index to vol. 7. Urbana. 1909-10. InLinois, University or. Agricultural Expervmental Sta- tion. Bulletin, no. 112, 119, 123, 134. INDIANA. InpIaNA ACADEMY oF SciENCE. Proceedings, 1908. Indian- apolis. 1909. 269 KANSAS. Kansas ACADEMY OF SCIENCE. Transactions, vol. 22. Kansas University. Geological Survey. Reports, vol. 9. Topeka. 1908. MARYLAND. ; AMERICAN CHEMICAL JOURNAL, vol. 41, no. 3-6; vol. 42, no. 15 vol 43eene. 1-5-~ Balt: E909-10: | Jouns Horxins University. Circular, 1909, no. 1-9; 1910, no. 1-4. Balt. 1909-10. -—-—— Studies in historical and political science, ser. 27, no. 1-5, 8-12. Balt. 1909-10. MASSACHUSETTS. AMERICAN ACADEMY OF ARTS AND SciEeNcES. Proceedings, vol. 44, no. 18-26; vol. 45, no. 1-7. Bost. 1909-10. Boston Society oF Natrurat History. Proceedings, vol. 34, no. 5-8. HARVARD CoLLEGE MUSEUM oF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. Annual report of the Curator, 1908-09. Camb. Mass. 1909. ——— Bulletin, vol. 52, no. 10-15; vol. 53, no. 1, 3-4. Camb. Mass. 1909-10. Turts CotLEcr. Studies, vol. 2, no. 3. 1909. MISSOURI. Missourr BoranicaL GaRDEN. Annual report, vol. 20. St. Louis. 1909. NEW YORK. AMERICAN Mvuszeum or Naturat History. Annual report, vole te i Neon, L910. ——-— Anthropologieal papers, vol. 3; vol. 4, pt. 1. N.Y. 1909. ——— Bulletin, vol. 26-7. N.Y. 1909-10. ——— Guide leaflets, no. 29-30. N.Y. 1909. == 7 wlemoirs, vol) 3; pt. 2; vol. 9. pt. 63)vol. 12, pt. 1; volts. pte le N.Y. 1909-10: AmERICAN Musrum or Naturat History. Asiatic Com- mittee. Chinese pottery of the Han dynasty. Leiden. 1909. BRookiyn INSTITUTE OF ARTS AND ScrENcES. Science bul- letin, vol. 1, no. 16. Brooklyn. 1909. New York Acapemy or Sciences. Annals, vol. 18, pt. 3; Vol DO pronto N.Y. New York Pusiic Lisprary. Bulletin, vol. 13, no. 8-12; vol= i4=mior I-Se) N.Y. 1909-10. 270 OHIO. Cincinnati Society oF Natura History. Journal, vol. 21, no. 1. Cincinnati. 1909. . Denison University. Scientific Laboratories. Bulletin, vol. 14, pp. 189-442. Granville. 1909. By OBERLIN CoLLEGE LaporatTory. Bulletin, no. 14-15. 1909. WILSoN ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB. Wilson bulletin, vol. 21, no. 2-4; vol. 22, no. 1-2. Oberlin. 1909-10. OKLAHOMA. OKLAHOMA STATE UNIVERSITY. Research bulletin, no. 1-3. Norman. 1909-10. PENNSYLVANIA. AcAaDEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Proceed- ings, vol. 61, pt. 1-3; vol. 62, pt. 1. Phil. 1909-10. AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL Society. Proceedings, vol. 48, no. 191-5. Phil. 1909-10. ——— List of the Society. Phil. 1910. PHILADELPHIA ZooLtocicaL Society. Annual report, vol. 38. Phil, 1910. WaGNER FREE INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE OF PHILADELPHIA. Transactions, vol. 7. Phil. 1910. PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. PHILIPPINE Is~anps. Dep't. of the Interior. Bureau of Science. Mineral resources, etc., 1909. Manila. 1909. SANDWICH ISLANDS. Bernice Pauanui Bisuop Museum. Memoirs, vol. 2, no. 4. Honolulu. 1909. ——— Occasional papers, vol. 4, no. 3. Honolulu. 1909. 271 wee OT PELEOWS) SE MBERS, Etc., OCTOBER, 1910. Those marked with an asterisk have contributed papers pub- lished in the Society’s Transactions. Any change in address should be notified to the Secretary. Norr.—The publications of the Society will not be sent to those whose subscriptions are in arrears. one Honorary FELLOWS. ection. 18938. *Cossman, M., Rue de Maubeuge, 95, Paris. 189%) “Davin, T. W. Epceworrs, B:A., Fass £:G.S., Prof: Geol., Sydney University. 1890. *ErHeripGe, Rosert, Director of the Australian Museum of New South Wales, Sydney. 1905. Gitt, Tuomas, I.S.0., Under-Treasurer, Adelaide. 1905. eed Cuas. H., Naturalist, Australian Museum, Syd- ney. 1892. *Maipen, J. H., F.L.S., F.C.S., Director Botanic Gardens, Sydney, New South Wales. 1898. *Mryrick, E. T., B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Thornhanger, Marl- borough, Wilts, England. 1894. *Wiuson, J. T., M.D., Prof. of Anatomy, Sydney University. CorRESPONDING MEMBERS. 1881. Bamry, F. M., F.L.S., Colonial Botanist, Brisbane, Queensland. 1880. *FornscHe, Pau, Inspector of Police, Palmerston, N.T. 1909. * JoHNCOCK, C. F., Orroroo. 1893. Srrerton, W. GE Palmerston, Ne. 1905. TuHomson, G. M.., B.L.S., F.C.S., ae es New Zealand. 1908. *WooLnouen, Watrer GEORGE, D.Sc. " F.G. S., Lecturer on Geology in the University of Sydney. (Fellow from ) FELLOWS. 1895. *Asupy, Epwin, Royal Exchange, Adelaide. 1902. *Baxer, W. H., F.L.S., Glen Osmond Road, Parkside. 1908. *Brenson, W. Noeu, B.Sc., University of Sydney. 1907. *Buack, i McConnett, Alfred Street, Norwood. 1887. * BLACKBURN, Rev. Canon Tuomas, B. "A., Woodville. 1909. Brap.ey, Epear J. ee Engineer, Adelaide. 1883. Brown, . Y.'L., F.G .S., Gov. Geologist, Adelaide. 18938. BRuMMITT, Rosert, M.B.C.S., Gilberton. 1904. BRUNKSKILL, GrorcE, Semaphore, S.A. 1906. Bunory. Miss ELLEN “Minn, 148, Molesworth Street, North Adelaide. 1907. *CHapman, R. W., M.A., B.C:E., Prof. of Engineering, University, Adelaide. 1910. Cuark, E. V., B.Sc., Lecturer in Electrical Engineering, University of Adelaide. 1879. 1895. 1907. 1907. 1887. 1902. 1904. 1880. 1910. 1904. 1896. 1899. 1891. 1883. 1910. 1893. 1897. 1884. 1856. 1888. 1905. 1874. 1907. 1897. 1907. 1886. 1908. 1907. 1907. 1885. 1905. 1869. 1891. 1893. 1871. 1910. 1881. 1906. 1907. 1904. 272 “CLELAND, W. L., M.B., Cb.M., J.P., Colonial Surgeon, Resident Medical Officer Parkside Lunatic Asylum, Lec- turer in Materia Medica, University of Adelaide. — pee Joon B., M.D., Perth, Western Australia. *CookE, W., D.Sc. A Lecturer, University, Adelaide. ae “Joun, Kent Terrace, Norwood. *Dixon, SamuEL, Bath Street, New Glenelg. Epavutst, A. G., Hindmarsh. GoRDON, Davin, Gawler Place, Adelaide. "Goyper, GEORGE, A.M., F.C.S., Analyst and Assayer, Ade- aide. Grant, Kerr, M.Sc., Professor of Physics, University of Adelaide. GrirritH, H., Hurtle Square, Adelaide. HAWKER, i We C5; Calcanina, Clare (Gladstone Chambers, Pirie Street, Adelaide). *Arecin, A. J., FIC. Assistant Lecturer in Chemistry, School of Mines, Adelaide. Bos Maovricez, F.L.S., Director Botanic Gardens, Ade aide. *HowcuHin. WALTER, F.G.S., Lecturer in Geology and Paleontology, University, Adelaide. *Jounson, Epwarp Aneas, M.D., M.R.C.S., Frankiin Street, Adelaide. JAMES, THOMAS, M.R.C.S., Moonta. “LEA, A. M.., Gov. Entomologist, Hobart, Tasmania. LENDON, A: aks M.D. (Lond.), M.R.C.S., Lecturer in For- ensic Medicine and in Chemical Medicine, University, Adelaide, and Hon. Physician, Children’s Hospital, North Adelaide. Luioyp, J. S., Alma Chambers, Adelaide. *LoWER, OswaLp B., F.E.S. (Lond.), Broken Hill, New South Wales. *Mawson, Doveuas, B.Se., B.E., Lecturer in Mineralogy. and Petrology, University, Adelaide. Mayo, Gso. G., C. E. 116, Franklin Street, Adelaide. MErRoss, Rosert THOMSON, Mount Pleasant. *Moraan, A. M., M.B., Ch.B., Angas Street, Adelaide. MueckeE, Hvueo, C.E.. ‘Grenfell Street, Adelaide. Pootre, W. B. (Hon. ‘Treasurer), Savings Bank, Adelaide. Porr, Witri1aM, Solicitor, Adelaide. PULLEINE, R. ec M.B. (Hon. Secretary), North Terrace, Adelaide. Purpvug, R. F., Mining Agent, Launceston. Tasmania. *RENNIE, Epwarp H., M.A., D.Se. (Lond.), F.C.S., Profes- sor of Chemistry, University of Adelaide. *Rocers, R. S., M.A., M.D., Flinders Street, Adelaide. *RvtTt, WALTER, Chief Assistant Engineer, Adelaide. SELWAY, W. Zhe Treasury, Adelaide. Simson, Aveu ae Launceston, Tasmania. SmitH, RosBert Barr ., Adelaide. *SranLeEY, Epwarp RicHarRD, University, Adelaide. “STIRLING, Epwarp C., C. M.G.,, M.A:; M.D) PRs. F.R.C. S., Professor’ of Physiology, University of Ade- laide, Director of S.A. Museum. Snow, F. H.. Mutual Chambers, Adelaide. SWEETAPPLE, H. A., M.D., Park Terrace, Parkside. TAYLOR, WILL1aM, St. Andrew’ s, North Adelaide. 1886. 1897. 1894. = 1883. 1878. 1859. 1907. 1904. 1886. 1904. 273 *Terrer, J. G. O., F.L.S., Entomologist, (§.A. Museum. (Corresponding Member since 1878. *TOoRR, ‘ae G.. LL.D., M.A., B.C.L., Brighton, South Aus- tra 1a. *TuRNER, A. JEFFERIS, M.D., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Queensland. VaRpDON, SENATOR JOSEPH, te a Gresham Street, Adelaide. *Verco, JosepH C., M.D. B.C. S., Lecturer on the Prin- ciples and Practice of Modicins "and Therapeutics, Uni- versity of Adelaide. Wainwricet, E. H., B.Sc. (Lond.), McLaren Vale. Ware, W.1, d2P.: Adelaide. Way, Rigut Hon. Sir Samven James; Bart., P.C., PiGskes Chief Justice and Lieutenant-Governor of South Australia, Adelaide. Wess, Norn A., Barrister, Waymouth Street, Adelaide. WHITBREAD, Howarp, Currie ges Adelaide. parr, CA. “EY VvGs, Bla: Si C.M.Z.S., Assistant Director South Australian Museum, Adelaide. ASSOCIATE. Ropinson, Mrs. H. R., ‘‘Las Conchas,’’ Largs Bay, South Australia. 274 ' APPENDICES. FIELD NA TURALIS TS’ SECTION OF THE oval Society of amy Australia (Inconpdeataly TWENTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER, 1910. The Section has good reason to congratulate ‘twee upon the work of the past session, both in the field and in the: evening meetings. The scientific results of the session’s work are difficult to estimate—in fact, impossible—because the operations are primarily educational rather than research. Collectors, however, have made valuable additions to their store of knowledge as well as of exhibits. On account of the limitations of field operations, members have to travel abroad alone for scientific research in areas not accessible to the general body of members. MEETINGS. Dealing first with the meetings, we have to record that at the last annual meeting we had the pleasure of welcoming Dr. Mawson from his travels to the Antarctic. In response to the welcome, Dr. Mawson spoke of the pleasure of return- ing to his friends, and gave some interesting anecdotes of his travels, and intimated that, from a scientific point of view, the various branches of work would benefit largely by the observations taken on this great journey. At this meeting the following officers were elected :— Chairman, Mr. W. H. Selway; Vice-Chairmen, Mr. J. M. Black and Dr. R. S. Rogers; Secretary, Mr. E. H. Lock; Treasurer, Mr. 8S. S. Stokes; Minute Secretary, Miss E. Hocking; Committee, Mrs. J. F. Mellor, Mrs. R. 8. Rogers, Dr. R. Pulleine, Messrs. M. S. Clark, A. R. Errey, J. Will- mott, J. W. Mellor, and J. G. O. Tepper; Awdztors, Messrs. J. S. Lloyd and W. D. Reed; Fauna and Flora Committee, Dr. R. 8S. Rogers, Dr. W. Ramsay Smith, Messrs. Clark, Dixon, Ashby, Lock, Black, Zietz, HEdquist, Mellor, and Selway. 275 _ The annual address was delivered by the Chairman (Mr. W. H. Selway), the subject being “The National Parks and Forest Reserves of Australia.” The information contained in the address had been cbtained from all the Australian States, and the collaboration was of a most useful character, in view of the special efforts that have to be made to induce the Government to take a serious national policy of setting aside lands for the preservation of native fauna and flora. Follow- ing upon this address Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., gave a lantern address, showing what the Americans have done in the reservation at Yellowstone Park. It was humiliating to Australians to think that the Americans could set aside in this one reserve 6,600 square miles, while it seemed very difficult to induce our Governments to set aside as many acres. At the next meeting Mr. J. W. Mellor read an interest- ing paper, and gave descriptive remarks upon a journey taken on the upper part of the River Murray by a company of our members. This is a new field of operations. Mr. Mellor dealt particularly with the bird life, having noted fifty-three species. The address was continued at the following monthly meeting. At the July meeting Mr. A. G. Edquist gave an illus- trated lecture upon aquatic life. The utility of the projection lantern was again demonstrated in the lecture, the specimens being shown on the screen alive. The lecture was interesting and instructive. At the last monthly meeting in August the organization of the Wattle-day League was introduced, and commended as a worthy national sentiment. Mr. R. L. Barringer gave an interesting address upon his_journeyings in India during a lengthened stay there, from which he had recently returned. A splendid collection of birds, beetles, moths, and butterflies was exhibited to illustrate the lecturer’s remarks upon his experiences while collecting. EXHIBITS. One of the most pleasing features of the monthly meet- ings is the number and variety of the exhibits tabled for in- spection. - Amongst the most noteworthy of these may be mentioned the orchid Calleana minor, shown by Dr. Rogers, who had received it from Mr. W. Gill, who had found it at Kuitpo, and was recorded for the first time in the State. The exhibits gave the members the best opportunity of showing their field work in a practical way, and it is satis- factory to note that many of these are taken, not only at the excursions, but during private walks and journeys, and mem- bers are willing to give others the benefit of their researches. 276 Exceedingly. interesting were the announcements that Mr. J. M. Black had published a book upon “Introduced Plants in Australia,” a work which had been favourably commented upon. Dr. R. S. Rogers had also reprinted by the Education Department a series of articles upon orchids which had been published in the official organ of the Depart- ment. : Discoveries of a new or rare character had been brought before the notice of scientists by Mr. H. H. D. Griffiths, Dr. Rogers, and Mr. J. W. Mellor. EXCURSIONS. The following excursions had been arranged : —Novem- ber 6, 1909, Fifth Creek; December 11, Brighton; April, 1910, Marine Trip to the eastern reaches of Torrens Island ; June 25, Henley Beach; July 16, to Zoological Gardens and Botanic Park and Gardens; August 13, Blackwood; Sep- tember 17, Eagle on the Hill; September 24, Slape’s Gully. The membership of the Section has gradually increased through the session, and the total now stands at 120. W. H. Setway, Chairman. E. H. Lock, Hon. Secretary. TWENTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NATIVE FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION COMMITTEE OF THE FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEP- TEMBER, 1910. ee THe KancGaroo ISLAND RESERVE ON FLINDERS CHASE. Your Committee organized a large, influential, and representative deputation which, on November 16 last, waited on the late Commissioner of Crown Lands (Mr. Coombe) to urge upon him the desirability of extending the area of the reserve to the 300 square miles originally asked for. As a result, the Cabinet approved of an additional 79 miles being added to the block known as the Lighthouse Reserve, making the total area about 140 miles. Plans now published by the Survey Office show the position of this Reserve, which ex- tends eastwards to the DeMole River. Before the session closed the Australian Natives’ Association, having a very short time in which to do so, circulated and presented a well-signed petition asking the House to grant funds to fence off the area already promised, to provide a fire-break on the boundary, and for the salary of a resident ranger. It is 277 very desirable to enlarge the area to the 300 miles, and to vest the whole chase in trustees as early as possible, as the difficulty of securing the rarer fauna yearly increases with the rapid multiplication of foxes on the mainland and the ex- tension of settlement. There will thus be provided not only a health-giving possession for the future population of the city and suburbs, but also an invaluable collection of the Australian fauna when certain species have become extinct elsewhere. | New BrrD-PROTECTION RESERVE. In compliance with a request made by the Committee the islands in Coffin’s Bay, Port Douglas, Mount Dutton Bay, and Kellidie Bay, which comprise breeding - grounds for Cape Barron geese, rock parrakeets, and other birds, were in December last proclaimed a Bird-protection District. PROTECTION OF OPOSSUMS, ETC. A letter having been received from the Commissioner of Crown Lands asking the opinion of the Committee regarding a proposal for the protection of opposums, a reply was sent recommending that opossums should be protected throughout the State for a period of five years, but allowing their de- struction in gardens and orchards. The rapid destruction of all fur-bearing animals throughout the world indicates that very high prices will be obtainable for their skins in the near future. New legislation will be needed to enable their recommendation to be carried out, and your Committee has: been asked for suggestions as to any other amendments they may propose to the Games Act. The views of the Committee have also been sought by the Commissioner regarding a sug- gestion from the Victorian Gun Clubs’ Association that the close season for game should be extended from December 20 to February 28, to bring the South Australian regulations into line with those of Victoria and New South Wales, and the Committee recommended that the alteration should be made for all game birds excepting quail. Subsequently it was intimated that instead of thus lengthening the close season, the names of some of the birds should be transferred to the schedule of totally protected birds. The Secretary, therefore, suggested that the following should be so trans- ferred, namely : —Bee-eaters, native pheasants or mallee hens, black cockatoos of all species, gang-gang cockatoos, pigeons and doves of all species, and bustards or native turkeys. Your Committee has pleasure in reporting that this recommendation is being carried out, and a proclamation will probably be published shortly. Samu. Dixon, Chairman. M. Symonps CuiarK, Hon. Secretary. ‘OIGT. “GT tequieydeg ‘toyipny “Wd OW ‘aay -q usnivA\ “‘TOINSVILT, “UOFT ‘SH#MOLG “G ABINVES | - ‘q001100 punofy pur poeyIpny @ le te eed [T 81 § Unoooy uotsinoxy ur eouepeg : ge 2 ‘spun [etouey ui eouvTed—OL6T ‘Og Tequiezdag ps FF O 685 9 0 6&F Bich ser ; yurg sduravg ur eoureg “ oT Gla 3 one ani oy} 07 pred SUOT}dIIosqng “ 61 II T ulequUvT pue WoOOl-o1ngoo] ‘* Gow || 9014 UIUIOD BIOL. y pus euneg “ 09 0 4so19,uy yueg “ | ae ase ie ar SUISTIZLOAPYy 9 JL BL OL-606L wor oe des . i Seer: aa ay ee ae seseqsog Ag (A aS as oy qysno.1q aourpeg OT, J 0) ea 3 “ad ‘OIG “OG WAHWaLawg AIGNA UVAX AHL WOE SINGWAVG GANV SidIGOAY LO LINIWALVLG ‘VITVULSAV HLNOS ‘ALAIOOS TVAOU AHL AO NOILOGS SLSTTVUALVN GTA 279 APPENDIX. THE NATIONAL PARKS AND FOREST RESERVES OF AUSTRALIA. Being Addresses by W. H. Sruway, as Chairman of the Field: Naturalists’ Section of the Royal Society of South Australia, and read at its annual meetings on September 21, 1909, and September 20, 1910. In thinking over a subject for this address it occurred to me. that, as this Section took such an active part in securing the National Park as an inalienable heritage for the people, and so. much difficulty was experienced in getting the 2,000 acres or so- which comprise the Park; as, moreover, similar obstacles are now being encountered in the effort to obtain what is considered to be a suitable area on Kangaroo Island for a Fauna and Flora Reserve —i thought it would be interesting to see what has been done, and is being done, in the other States in a similar direction. Closeiy- associated with the National Park question is that of Forest Reserves, and in view of the attention this subject is receiving in other parts of the world, notably in Amercia, I determined to in-. clude both topics in this address. In America ‘‘The Conservation of our Natural Resources’”’ has been receiving the earnest consider- ation of some of the most capable and thoughtful men of that great country, including that far-seeing and true statesman, Presi- dent Roosevelt. It is significant that the threat of a wood-short-. age first brought home the realization that the natural resources were being recklessly wasted. The forest problem opened the eyes oi the people (of America) to the condition of their natural resources as a whole. It was seen that national progress, even national. existence, depended upon reform in the methods of using the natural riches of the land. As an outcome the Inland Waterways Commission was appointed by the President in March, 1907. This led to a widening of the subject, and a great Conference was held in - Washington last year (May, 1908), composed _ of the Governors of the States and _ Territories, together- with men of national prominence, familiar from ex- perience in business life with the four great classes of resources—the forests, waters, mines, and the soil. The outcome was a “Declaration of Principles,’’ which contains words. of wisdom which time forbids me quoting in full, but which are worth the careful perusal of everyone Who has his country’s wel-. fare at heart. Permit me just to give one or two extracts: ‘‘We-. agree that our country’s future is involved in this—that the great natural resources supply the material basis upon which our civili-. zation must continue to depend, and upon which the perpetuity of the nation itself rests.’ . . . ‘‘We agree that the forests, which regulate our rivers, support our industries, and promote. the fertility and productiveness of the soil should be preserved and perpetuated.’ . . . ‘‘We urge the continuation and extension of forest policies adapted to secure the husbanding and renewal of our diminishing timber supply.”’ . . . ‘‘We recognize that the private ownership of forest lands entails responsibilities in the. interests of all the people,’ and concludes in the words: ‘‘Let us conserve the foundations of our prosperity.” In President Roosevelt’s last message to Congress he deals with the question of the conservation of the natural resources of the coun-. 280 ‘try, and lays special stress on the preservation of the forests in the following words: ‘‘If there is any one duty which, more than -another, we owe it to our children to perform at once, it is to save the forests of this country, for they constitute the first and most important element in the conservation of the natural resources of ‘the country.” . . . ‘“‘Short-sighted persons, or persons blinded to the future by desire to make money in every way out of the - present, sometimes speak as if no great damage would be done by the reckless destruction of our forests. It is difficult to have patience with the arguments of these persons.” When [{ think of — the magnificent eucalypts that have been cut down in our own hills, not more than twenty or thirty miles from Adelaide, for the -sake of a few pounds’ worth of railway sleepers, I feel disposed to agree with the sentiments thus forcibly expressed. I am aware that there is a difference of opinion as regards the effect of deforestation on climate, and when we get an exceptional -season like the last winter in this State, some may be disposed to think that, forests or no forests, rain is certain to fall. But, as President Roosevelt points out, ‘‘all serious students of the question -are aware of the great damage that has been done in the Mediter- ranean countries of EKurope, Asia, and Africa by deforestation,” and he proceeds to point out that similar mischief has more re- cently been done in Eastern Asia, especially Northern China :— ‘‘Not many centuries ago the country of Northern China was one -of the most beautiful and fertile spots in the entire world, and was heavily forested. Now, owing to deforestation of the moun- tains, there is appalling desolation in the shape of barren moun— tains and gravel and sand-covered plains. The climate has changed, and is still changing. It has changed even within the last half century, as the work of tree destruction has been consum- mated. Briefly this has been brought about in this way—the great masses of arboreal vegetation on the mountains formerly absorbed the heat of the sun, and sent up currents of cool air, which brought the moisture-laden clouds lower, and forced them to precipitate in rain a part of their burden of water. Now that there is no vegetation the barren mountains scorched by’ the sun send up cur- ‘rents of heated air, which drive away, instead of attracting, the rain clouds, and cause their moisture to be disseminated. With lack of rainfall crops wither, and as the air becomes dryer some refuse to grow at all. The. water-courses have also changed, for ‘the roots and humus of the forests caught the rain-water and let it -escape by slow regular seepage, but now, when it rains, these are freshets; the rich soil which took thousands of years to form is washed away, and muddy torrents rush down bearing disaster and ‘destruction everywhere. What has happened in Northern China, what has happened in Central Asia, in Palestine, in North Africa, and in parts of the Mediterranean countries of Europe will surely happen to our country [and, let us add, to Australia], if we do not exercise that wise fore-thought which should be one of the ‘chief marks of any people calling itself civilized.’’ Listen to these weighty words of the Ex-President of the United States: —‘‘Nothing should be permitted to stand in the way of the preservation of the forests, and it is criminal to permit indi- ‘viduals to purchase a little gain for themselves through the de- struction of forests, when that destruction is fatal to the well- being of the whole country in the future.” I may here state that in thinking about this matter, before I had read anything of this Conservation Commission in America, 281 this idea occurred to me:—Should a State allow the occupiers ot forest land or land bearing large timber, be they lessees of the- Crown or private owners, to do just as they please with trees which; may have taken hundreds of years to come to their present matur- ity, or should not some restriction be placed on the occupiers, much in the same way that the owner of country through which a river (another natural endowment) may flow is not at liberty to. do all he may like with the water passing through his property? As there are riparian rights, why should not the whole population,. who may eventually suffer by the indiscriminate destruction of forests, be protected against the ignorance, stupidity, or greed of their fellow men? . Fortunately we cannot easily lay hold of the. constituents of the air we breathe, otherwise some enterprising (!) men might establish a ‘‘corner’ in oxygen, or appropriate the nitrogen for plant fertilizers! I think I have stated sufficient to indicate how important to the well-being of a country is the preservation of sufficient tracts. of forest land. In addition to this general and climatic influence, other considerations may be advanced—there is the esthetic as- pect—the beauty of the scenery in its natural state, and here I recall how much of the natural beauty of our Mount Lofty Range. —not to go farther afield—is being marred by the destruction of the timber once adorning its hills and dales. How pitiable is it to see acres upon acres of dead timber probably ring-barked. I am told, too, that between Mount Lofty and Mount Barker many of the trees on the roadside affording so grateful a shade in our hot summer months, are being cut down by District Councils, because- some slight damage may be done to the road by the rain dropping: from the over-hanging branches. In contradistinction to this, [ was pleased to see that in the pretty township of Hahndorf the main street is planted with an avenue of umbrageous trees. Re- ference might be made to the value of the eucalypt, from a health point of view, rendering swampy ground free from malaria, and T notice that the French Government is planting in Southern France, Algeria, etc., what they describe as ‘‘these beautiful slen- der trees,’’ to counteract the deforestation of those parts. As a profitable investment alone, forests are worth conserving and es- tablishing. Great Britain even has come to realize the pressing: importance of the timber question, and a Commission which en-- quired into the subject some time ago, recommended that £2,000,000 a year should be spent on afforestation, and expressed the opinion that the tendency of the supplies of timber to diminish would continue, and that in the present century a steady and very considerable rise in prices may be looked for. Dr. Holtze, the Director of our Botanic Garden, thinks £25,000 a year, for say 20 or 25 years, should be spent by us in establish-. ing forests, and that such an expenditure would be a very hand- some paying investment, as £200 an acre may be obtained in some: cases. In 10 or 12 years some of the trees could be utilized for: poles, etc. _ A tree will grow here as much (says Dr. Holtze) in 30 years as it would do in Germany in 60 years. Then quite re-. cently we have had allies from another source, and very enthusi- astic allies, too, viz., the Bee-keepers’ Association, because from: the flowers of the eucalypts most of the honey is obtained, and the apiarists naturally look with alarm on the destruction of those trees from which this wholesome food supply is obtained. Did’ time permit, one might refer to the importance of these trees as. affording food, refuge, and building-places for the birds, whose. 282 ijplace in the enconomy of Nature is of so much importance, and, alas, so little realized by the majority of people. Having thus referred at some length to the importance of forests, let me now allude to the subject of a NaTIonaL Parks. ‘4 As I said at the beginning, they are inter-related, because ‘each park is, or ought to be to some extent, a forest reserve. But it is more. It is, if properly conducted, a safe refuge (a sanctuary) for our native fauna and. flora. As most of you are aware, the fauna and flora of Australia are unique, being to a large extent the living representatives of those bygone ages, the remnants of which are elswhere buried in rocks many hundreds — ‘of feet below the surface. May I just mention such creatures as the kangaroo, opossum, the echidna, platypus, the marsupial mole, tthe emu, bower bird, lyre bird, laughing jackass, pelican, and pen- guin. Then, in the order of plants, the gums, acacias, pea-like and heath-like flowers, and the beautiful and curious orchids, ete. Twenty years ago the importance of preserving the indigenous plants and animals was emphasized in a series of interesting ar- © ticles written for the Register by one of our then members, the Jate Mr. A. F. Robin, of whom I shall have more to say later, and who indicated various means by which the preservation might be effected. Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., I understand suppHed Mr. Robin with much useful information on the subject. Fore- ‘most among the methods advocated was the reservation of large areas as National Parks. ‘‘The chief merit,’ said Mr. Robin, ‘‘of such reserves is that they serve the purpose specified in the most natural way by retaining to a great extent the primeval beauty of the country. And the beauty of our land is like that of no other. With the vanishing of our native fauna and flora will pass types not differing but little from those of other parts of the world, but in a large measure essentially distinct.’ This disappearance is reiterated in-the latest book just published on ‘‘The Animals of Australia,’ by A. H. S. Lucas and: W. H. Dudley Le Souef, who say ‘‘the kangaroo and wallaby are going. Last week there passed through the Sydney market alone the skins of 58,000 native bears, over half a million kangaroos and wallabies,’’ and we hear later that opossum slaughter is again in full swing, as much as £15 a week being made from this source. Of course, the popular conception of a National Park is a place for recreation, and this idea has grown and developed to such an extent in regard to our own park that when one sees or hears of the thousands who visit it on public holidays, and in lesser numbers, but still considerable, on other days, one wonders where these crowds went before the National Park was available. < +) » LA : 4 ‘ re - . = * i a3 i id , "> ‘4 * -. - ¥ a « s j ~ ¥) > ? Penh : ‘ ? . < is j i om = i cf « ’ r i ‘S sl 4 . on 2 +3 = ‘ ~ age 5 . F Si . £ 2 FJ . x 7 . yy, . <2 7 = : - Sass < ys a t * y 7 2 - - . Zs , - + 323 GE NER ALF ND ak. {Generic and specific names printed in italics indicate that the forms described are Abstract of Proceedings, 251. Acantholophus eximius, 18. Agametis, 56; A. bifasciata, 56. Amblydonite from Bulla Western Australia, 253. Anellobia chrysoptera, 105, 108. Animal Eggs, Chemical Fertilization | of, 510. Annual Meeting, 255. Annual Report, 256. Apion, 27; A. emulum, 28; 28; amabile, 28; congestum, convexipenne, 30; inornatum, 28; lonytcolle, 29; microscopicum, 55; nigrosuturale, 30; niveodispersum, 30; pélistriatum, 32; stilbum, 32; subopacum, $1; tasmanicum, 35; tenuistriatum, 28; vertebrale, 34. -Archeocyathine of South Australia, Completion of Memoir on, 252. Geir Lake Frome, River Murray, Tas- mania, etc. 2ol, 254; tin ore (Cassiterite) from Tasmania, 251; pouched mouse from Orroroo, 254. Auletes aterrimus, 40; bryophagus, 39; decipiens, 43; filirostris, emitator, 41; leuce, 38; melanocephalus, 37; Sie. inconstans, 41; mela- | Bulling, © agonis, — minor, 38; nigritarsis, 38; puncti- sob- varir- _ collis, 39; rinus, 40; collis, 43. 38; 42; punctipennis, subcalceatus, Baker, W. H., Exhibit of a peculiar erustacean from New South Wales, 255. on the Sphzromide, with Descriptions of New | Species, 75. Balance-sheets for 1909-10, 257, 258. Birds, Exhibits of, 251, 254. : Hematozoa of Australian, 100. Halteridia of Australian, 100. | } | | new. | Larval Filarie in Blood of Australian, 107-108. Microfilariz in Blood of Aus- tralian, 107. Protozoa (?) in Blood of Aus- tralian, 106. Trypanosomes of Australian, 105. Blackburn, Rev. Notes on Australian 146. Blochmann, F., New Brachiopods of South Australia, 90. Brachiopods of South Australia, 89. -—_-—— Remarks on, by C. Hedley, 205. Bubaris hardcastlei, 20. Canon, Further Coleoptera, Celema excavata, the Male of, 254, Ashby Be Behibie of Digde from | Cerceis trispinosa, 86. Ciliczea tridens, 81. Cistella australis, 93, 99. Cleland, Dr. J. B., and Johnstone, T. H., The Hematozoa of Austra- han Birds, 100. Coleoptera, Further Notes on Aus- tralian, with Descriptions of New Genera and Species, 146. Corone australis, 108. Cryptopora brazieri, 94. Cubicorrhynchus dilaticeps, 20; mus- soni, 20; piceosetosus, 19: sterilis, 19. Curculionidz, Descriptions of Aus- tralian, 13. Cymodoce septemdentata, 80; culosa, 76; tuberculosa var. spinosa, 78. tuber- bi- Dialeptopus echinatus, 24; longipes, 25; pyriferus, 25; sepidigides, 2b. Dixon, S., Exhibit of amblydonite, 255. Donations to the Library, 259. Edquist, A. G., Exhibit of dodder (Cuscuta epithyma), 252; wood bored by longicorn beetle, 253. Enstatite Basalt from Kangaroo Island, 69. Eurychirus alleni, 26. Fauna and Flora Protection Com- mittee, Annual Report of, 276. Fellows, etc., List of, 271. Field Naturalists’ Section, Report, etc., 274. —-—-— Chairman’s Addresses, 279. Finniss River, building stones,. 244. glacial basin, 239. outlier of glauconitic clay (Lower Tertiary) in bed of, 245, 253. Forest Reserves of Australia, 279. Annual Geocichla lunulata, 101. Giles Creek; glacial deposits of, 239. Glacial Deposits in South Australia, A New Area of Permo- Carboniferous, 231. © ——— Moraines (Permo-Carbonifer- ous) of Rosetta Head and King's Point, ‘1. a We as SOaG_CuLbing: Strathalbyn, 240. Gymnorhina tibicen, 107. Heematozoa of Australian Birds, 100. Halteridium geocichle, 101; melior- ms,7 10%; neti, Dil 101; ptilotis, 101. Haplonyx latus, 45; mestus, 48; minimus, 49: modicus, 44: muei- dus, 46; puncticollis, 49; scolopax. 44: ustipennis, 44; variegatus, 47. eee C., Remarks on Brachiopods, 53. Heteronyces, Australian, 146; tables ° of species, 147, 151, 168, 187, 220; reel yap A Parl a a Heteronyx agricola, 162; alienus, 225; ambiguus, 207; amenus, 207; apertus, 157; «approximans, 209; aspericollis, 223: auguste, 156; austrinus, 165 ; badius, 198, 250; calidus, 215; campestris, 166; capitalis, 225; carpentarie, 228; cervinus, 228; cliens, 184: comes, 151; coneolor, 199, 230; confertus, 219; conjunctus, 204: constans, 155; convexicollis, 214; cornutus, 224; costulatus, 222: cowelli, 172, 199, 230; cowalis, 221; erinitus, 101; cunnamulle, 162; darwini, 171; dimidiatus, 195; dis- jectus, 179; diversiceps, 172; erich- sont, 197, 204; farinensis, - 205; fictus, 181; fraternus, 196; grandis, 224; granulatus, 163; granum, 223; hackeri, 205; near. | philemon, — hirsutus, 213; hirtu- , 324 osus, 196; holomeleenus, 228; holo- sericeus, 220; humilis, 183; ignobi-. lis, 174; impar, 213; inconspicuus, 216; infirmus, 175; infuscatus, 172; insignis, 230; itntrusus, 158; juba- tus, 196; laticollis, 223; Jucidus, 180; imacilentus, 202; macleayi, 205; major, 199; maurulus, 164;. mildureisis, 218; minutus, 210; miscr, 211; modestus, 118; mastus, 206; neglectus, 177; nigellus, 155; nigricans, 156; nigritus, 228; nov2-. tius, 220; nudus, 212; oblongus, 223 ; obscurus, 156, 229; olliffi, 203; ordinurius, 210; ovatus, 229; pau- per, 182; pau«illus, 176; pedarius, 226; pellucidus, 171; prlosus, 229; placidus, 147; planiceps, 208; potens, 173; proprius, 160; prox- imus, 229;. pubescens, 197; puer, 217; pygmeus, 159; raucinasus,. 155; rectangulus, 179; rubriceps, 229; ruficollis, 224; rufomarginatus, _ 229; rufopiceus, 250; sequens, 171; siccus, 172, 280; simulator, 260; sollicitus, 113; sordidus, 182; spadi-- ceus, 150; striatipennis, 196; sxb- cylindricus, 217; subfuseus, 172; subglaber, 198; submetallicus, 148; sydneyanus, 197, 250; unicolor, 156; vagans, 197; validus, 160; vicinus, 158: viduus, 176; waterhousei, 201; aunthotrichus, 200; zalotus, 146. Hogg, H. R., Two New: Nephile. from South Australia, 59. Howchin, W., Description of a New Area of Permo-Carbonifer- — ous Glacial Deposits, 231. Permo-Carboniferous Glacial Moraines of Rosetta ‘Head. and King’s Point, 1. . -----—— Exhibit of glauconitic clay (lertiary) from the bed of the River Finniss, 253. Isopods, South Australian, belonging” to the family Spheromide, 75. Johuson, Dr. EK. A., Note on a New Linguatula, 248. ——— Exhibits of Linguatula rhin- aria and a Linguatula from the dingo, 255; a white mouse with cancerous. growth, 255. Johnston, T. H., see Cleland and Johnston. Kangaroo Island, Enstatite Basalt from, 69. King’s Point, Permo-Carboniferous: Glacial! Moraines of, 1. Kraussina atkinsoni, 99; iana, 98. lamarck-- 325 Lake Frome, Exhibits of birds from, 251. Lamitema, 55; L. decipiens, 55. Larval Filarie in blood of Austra- ‘Jian birds. 107, 108. Lea, A. M., Descriptions of Austra- | lian Curculionidae, 13. -Leiostraca joshuana,. 117. Lherzolite from Mount Gambier, 63. Library, Donations to, 259. Linguatula dingophila, 248, 255; rhinaria, 249, 255. Note on a New, 248. Liothyris wyvillei. 94. Magasella cumingi, 97; exarata, 97; jaffwensis, 92, 88: vercor, 91, 98. Magellania° flavescens, 96. Malacological Section, port, etc., 506. Mawson, Dr., Exhibit of pitchblende from South Australia, 255. Mecopus macleayi, 51; pictus, 52; tipularis, 51. Megerlina, see Kraussina. Meliornis nove-hollandiz, 101. Melithreptus atricapillus, 105. Merimnetes equalifrons, 18; celmt- Weta deepens, Io: fagr, 15; montanus, 14;> semplicipennis, 14; uniformis, 17; viridis, 15. Metialma, 50; M. australie, 50. Microfilarie in blood of Australian birds, 107. Microscopical Section, Annual Re- port, ete., 507. : Mollusca, Notes on South Australian, with Descriptions of New Species, ee aS Mount Compass, 282; glacial basin Ot esos Mount Gambier, Lherzolite and Olivine from, 65. Murray River, Exhibit of birds from the valley of, 251. Myiagra nitida, 103. Mythites basalis, 24; fovetpennis, 23; frater, 21; poropteroides, 22. Nangkita glacial basin, 235. National Parks of Australia, 279. Neomerimnetes inflatus, 16. Nephila adelaidensis, 61; meridion- alzs. 59: Nephile of South Australia, Two new, 59. Nettium castaneum, 101. Ninox boobook, 103. Officers, Election of, 255. Olivine from Mount Gambier, 67. Oreocichla lunulata, 101. Orroroo, Pouched mouse from, 254. Annual Re- | Paraguay, Butterflies Erom,, 250; Permo-Carboniferous Glacial Deposits in South Australia, Descrip- tion of a New -Area of, 231. ——— Glacial Moraines at Rosetta Head and King’s Point, 1. Phauneus, 57; P. longirostris, 58. Philemon corniculatus, 101. . Physiography of the Mount Compass District, 232. I of Giles Creek and River Fin- niss Districts, 239. err. from South Australia, Pomatorhinus superciliosus, 101. Protozoa (?) in the bleod of Zos- terops ccerulescens, 106. Ptilotis chrysops, 101; plumula, 104. Pulleine, Dr., Exhibits of spiders, 252; sexual dimorphism in spiders, 253; trap-door spi- der and its nest, 253; the male of Celema excavaia, 254. Lecture on the Trap-door and Hunting Spiders of South Australia, 254. Pyrene angasi, 137; atkinsoni, 140; attenuata, 137: austrina, 128; axiaerata, 129; beachportensis, 139; calva, 143; cominelleformis, 144 ‘dolicha, 141; fenestrata, 142; in- fumata, 132; jajfaensis, 143; le- grandi, 136: lincolnensis, 130; lineolata, 131; menkeana, 128: miltostoma, 131; nubeculata, 133; plexa, 143; remoensis, 142; saccha- rata, 155; semiconvexa, 128; tene- brica, 132; ‘tenuis, 131; varians, 127; versicolor, 127. and Beetles Queensland hawk-moth (Sequosa tri- angularis), 252. Robertson, Prof. T. B., Chemical Fertilization of Animal Eggs, 310. Schismope atkinsoni, 116; beddomei, 116s pulehra, igs Scissurella australis, 115. Scyllarus sculptus from New South Wales, exhibited by W. H. Baker, 115; obliqua, 200: Selway, W. H., Chairman’s Ad- dresses, Field Naturalists’ Section, 279. ——— Exhibit of a plant (Homeria collina) injurious to cattle, 255. Sequosa triangularis. larva of, 252. Spheromide from South Australian Coast, 75. 326 Spiders, Exhibits of, 252, 253, 254. Lecture on, 254. Stanley, E. R., Lherzolite and Oliv- ine from Mount Gambier, 63. Enstatite Basalt from Kanga- roo Island, 69 Strebloceras cygnicollis, 126. Sweetapple, Dr., Exhibit of chalce- donized tree-trunk from the United States of America, 252. Tasmania, Exhibit of birds from, 251. tin ore from, 251. Temialma, 53;T. suturalis, 54. Tepper, J. G. O., Exhibits of galls, 252; larva of Queensland hawk- moth, 252; insects from Paraguay, 255; pupa cases of Inlodimorpha bakewelli, 254; wood-boring larva, ete., 254. Terebratula, see Magellania. Terebratulina cancellata, 95; cavata, 95. Tin ore from Tasmania, 251. Triphora novapostrema, 126; tasman- ica var. lilacina, 126; var. aureo- vinecta, 126. Tropidorhynchus corniculatus, 101. Truncaria australis, 145. Trypanosoma anellobie, 105. bor ec of Australian birds, Turritella accisa, 123; atkinsoni, 124; atkinsoni var. medioangulata, 125; circumligata, 123: clathrata, 119; kimberi, 120; mediolevis, 121; nep- tunensis, 120; opulenta, 122; runci- nata, 122; smithiana, 121; subsqua- mosa, 118 peti kore quoyiana, 117; vincentiana, 11 Verco, Dr. J. C., Brachiopods of South Australia, 89 —— Notes on South Australian Marine. Mollusca, with De- scripuaye of New Species, Be Waldheimia, see Magellania. -Zosterops coerulescens with Halteri- dia, 105; with (?) Protozoa in blood, 106. Zuzara excavata, 84: levis, 34; venosa, 83. eres. fo oro xELV I. “‘punorso107 04} WT WoOs st ONO wouTTI pes |e SURVEVOR GENERALS OFFICE _ ADELAIDE. Vol. XXXIV., Plate I. REFERENCE ; eee Glacial Beds see ee ing sFoa a Cambrian Schists ee Ss, : i ¢ Recent Deposits overlying | A gies zs @:: r ie Glacial Beds ia pee ee Granite ey Conspicuous Erratics 100 Cs 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 CHS SUAVEVOR GENERALS OFFICE ADELAIDE A Vaughan , i710 uino WALTER) CN EES ROY SOC S.A. YOL.XX XIV. PL.1. ‘ 1 S ~ IV., Plate II. SURVEYOR GENERALS OFF! limestone 18 seen in the foreground. SKETCH-SECTION OF KINGS POINT MORAINE (HALF A MILE) King's Point FIC 7 ELEVATION 50 FT=1 INCH SKETCH -SECTION OF ROSETTA HEAD MORAINE (3 MILES) Rosetta Head (The Bluff) Glastonbury Hill _ a ee 7 REFERENCE Glacial Beds [ 6 | Recent Deposits overlying [2] a , Be Cambrian Schists Be see Glacial Beds Conspicuous Erratics [2333 SURVEYOR GENERALS OFFICE - ADELAIDE A Vaughan , Choto-lithographer Plate III. Vol. XXAIV.. jo jood [RAOg4ITT “JURISTP o[Tur *PUNOLGOLOF out UL WOOS St JVUOPSVUT| ‘ART JOJUNOOUHF UOAJ MOOS SV [RILOJRUT OIUIRAOUL JO OOpIa pure (nye oyg) prRopyT V4IOKOY ULYOMo tT “Af fg *0704 Adelaide. Printer: gham, in ill & Gi Vol. XXXIV., Plate IV. “‘Spue[pReYy OM OY} JOoUTIOD Yor A SysTyOS uVrIaquIrd fo SfjIjo oY} SuTAjI9AO sotjRaso PUe o9UTeIOM Os[e ‘quUIOg 8 SUTy{ Wor] WOES se ‘pRoFT vyQosoY UIlYINO TT “Af fq 0204 ese e. i , Adela ters in Pr gham llin & G Hussey Voll SXXIV:..° Plate Ws Pi oto. by W. Howchin. Rosetta Head moraine and erratics, viewed transversely from Encounter Bay. The range in the distance consists of older rocks. Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adeiaide. rq OY Rou “topdo [VOUT] UL ‘soryR4igo of1URIG Fo dnNory “OUTLIOUT pRoFT v%4JOSOYT ide. “sva)Waal fg °020Yd , Adela ingham, Printers ill G og oe) F \ . , i } om ’ 1 ‘ . * » ; ' a ‘ i! * A 4 ) 4 ; y = * AJ _ rs. 1 r ~~ - wy ee ey oy. Caer tes % Ae > Tot ae ort pee . } * bot ety td HA. hae woe elt ey eh ERAT sei RS 1, el ee ed ry " = . a) * a = a ata? : + re P ‘ 3 4 are \e oN A i S f . om *s a nee : . ‘ ‘ oo % ; N ms ? ‘opis puey-9yoy oy} uo [119 [Blorys ur ynoysem v pur gruumMs oY} TRO sorZRAdo OSAL] Jo Anois v SuIMOYS “Vos oY} SUTORT ‘OUIBLOUL JULO”, SOULS] ULYOMNOTL, “AL LQ O/0Ud yam: PONE Adelai Vol. XXXIV., Plate XV wn a co) 4 Ss 2) Ay = CI ie on ee a — i= o og ae} o mM mM 3 isa Volk SN NIV Plate XV Ul Opis puey-ifoy] oy} UO UoDS yNOYseM OY} JO MorTA LoLBoU V7 “WLYOMOo TT “A Nq “OLoud ingham, Printers, Adelaide. ill & G Vole XexXOxrv > Plate X Vail. Photo. by W. Howchin. Two examples of glaciated stones from the King’s Point moraine. About half natural size. Hussey & Gillingham. Printers. Adelaide. Vol. XXXIV., Plate XVIII. Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide. Vol. XXXIV., Plate XIX. es Ng gil Sam “Ne SA a . Hussey & Gillingham, Printers. Adelaide. Nol SO EXEVe, Plate XN Adelaide Printers, Ifussey & Gillingham, Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXI. CYMODOCE TUBERCULOSA (Stebbing). C. TUBERCULOSAy i: var. BISPINOSA. Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide. Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXII. CoMOREeSE TUBERCULOSA, n. var., BISPINOSA. C- SEPTEMDENTATA, n. Sp. Hussey & Gillingham. Printers, Adelaide. | Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXIII. ae TTT TTT Para a VUIT 77. CILICAA TRIDENS, n. sp. ZUZARA VENOSA (Stebbing). Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide. ZUZARA VENOSA. Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXIV. Z, (ISOCLADUS) EXUAVATA, n. sp. Z. (EXOSPH/AEROMA) EZ IS, me Sion CERCEIS TRISPINOSA (Haswell). Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaiie. CED 18 Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXV. Hussey & Gillingham. Printers, Adelaide. - Sen eecelece a ieeatl ee 7 > wh enrarede earn Ra ae Re Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXVI. h 2) UGE Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide. Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXVII, Drawings and Printing, Donald Taylox Collotype Co., Ltd., North Adelaide. Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXVIII, Drawings and Printing, Donald Taylor Collotype Co., Ltd., North Adelaide. Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXIX. Drawings and Printing Donald Taylor Collotype Co., Ltd., North Adelaide. ‘eae ie Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXX. Drawings and Printing, Donald Taylor Collotype Co,, Ltd., North Adelaide. hot << Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXXt. GEOLOGICAL SKETGH-MAP sy J i ‘i of the Hundreds of Kondoparinga, Myponga. Nangkita Goolwa, and Encounter Bay. South vstealia # Py With special reference to the Glacial Beds of PormoGarboniferous Ape é ¢ XN e BY WALTER HOWGCHIN, F.GS. REFERENCES PreCambrian Complex = = - Cambrian Quartzites and. Schists - [4 Glacial Beds (Permo-Carboniferous)- Swatps — SCALE— ch Bape 2 2 = bl Dalat) eS SURVEYOR GENERAL'S OFFICE, ADELAIDE A Wingham PhoteLithegrapher F\ <4 ELLIOT Jo Victor Har Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXXII. ‘qSOM O49 01 SMOTT Ort “TOATY esuodé py OY} PUB “seo oY} 0} SMO YOIYM “AOATY SSIUUI OY} JO PO Yste,VM [OAS] Jsou[e oY} sopnyjour MOIA OUT, ‘“soURISTP OY} UTI U99S CLV YOIYM “SOSURY, BSUNTIIM OY} pue sseduoy JUNOT, wooMmyeq souoyspues [eIoR[s SUTJeISeUISIP Fo yey pueg ‘ULYyono “At fiq (010Y4d Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide. ~ 4 ae te Arty Pe Ve ad, ble Aad Bes a lot APIO Oe aige oaeN ¢ => Plate’ XXX hie > Vol. XXXIV ‘OOURASIP OY} UL OUOYSpURS |[eloels Fo s|pIy pue ‘oaqUdd ot {4 ut drystmoy ssedurog JUNO TAT puey 4feT oy} UO stvodde woop, yunopy Jo womsod w ‘yanos SUISOOT “woos se ‘trseq jetoeys ssedurog quNOy, JO MOT A. UlYOMOFT “Al fq ‘0,0Yg 5 r Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXXIV. *punoise10y 9Y4 UTI ,GBS-puIM,, YIM YsoM oY} TO [[TY oY} Fo MOTZeUTUIZEY ydnaiqe sSuIMOYS “UOC JUNOT FO MotA puAT “ULyaNoTT “AL fq °070Ycr Hussey & Gillingham, Printers. Adelaide. see mea + ay ete te eee om ae Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXXV. “S[OA0] IOMOT OY un sdurems Yim ‘Avo pure souoys -pues [e1oejs Aq poepunodins syoor uURIIquieD-o1g JO SIOI[UI pepUNOL UILOF S[[IY osoyy, “SOURISIP O[pprIUL oY} UL OLA pur ‘Uooy, +‘sSedurog sjunoy, Y{IM ‘YyZ1OU SUIYOOT “ound pOOA\ WOT, uUISeq [RIOV[S sseduIog yUNOT JO MOIA [RIEUIEX ‘ULyanoH *M fq ‘o,0Ud Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide. ~*~ 2M a: ., Plate XXXVI. = / Vol. XXXIV ‘esuodkyy puv BqyrysueNT JO spoapunyzT oyg toomygoq oury-Sutpratp oyy pure SOSCUIVIP JSOM PUB JSVo OY} UOOMJZOG PoYsrojzeM OY} SUIULICT ‘sseduroyg Jyunopy, FO Opis ysom oY} MO souogspuRS [RIOR[ UlLYyomorpT “Al AQ °010UdT Adelaide. Printers, Hussey & Gillingham, * rceatoatty : Vol: XXXIV., Plate XXXVII. ‘opis yynos oy} UO PBOL UIVUL OY} WO UoOS SB “ojo ‘SOUO4YSpURS [eIOv[s FO pesodutoo ‘ssedulog yuNoyA, Avou ‘osuey AT]MW9D Ss puryeld “UlLYIMO FT “AA fig °070Y- SNe SS Adelaide. Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, a - eaieeer eee eee ee eT + sn << 4 Le peta ee ee SLES wars x a Oe Sear SE Siena oe a : Vol. XXXIV., Plate XXXVIIT. [x o9e[q uo ydeasojoyd Aq poonpoidor st Araenb siy}% wWody o1eido pogeiorys W “eyiysueNT JO poapunyz_ oy} Jo Arepunog useyyNos oyy avEU ‘peod ULRU OY} UO pozJENgIs ‘SsolyeItO YIM oUOJSpuRS [RIOeTS ul ATTEN?) “UnyINO ET “MM fq “0,04 pure ‘opoyreye A, orenbg oyg Jo YyNos o744IT Adelaide Printers, Hussey & Gillingham, Vol. XXXIV., Plate XX XIX. Photo. by W. Howchin. Two views of glacial till, exposed in a road cutting west of Strathalbyn. Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide. Vol. XXXIV., Plate XL. Photo. by W. Howchin. Upper figure.—An erratic of black quartz showing glacial] polish, facets, and strie. Obtained in situ in the quarry near the Square Waterhole, figured in Plate xxxvili. Half natural size. Lower figure.—Glaciated erratic of fine-grained schist, found zn sttw in road- cutting of glacial till west of Strathalbyn. (See Plate xxxix.) The stone is faceted at diverse angles and strongly scored with strie. Two-thirds natural size. Hnssey & Gillingham. Printers. Adelaide. Vol. XXXIV., Plate XL. SO[IUL 9014 ‘SSIUUT YT TOATYT O49 FO poq oYy UT ‘aspliq APMIIRA Jo & GUTUTLOF oy} 9AOqR ‘sdop[nog fo sjyoxood «e[Noo1t YQIM ‘ouoyspuRS [RIOR] DS UlYINOTT °~A{ fig °0,0Y qT Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide. eS sa Vol. XXXIV., Plate XLIT. rv wit Pave ee ‘SUIPpod JO SOUT, poj10j,UCD SUIMOYS ‘oUO4spURS-;eIOR]S vB st poq-toppnog oy} surk{I0AG “47 g Aq ‘ur Q “4f p SorNsvour (Lop -[nog oJIUeIG &) YOIYM JO UO ‘sLoppnoq fo AyQsour posodutoo ce I[X 0J8[q Ul pomnsy ouo oYy AvOU “YrI;o-deatr 19syjouy ‘Ulyomor “AL “MQ (9104 . : Seat oe “| Adelaide Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Soin uae We ike 'e ° Se ee oe ke er PATE os Westley Phe aoe * * : t . go Rn wercionseen peeinn settee Ut oes edie ee mye Eee ee) enmeaey Caee Vol) XXOXIV., Plate XLT: Photo. by W. Howchin. Quarry in glacial sandstone, situated in the banks of the River Finniss above the railway bridge. The upper portions of the quarry-face show strongly- curved bedding-planes, and the more compact stone develops similar evidence of contemporary distortion when weathered. (See Plate xliv.) Page SE SE Os SEES ts PS Soa Ee ae Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide. Te s ieapaidh man tele WES ie | ; ith an —— ‘uotyisodep fo sourtd pojdumao pur weyoaq sXeldstp pu UIBIS [VUIGIIO OY} SUITEY}VOM FO 4[Nso1 OY} Sv ynq ‘pox1oMm AjYQZ0OWS USSG pRY 9UOJS OUT, ‘SpuNOIs AZIsTOATUL, OpIRTEepYy oy} OF BOUBIJUO OY} 4e SIe{[Id OUO}Ss OY} UT posodxe se OUOJSpUeS AOATY SSIUUTA OY} JO UoOToNnpordeir o1ydersojoyd Why: fiq °010Yq] Vol. XXXIV., Plate XLIV. o aS & ic?) oS < wn fo o a ‘= Py = 3S is} on S = (o) es) > o wm mM 5 = Vol. XXXIV., Plate XLV. Photo. by W. Howchin. Two miscroscopic sections of the Finniss River sand- stone, showing the sharp and angular forms of the grains. The finer material is of the same kind, and has the features of a glacial ‘‘rock-flour.’ Magnified 18 diameters. Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide. a Vol. XXXIV., Plate XLVI. lam. Enlarged 6 di A. LINGUATULA DINGOPII1L ham, Printers, Adelaide. illing & G Hussey the a : anaphora in ott hte 9 (Bl Ragheb! Ay + oa r i 5 Pia : x ’ ' hee, a te . Nee EE ae ih oie RC 4 { ‘ i es elm 4 * * Sn ee hay ga eae Freer eens Atme y denies .0 mn ot ei panini CONTENTS. mp. Howcuin, W.: The Glacial (Permo-Carboniferous) Moraines of Rosetta Head and King’s Point. Plates i. to xvii. Lea, A. M.: Descriptions of Australian Curculionids, with Notes on Previously Described Species. Part viii. Hoee, H. R.: Two New Meuhate from South Australia. Plate xviii. o ie Srantey, E. R.: itera “a Cince! fies ‘Musee: Cora bier. Plate xix. Enstatite Basalt from Kangaroo ‘Island. Plate xx. Baker, W. H.: Netae on Some Species of the wane Family Sphwromide, from the South Australian Coast. Part ii. Plates xxi. to xxiv. : Veroo, Dr. J. C.: The eed of South Australia. Plates xxvii. and xxviii. es CueLtanp, Dr. J. B., and Jounston, T. rie The onate of Australian Birds. No.1. Plates xxv. and xxvi. Verco, Dr. J. C.: Notes on South Australian Marine Mol- lusca, with Descriptions of New BReces Part xii. Plates: xxix:: and. xsex, ‘2% On 115 ‘Buacksurn, Rey. Canon: Further Nukes on Weta ee 4 ‘Coleoptera, with Descriptions of New Genera and os Species. No. xl. Pe ack -i. | AG ae Howountn, W.: Description of a New ve Pion ee of Permo-Carboniferous Glacial be dy in South Austra- lia. Plates xxxi. to xlv. ie ase on De Jounson, Dr. E. A.: Note on a New fuse Plate xlvi. 248 AssTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS use Ae i i ee +5 | Annuat Report Ae bet te J ee woe RI a BALANCE-SHEETS S ae Be, at =i ... ae DoNATIONS TO THE LIBRARY ... “3 af Ae 5 7a ee List oF FELLOWS, ETC. Bae a Bat ss ae ig APPENDICES. Annual Report, ete., of Field Naturalists’ Section ... , “274 Twenty-second Annual Report of the Native Fauna ai Flora Protection ee of the Field Naturalists’ Section... : 276 Addresses by W. H. cebis, as eae Ann’ of the Field. Naturalists’ Section, on the National Parks and Forést Reserves of Australia... oe ee so Annual Report, etc., of the Maddoslicics Section iy Se J Annual Report, etc., of the Microscopical Section ... . 307s Lecture by Prof. T. Brailsford Robertson before the Micro- ; scopical Section, on Recent Experiments in the Chemical Fertilization of Animal Eggs sr Index pa: A a ae ite Ti at SMITHSONIAN sian LIBRARIES : ‘ "AANA 3 9088 01308 6079